NewsFollowUp.com

search

Obama home

pictorial index

sitemap home
 
 

 US Army Internment and Resettlement Operations Manual

download     see RT.com for news story  free hit counter javascript    original source: PublicIntelligence and see Smile...You're a Civilian Internee

 

FM 3-39.40

INTERNMENT AND RESETTLEMENT OPERATIONS

February 2010

DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION: Distribution authorized to the DOD and DOD

contractors only to protect technical or operational information from automatic

dissemination under the International Exchange Program or by other means. This

determination was made on 8 December 2008. Other requests for this document

must be referred to the Commandant, U.S. Army Military Police School, ATTN:

ATZT-TDD-M, 320 MANSCEN Loop, Suite 270, Fort Leonard Wood, Missouri 65473-

8929.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE: Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of

contents or reconstruction of the document.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

This publication is available at

Army Knowledge Online (www.us.army.mil) and

General Dennis J. Reimer Training and Doctrine

Digital Library at (www.train.army.mil).

FM 3-39.40

DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION: Distribution authorized to the DOD and DOD contractors only to protect technical

or operational information from automatic dissemination under the International Exchange Program or by other

means. This determination was made on 8 December 2008. Other requests for this document must be referred to

the Commandant, U.S. Army Military Police School, ATTN: ATZT-TDD-M, 320 MANSCEN Loop, Suite 270, Fort

Leonard Wood, Missouri 65473-8929.

*This publication supersedes FM 3-19.40, 4 September 2007.

i

Field Manual

No. 3-39.40

Headquarters

Department of the Army

Washington, D.C., 12 February 2010

Internment and Resettlement Operations

Contents

Page

PREFACE ........................................................................................................... viii

INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................... xi

Chapter 1 INTERNMENT AND RESETTLEMENT AND THE OPERATIONAL

ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................. 1-1

Conduct ............................................................................................................... 1-1

Principles ............................................................................................................. 1-3

Personnel Categories .......................................................................................... 1-5

Status Determination ........................................................................................... 1-7

Article 5 Tribunals ................................................................................................ 1-8

Appeals and Periodic Reviews of Civilian Internees ........................................... 1-9

General Protection and Care of Detainees, U.S. Military Prisoners, and

Dislocated Civilians ........................................................................................ 1-10

Agencies Concerned With Internment and Resettlement ................................. 1-12

Protecting Power ............................................................................................... 1-13

Planning Considerations for Internment and Resettlement Operations ............ 1-14

Military Police Capabilities ................................................................................ 1-16

Chapter 2 INTERNMENT AND RESETTLEMENT IN SUPPORT OF THE SPECTRUM OF

OPERATIONS ..................................................................................................... 2-1

Support to Combat Operations ........................................................................... 2-1

Support to Stability Operations ........................................................................... 2-3

Support to Civil Support Operations .................................................................... 2-8

Army Command and Support Relationships ....................................................... 2-8

Considerations Within the Operational Area and the Area of Operations .......... 2-9

Chapter 3 COMMAND AND STAFF ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ........................... 3-1

National and Theater Reporting Agencies .......................................................... 3-1

Roles and Responsibilities .................................................................................. 3-2

Contents

ii FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

Joint Interrogation and Debriefing Center Commander/Military Intelligence

Battalion .............................................................................................................. 3-7

Intelligence Analysts ........................................................................................... 3-8

Human Intelligence Collectors ............................................................................ 3-8

Interpreters and Translators................................................................................ 3-9

Military Police Organizations in Support of Internment and Resettlement

Operations ...................................................................................................... 3-10

Staff Duties and Responsibilities in Support of Internment and Resettlement . 3-12

Guard Force ...................................................................................................... 3-18

Chapter 4 CAPTURE, INITIAL DETENTION, AND SCREENING ...................................... 4-1

Detainee Flow ..................................................................................................... 4-1

Detainee Processing ........................................................................................... 4-5

Custody and Accountability of Property, Evidence, and Intelligence

Information ..................................................................................................... 4-12

Detainee Movement .......................................................................................... 4-15

Methods of Transportation ................................................................................ 4-16

Detainee Release .............................................................................................. 4-19

Chapter 5 DETAINEE OPERATIONS ................................................................................. 5-1

Command and Control ........................................................................................ 5-1

Planning Considerations ..................................................................................... 5-2

Intelligence and Interrogation.............................................................................. 5-3

Medical Support .................................................................................................. 5-6

Dental Support .................................................................................................... 5-8

Specific Detainee Support Requirements ........................................................... 5-9

Detainee Deaths ............................................................................................... 5-13

Legal Considerations ........................................................................................ 5-14

Chapter 6 DETAINEE FACILITIES ..................................................................................... 6-1

General Considerations ...................................................................................... 6-1

Detainee Collection Point .................................................................................... 6-4

Detainee Holding Area ...................................................................................... 6-10

Fixed Detainee Internment Facilities ................................................................. 6-14

Theater Internment Facility ............................................................................... 6-17

Strategic Internment Facility ............................................................................. 6-37

Transfers or Releases ....................................................................................... 6-38

Chapter 7 CONFINEMENT OF U.S. MILITARY PRISONERS ........................................... 7-1

U.S. Battlefield Confinement Operations Principles ........................................... 7-1

Planning Process for U.S. Military Prisoners ...................................................... 7-1

Battlefield Facilities ............................................................................................. 7-2

Processing, Classification, and Identification Requirements .............................. 7-3

Clothing, Meals, and Dining Facilities ................................................................. 7-4

Medical Care and Sanitation ............................................................................... 7-5

Discipline, Control, and Administration ............................................................... 7-6

Emergency Planning and Investigations ........................................................... 7-11

Rules of Interaction ........................................................................................... 7-12

Use of Force ...................................................................................................... 7-12

Escape .............................................................................................................. 7-12

Contents

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 iii

Transportation ................................................................................................... 7-13

Transfer and Disposition of U.S. Military Prisoners .......................................... 7-13

Chapter 8 REHABILITATION OF U.S. MILITARY PRISONERS AND DETAINEES ......... 8-1

Rehabilitation ....................................................................................................... 8-1

Section I – U.S. Military Prisoners ................................................................... 8-2

Programs ............................................................................................................. 8-2

Disposition Boards .............................................................................................. 8-2

Section II – Detainees ....................................................................................... 8-7

Programs ............................................................................................................. 8-7

Rehabilitation Programs .................................................................................... 8-10

Chapter 9 PAROLE, TRANSFER, OR RELEASE OF U.S. MILITARY PRISONERS

AND DETAINEES ............................................................................................... 9-1

Release of U.S. Military Prisoners ...................................................................... 9-1

Release or Transfer of Detainees ....................................................................... 9-5

Transition of Detainee Operations to Civil Authority Penal Systems .................. 9-9

Chapter 10 RESETTLEMENT OPERATIONS .................................................................... 10-1

Introduction........................................................................................................ 10-1

Objectives and Considerations ......................................................................... 10-1

Civil-Military and Resettlement Operations ....................................................... 10-2

Responsibilities for Civil Affairs Activities .......................................................... 10-2

Supporting Organizations .................................................................................. 10-6

Planning Considerations ................................................................................... 10-6

Military Police Support to Resettlement Operations ......................................... 10-9

Dislocated Civilian Operations ........................................................................ 10-11

Appendix A METRIC CONVERSION CHART ....................................................................... A-1

Appendix B PRIMARY MILITARY POLICE UNITS INVOLVED WITH INTERNMENT AND

RESETTLEMENT .............................................................................................. B-1

Appendix C CONTRACTOR SUPPORT ............................................................................... C-1

Appendix D THE APPLICATION OF THE GENEVA CONVENTIONS TO INTERNMENT

AND RESETTLEMENT OPERATIONS ............................................................. D-1

Appendix E AGENCIES CONCERNED WITH INTERNMENT AND RESETTLEMENT

OPERATIONS .................................................................................................... E-1

Appendix F SAMPLE FACILITY INSPECTION CHECKLIST .............................................. F-1

Appendix G INTERNMENT AND RESETTLEMENT FORMS ............................................... G-1

Appendix H USE OF FORCE AND RIOT CONTROL MEASURES ..................................... H-1

Appendix I MEDICAL SUPPORT TO DETAINEE OPERATIONS ........................................ I-1

Appendix J FACILITY DESIGNS AND SUSTAINMENT CONSIDERATIONS ..................... J-1

Appendix K PSYCHOLOGICAL OPERATIONS SUPPORT TO INTERNMENT AND

RESETTLEMENT OPERATIONS ..................................................................... K-1

Appendix L GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING EVIDENCE ..................................................... L-1

Appendix M BIOMETRICS ..................................................................................................... M-1

Appendix N FOREIGN CONFINEMENT OFFICER TRAINING PROGRAM ........................ N-1

Contents

iv FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

GLOSSARY .......................................................................................... Glossary-1

REFERENCES .................................................................................. References-1

INDEX ......................................................................................................... Index-1

Figures

Figure 1-1. I/R populations ............................................................................................... 1-2

Figure 4-1. Detainee flow ................................................................................................. 4-2

Figure 4-2. POC to TIF detainee flow .............................................................................. 4-3

Figure 4-4. Movement by bus ........................................................................................ 4-16

Figure 4-5. Movement by cargo truck ............................................................................ 4-16

Figure 4-6. Movement by rail ......................................................................................... 4-17

Figure 4-7. Movement by CH-47 and UH-60 ................................................................. 4-17

Figure 4-8. Movement by C-130 aircraft ........................................................................ 4-18

Figure 6-1. Bed-down and basing continuum .................................................................. 6-2

Figure 6-2. Example of a DCP layout .............................................................................. 6-5

Figure 6-3. C2 within the BCT and the DCP .................................................................... 6-6

Figure 6-4. Example of a DHA ....................................................................................... 6-10

Figure 6-5. C2 within the division and DHA ................................................................... 6-11

Figure 6-6. ISN ............................................................................................................... 6-16

Figure 6-7. Sample TIF C2 in the theater with single or multiple small TIFs ................. 6-18

Figure 6-8. Sample TIF C2 in the theater with an MPC and multiple TIF ...................... 6-19

Figure 9-1. Detainee reintegration considerations ........................................................... 9-9

Figure 10-1. Sample facility rules................................................................................. 10-14

Figure D-1. Common Article 3 to the Geneva Conventions ............................................ D-2

Figure F-1. Sample internment facility inspection checklist ............................................. F-1

Figure F-1. Sample internment facility inspection checklist (continued) .......................... F-3

Figure H-1. Use-of-force continuum ................................................................................ H-2

Figure J-1. 4,000-capacity I/R facility for compliant detainees ........................................ J-2

Figure J-2. 8,000-capacity I/R facility for DCs.................................................................. J-3

Figure J-3. 300-capacity I/R facility for U.S. military prisoners or noncompliant

detainees ...................................................................................................... J-4

Figure J-4. 500-person compound ................................................................................... J-7

Figure J-5. Detainee receiving and processing operation ............................................. J-10

Figure J-6. Clothing markings ........................................................................................ J-16

Contents

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 v

Tables

Table 4-1. Detainee operations functional overview ........................................................ 4-6

Table 4-2. POC processing standards ............................................................................. 4-9

Table 5-1. Military police versus HUMINT responsibilities ............................................... 5-4

Table 6-1. Nine-station internment process ................................................................... 6-22

Table 6-2. Detainee transfer or release process from a TIF/SIF ................................... 6-39

Table 6-2. Detainee transfer or release process from a TIF/SIF (continued) ................ 6-40

Table 7-1. Facility guards’ duties and actions .................................................................. 7-9

Table 7-2. Good conduct time ........................................................................................ 7-10

Table 9-1. The detainee release process from long-term detention ................................ 9-7

Table 10-1. Actions during inprocessing ...................................................................... 10-10

Table A-1. Metric conversion chart ................................................................................. A-1

Table G-1. I/R forms ........................................................................................................ G-1

Table J-1. Sample individual equipment ........................................................................ J-17

viii FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

Preface

Field manual (FM) 3-39.40 is aligned with FM 3-39, the military police keystone FM. FM 3-39.40 provides

guidance for commanders and staffs on internment and resettlement (I/R) operations. This manual addresses I/R

operations across the spectrum of conflict, specifically the doctrinal paradigm shift from traditional enemy

prisoner of war (EPW) operations to the broader and more inclusive requirements of detainee operations.

Additionally, FM 3-39.40 discusses the critical issue of detainee rehabilitation. It describes the doctrinal

foundation, principles, and processes that military police and other elements will employ when dealing with I/R

populations. As part of internment, these populations include U.S. military prisoners, and multiple categories of

detainees (civilian internees [CIs], retained personnel [RP], and enemy combatants), while resettlement

operations are focused on multiple categories of dislocated civilians (DCs).

Military police conduct I/R operations during offensive, defensive, stability, or civil support operations. I/R

operations include military police support to U.S. military prisoner and detainee operations within operational

environments (OEs), ranging from major combat operations to humanitarian-assistance missions in support of a

host nation (HN) or civil agency. I/R operations are a major subordinate Army tactical task under the

sustainment warfighting function. (See FM 7-15.) Placement under the sustainment warfighting function does

not mean that I/R operations do not have relevance in the other warfighting functions. While I/R is listed under

the sustainment warfighting function, it should be noted this is not a specified or implied mission of all

sustainment units or commands. Most sustainment units provide logistics, personnel services, and health service

support to I/R operations.

Military police are uniquely qualified to perform the full range of I/R operations. They have the requisite skill

sets provided through specific training and operational experience. The skills necessary for performing

confinement operations for U.S. military prisoners in permanent facilities are directly transferable and adaptable

for tactical confinement of U.S. military prisoners and detention of detainees. All military police units are

specifically manned, equipped, and trained to perform I/R operations across the spectrum and those identified as

I/R units are the specialists within the Army for this role.

FM 3-39.40 depicts the changes in terminology from the focus on the contiguous battlefield to reflect the types

of operations being conducted in today’s OEs. These changes address the modifications made to previous EPW

processing operations. The terms division forward, central collection point, and corps holding area no longer

apply. They have been replaced with the terms detainee collection point (DCP) (brigade level), detainee

holding area (DHA) (division level), theater internment facility (TIF), and strategic internment facility

(SIF).This manual recognizes the role of police intelligence operations in I/R operations and enhances the

critical importance of military police and military intelligence interaction at all echelons. It further highlights

the long-standing requirement to treat all individuals humanely according to applicable U.S. laws and

regulations, international laws, execution orders, fragmentary orders (FRAGOs), and other operationally

specific guidelines such as Department of Defense (DOD) policies. Moreover, it stipulates that ill treatment of

U.S. military prisoners, detainees (EPWs, CIs, and RP), and DCs is strictly prohibited, regardless of any

circumstances or the chaos of major operations.

FM 3-39.40 aligns with FM 3-0, FM 3-39, FM 7-15, and other Army and joint doctrine, to include Joint

Publication (JP) 3-63. This manual is organized into 10 chapters with 14 appendixes to provide additional

details on I/R topics. Chapters 1 through 3 follow the flow of FM 3-39, and describe the military police function

of I/R operations. Chapters 4 through 6 focus primarily on detainee operations, to include planning, preparing,

executing, and sustaining all I/R operations. Chapters 7 through 10 focus on the confinement of U.S. military

prisoners, rehabilitative programs for U.S. military prisoners and detainees, parole and release or transfer

programs, and resettlement operations for DCs. A brief description of each chapter and appendix follows:

Chapter 1 defines the objectives and principles of I/R operations and describes U.S. policies on the

protection and care of all detainees, U.S. military prisoners, and DCs. It also emphasizes the

fundamental requirement for the humane treatment of all persons captured, held, assisted, or otherwise

under the control of DOD personnel, regardless of their individual status.

Preface

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 vii

Chapter 2 provides a description of I/R in support of operations across the spectrum of conflict. It

examines the OE and the significant importance of I/R to tactical, operational, and strategic operations.

Additionally, it discusses the importance of integrating detainee operations within the overarching

efforts in major engagements.

Chapter 3 discusses command and staff roles and their respective responsibilities in resourcing and

synchronizing the efforts of multidisciplined functions and personnel. Clear command and control (C2)

is essential for seamless operations to ensure that the principles of I/R operations are realized.

Chapter 4 focuses on detainee operations planning and considerations. It includes a discussion on

integrating intelligence and interrogation operations. Emphasis is placed on the treatment and

protection of detainees, use of force, and training for detainee operations.

Chapter 5 provides information on the capture and initial detention and screening of detainees.

Chapter 6 discusses facility infrastructure considerations at all levels. Successful operations include the

effective incorporation of sustainment support. This chapter describes the integrated sustainment effort

required to support I/R operations.

Chapter 7 discusses the confinement of U.S. military prisoners, to include battlefield and nonbattlefield

confinement.

Chapter 8 provides a discussion of the rehabilitative processes for confined U.S. military prisoners and

detainees, to include effective measures that ensure a successful return to society.

Chapter 9 addresses the processes of paroling, transferring, or releasing U.S. military prisoners and

detainees.

Chapter 10 provides an overview of resettlement operations for DCs. It describes the objectives and

principles, supporting organizations, and military police support of resettlement operations.

Appendix A is a metric conversion chart that is included according to Army Regulation (AR) 25-30.

Appendix B identifies military police units with I/R capabilities that may be assigned to the theater of

operations.

Appendix C describes requirements and activities associated with the employment of contractors

during support to detainee operations.

Appendix D describes the intent of the protections given by each of the four Geneva Conventions, the

different categories of individuals under these treaties as required by international humanitarian law,

and the requirement to establish a tribunal to determine the status of an individual in question.

Appendix E provides background information and considerations for operating with the various

agencies typically concerned with I/R operations.

Appendix F provides a sample facility checklist for planning considerations when conducting detainee

operations at the TIF or SIF.

Appendix G consists of forms used when processing and maintaining I/R populations.

Appendix H provides guidance for applying the rules for use of force (RUF) and implementing

nonlethal weapons (NLWs) and riot control measures.

Appendix I outlines health support to be provided during I/R operations.

Appendix J provides guidance for the design and construction of I/R facilities and the associated

sustainment requirements for establishing I/R facilities.

Appendix K describes the psychological operations (PSYOP), practices, and procedures to support I/R

operations.

Appendix L provides general guidelines for the handling of captured material and documents that

could be used as evidence in legal proceedings against captured persons suspected of crimes against

humanity, terrorism, war crimes, and other crimes.

Appendix M addresses biometrics and military police considerations for their use in I/R operations and

facility management.

Preface

viii FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

Appendix N provides tactics, techniques, and procedures for establishing and maintaining a foreign

confinement officer training program.

Definitions for which FM 3-39.40 is the proponent publication (the authority) are in boldfaced text and have an

asterisk in the glossary. These terms and their definitions will be incorporated into the next revision of FM 1-02.

For other definitions in the text, the term is italicized and the number of the proponent publication follows the

definition.

This publication applies to the Active Army, the Army National Guard/the Army National Guard of the United

States, and the U.S. Army Reserve unless otherwise stated.

The proponent for this publication is the U.S. Army Training and Doctrine Command. Send comments and

recommendations on Department of the Army (DA) Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and

Blank Forms) directly to Commandant, U.S. Army Military Police School, ATTN: ATZT-TDD-M, 320

MANSCEN Loop, Suite 270, Fort Leonard Wood, Missouri 65473-8929. Submit an electronic DA Form 2028

or comments and recommendations in the DA Form 2028 format by e-mail to <leon.mdottddmpdoc@

conus.army.mil>.

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 ix

Introduction

I/R operations facilitate the ability to conduct rapid and decisive combat operations; deter, mitigate, and defeat

threats to populations that may result in conflict; reverse conditions of human suffering; and build the capacity

of a foreign government to effectively care for and govern its population. This includes capabilities to conduct

shaping operations across the spectrum of military operations to mitigate and defeat the underlying conditions

for conflict and counter the core motivations that result in support to criminal, terrorist, insurgent, and other

destabilizing groups. I/R operations also include the daily incarceration of U.S. military prisoners at facilities

throughout the world.

This manual continues the evolution of the I/R function to support the changing nature of OEs. In light of

persistent armed conflict and social turmoil throughout the world, the effects on populations remain a

compelling issue. The world population will increase from 6 billion to 9 billion in the next two decades, with

95 percent of the growth occurring in the developing world. By 2030, 60 percent of the world’s population will

live in urban areas. Coexisting demographically and ethnically, diverse societies will aggressively compete for

limited resources.

Typically, overpopulated third world societies suffer from a lack of legitimate and effective enforcement

mechanisms, which is generally accepted as one of the cornerstones of a stable society. Stability within a

population may eliminate the need for direct military intervention. The goal of military police conducting

detainee operations is to provide stability within the population, its institutions, and its infrastructure. In this

rapidly changing and dynamic strategic environment, U.S. forces will compete with local populations for the

same space, routes, and resources. The modular force’s ability to positively influence and shape the opinions,

attitudes, and behaviors of select populations is critical to tactical, operational, and strategic success.

An adaptive enemy will manipulate populations that are hostile to U.S. intent by instigating mass civil

disobedience, directing criminal activity, masking their operations in urban and other complex terrain,

maintaining an indistinguishable presence through cultural anonymity, and actively seeking the traditional

sanctuary of protected areas as defined by the rules of land warfare. Such actions will facilitate the dispersal of

threat forces, negate technological overmatches, and degrade targeting opportunities. Commanders will use

technology and conduct police intelligence operations to influence and control populations, evacuate detainees

and, conclusively, transition rehabilitative and reconciliation operations to other functional agencies. The

combat identification of friend, foe, or neutral is used to differentiate combatants from noncombatants and

friendly forces from threat forces.

FM 3-39.40 is written with the acknowledgement that today’s OEs are much more variable than the

environments addressed in previous doctrine. Military police must be prepared to deploy into any OE and

conduct I/R operations in support of the commander while dealing with a wide range of threats and other

influences. This manual builds on the collective knowledge and wisdom gained through recent operations,

numerous lessons learned, doctrine revisions, and the deliberate process of informed reasoning throughout the

Army. It is rooted in time-tested principles and fundamentals, while accommodating new technologies and

organizational changes.

This iteration of FM 3-39.40 has been driven by a lack of existing doctrine for the rehabilitation and

reconciliation of detainees and changes in OEs, the Army structure, and Army and joint doctrine. Changes not

already mentioned above that have directly affected this manual include the—

Integration of I/R operations within the overarching counterinsurgency or irregular warfare efforts of

current operations.

Development of terms of reference for detainee typology and standardization of procedures for

detainee assessment.

Note. Recent decisions by the Executive Branch have adjusted the typology in JP 3-63.

Introduction

x FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

Implementation of standardized programs and methods for rehabilitation, reconciliation, and

repatriation of detainees.

Planning, employment, and sustainment of military police capabilities in support of all echelons while

conducting I/R operations.

Alignment of I/R operations with the sustainment warfighting function.

Technological and doctrinal updates to material in other publications.

The foundations of military police operations provided in this manual, together with related military police

doctrine, will support the actions and decisions of commanders at all levels. Like FM 3-39, this manual is not

meant to be a substitute for thought and initiative among military police leaders and Soldiers. No matter how

robust the doctrine or advanced the military police capabilities and systems, it is the military police Soldier who

must understand the OE, recognize shortfalls, and adapt to the situation on the ground. It is the adaptable and

professional military police Soldiers of the Military Police Corps Regiment who are most important to the

future and must successfully perform their basic skills to accomplish the mission, with or without technology

assistance.

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 1-1

Chapter 1

Internment and Resettlement Operations and the

Operational Environment

I/R operations include a complex set of activities with diverse requirements that

require clear and concise guidelines, policies, and procedures to ensure success. They

are present to one degree or another in every OE. (For a greater understanding of the

OE, its variables, and the effect of I/R operations on the OE see FM 3-0 and

FM 3-39.) Military police leaders and Soldiers conducting I/R operations must

maintain task proficiency for every category of detainee, U.S. military prisoner, and

DC to ensure adherence to relevant standards for each. The expanding complexity

and challenging nature of I/R operations must be appreciated and understood. This

chapter defines the objectives and principles of I/R operations and describes U.S.

policies on the protection and care of all detainees, U.S. military prisoners, and DCs.

It emphasizes the fundamental requirement for the humane treatment of all persons

captured, held, assisted, or otherwise under the control of DOD personnel (military,

civilian, or contractor), regardless of their individual status. This chapter provides key

definitions set forth by Geneva Convention I for the Amelioration of the Condition of

the Wounded and Sick in Armed Forces in the Field (GWS), Geneva Convention II

for the Amelioration of the Condition of Wounded, Sick and Shipwrecked Members

of Armed Forces at Sea (GWS SEA), Geneva Convention III Relative to the

Treatment of Prisoners of War (GPW), and Geneva Convention IV Relative to the

Protection of Civilian Persons in Time of War (GC); the Hague Conventions;

Department of Defense directives (DODDs), Department of Defense instructions

(DODI), and policies; Army regulations (ARs); and the Uniform Code of Military

Justice (UCMJ). It also explains the diverse nature of I/R populations that military

police will encounter and specific requirements for various I/R operations.

AR 190-47 stipulates that U.S. military prisoners have additional standards of care

given their specific rights as U.S. citizens and will be confined separately from

detainees. Specific detainee classifications do not preclude protections granted

according to AR 190-8, DODD 2310.01E, DODD 2311.01E, DODD 3115.09, and

the Geneva Conventions. (See JP 3-63 for more information on detainee operations.)

CONDUCT

1-1. I/R operations include the two major categories of internment operations and resettlement operations.

They are further refined to focus on specific types of detainees and U.S. military prisoners while

discriminating between CIs included as part of internment operations and those DCs that may be retained

as part of resettlement operations. (See chapter 10.) Figure 1-1, page 1-2, highlights the different categories

of I/R populations.

Chapter 1

1-2

Leg

CI

DC

EP

I/R

RP

1-2.

internm

prison

detain

1-3.

guard

civilia

crimin

level o

for th

popul

detaile

additio

gend:

C

PW

P

Internment op

ment operation

ners. Resettlem

nees).

Internment a

d, protect, an

ans) as a resu

nal prosecutio

of threat to m

eir protection

lation for imp

ed advanced p

on to U.S. mil

civilian interne

dislocated civ

enemy prison

internment/res

retained perso

perations focus

ns, we use the

ment operations

nd resettlemen

nd account fo

ult of militar

on. Internmen

military operat

n. These opera

erative reason

planning to pr

litary prisoner

CIs

FM 3-

ee

vilian

er of war

settlement

onnel

Figure 1

on all types o

term confinem

are focused on

nt operations

for population

ry or civil con

nt involves the

tions. Resettle

ations inheren

ns of security,

rovide a safe

s, all individu

In

O

Detainees

RP

-39.40

1-1. I/R popu

f detainees and

ment rather than

n DCs (those c

are conducte

ns (detainees,

nflict, natura

e detainment

ement involves

ntly control the

, safety, or int

and secure en

uals captured, i

I/R O

nternment

Operations

s

Enem

combat

E

Arme

U.S. mil

prison

lations

d U.S. military

n internment w

civilians that ar

ed by militar

, U.S. militar

al or man-ma

of a populati

s the quarteri

e movement a

telligence gath

nvironment. U

interned, evacu

Operations

my

tants

EPWs

ed groups

litary

ers

Rese

Ope

D

12

y prisoners. Alt

when referring

re not part of th

ry police to s

ry prisoners,

ade disaster,

ion or group t

ing of a popul

and activities o

hering. I/R op

U.S. policies m

uated, or held

ettlement

erations

DCs

Refugees

Migrants

Expellees

Internally

displaced

persons

Evacuees

Stateless

persons

2 February 201

though a part o

to U.S. militar

he population o

helter, sustain

, or dislocate

or to facilitat

that pose som

lation or grou

of their specif

perations requir

mandate that i

by U.S. arme

10

of

ry

of

n,

ed

te

me

up

fic

re

in

ed

Internment and Resettlement Operations and the Operational Environment

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 1-3

policy applies from the moment they are under the control of U.S. armed forces until they are released,

repatriated, or resettled. U.S. military prisoners will be released via one of following three methods:

􀁺 Prisoners without discharges will be returned to their units for duty or administrative discharge

proceedings after they have completed their sentence to confinement.

􀁺 Prisoner may be paroled (early release with conditions).

􀁺 Prisoners may be under mandatory, supervised release (release at the end of confinement, but

with conditions tantamount to parole).

1-4. AR 190-8 and DODD 2310.01E articulate policy for I/R operations. AR 190-8 embodies U.S.

military obligations drawn from, in part, the Geneva Conventions, Hague Conventions, Convention

Relating to the Status of Refugees, Geneva Protocol I Relating to the Protection of Victims of International

Armed Conflicts, and current North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) standardization agreements.

Guidance for U.S. military prisoners is presented in AR 190-47 and DODD 1325.04.

Note. The United States has signed, but not ratified, Geneva Protocol I and Protocol II relating to

the Protection of Victims of Non-International Armed Conflicts to the Geneva Conventions and,

therefore, is not explicitly bound by their terms. U.S. laws and policies will apply while the U.S.

continues to meet the obligations and intent of the Geneva Conventions.

1-5. Allied joint publication (AJP)-2.5 prescribes concepts and procedures for the control and

administration of I/R populations by U.S. armed forces operating in Europe under NATO guidelines and

outside the European theater in coordination with one or more of the NATO allies. The information in

FM 3-39.40 supports AJP-2.5. AJP-2.5 provides—

􀁺 Standardized terms and definitions relating to I/R populations.

􀁺 Procedures for using DA Form 4237-R (Detainee Personnel Record).

􀁺 Procedures for handling I/R populations, their personal property, and their money.

1-6. The following objectives of I/R operations pertain to I/R populations:

􀁺 Providing humane treatment.

􀁺 Evacuating promptly to a safe area.

􀁺 Providing opportunities for intelligence exploitation.

􀁺 Integrating evacuation, control, and administration procedures.

􀁺 Improving subsequent intelligence, evidentiary, and judicial processes.

􀁺 Providing critical information to determine each individual’s status.

􀁺 Increasing accuracy in property accountability to reduce claims against the United States.

􀁺 Facilitating final disposition.

􀁺 Providing secure detention and efficient care.

PRINCIPLES

1-7. Military police units are specifically organized and trained to perform a variety of missions across

the range of I/R operations. While all military police units have an ability to perform I/R operations, those

identified as I/R organizations are specifically focused and trained to perform all missions associated with

this military police function. Military police are uniquely suited to perform I/R operations because of skills

developed via their specific technical training and experience gained through the execution of day-to-day

law enforcement missions and the execution of confinement duties at U.S. military corrections facilities.

The fundamental principles of these military police missions are directly applicable to the I/R mission.

These principles include the following:

􀁺 Humane treatment. Military police are well trained in the law of land warfare, applicable U.S.

laws and regulations, and DOD/Army policies. All detainees (to include U.S. military prisoners)

must be protected from unlawful acts of violence and deprivation of basic human necessities

must be detained in a safe and secure environment. Humane treatment is consistent with Army

and Soldier values and ensures an operational climate that is conducive to population control.

Chapter 1

1-4 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

While military police must be fair and firm, humane treatment is essential to establish goodwill

among I/R populations and to prevent adversarial relationships between guard forces and I/R

populations. (See paragraph 1-29 and appendix D more complete definition of standards for

humane treatment.) Standards for humane treatment in this FM are derived from the substantive

provisions of the Geneva Conventions that provide for the protection of noncombatants, who

deserve to be respected, and deserve to be protected at all times.

􀁺 Close contact.. The very nature of I/R operations places Soldiers in close contact with I/R

populations. In one scenario, Soldiers may be in continuous contact or near large displaced

populations that contain persons who are tired and hungry, may have lost their families or

possessions, and/or are facing an uncertain future. In another scenario, I/R operations may place

Soldiers in continuous contact with or near insurgents, terrorists, or criminals who will exploit

every opportunity to escape and kill or injure U.S. personnel or multinational partners.

􀁺 Care, custody, and control. I/R operations require detailed, advanced planning and execution to

provide responsive and thorough care, custody, and control of large I/R populations. Military

police and other U.S. armed forces must plan, procure, and provide the necessary resources to

care for I/R populations, to include subsistence, clothing, hygiene, shelter, and transport to

appropriate locations. Military police provide direct supervision and/or control of assisted,

detained, or interned persons to ensure their control, health, welfare, and safety. They use their

experience and exercise appropriate authority and measured force (using necessary lawful

restrictive measures) to mitigate unlawful or inappropriate actions of others, prevent self-harm,

and protect persons under their control.

􀁺 Accountability. U.S. armed forces are accountable for I/R populations, property, evidence, and

related documents from the moment of capture until they are released, resettled, repatriated, or

transferred to another authority. During I/R operations, Department of Defense (DD) Form 2745

(Enemy Prisoner of War Capture Tag) or the subsequent issuance of an internment serial

number (ISN) provides the only authorized serial number to be used to track detainees and their

property, evidence, and related documents. Accountability must be maintained throughout all

activities required for custody; property and evidence control; records management; database

management; investigations through legal disposition; and reporting to theater, national, and

international organizations (IOs) according to international and U.S. laws, regulations, and

policies.

􀁺 Segregation. I/R populations include numerous types or groups of individuals that must be

segregated for a variety of reasons. I/R populations are segregated based on their legal status

(according to DOD and Army policies) and their gender. Juveniles within the I/R population are

typically segregated from the general population. Detainees may also be segregated by ethnic

and family groups and further segregated to protect vulnerable individuals. Additionally,

detainees may be categorized by behavior (cooperative, neutral, or combative) to accurately

resource guards and facilities. Individuals within the I/R population may also be segregated to

prevent self-harm. Although segregation may not be requested or conducted for the purpose of

facilitating interrogation, interrogators may interrogate detainees who have been properly

segregated. (See DODD 3115.09.)

􀁺 Minimum force. Military police, guards, and security personnel must use the minimum level of

force necessary to protect themselves and others, prevent escapes, or prevent persons from

self-harm. I/R facility commanders carefully balance using applied force when an unlawful

activity or civil disturbance occurs, violence escalates, or an escape attempt occurs. Military

police, guards, and security personnel must apply a measured response when confronting violent

and/or noncompliant I/R populations. Minimum force also applies when using restraints.

Individuals who pose an imminent escape risk or are identified as a potential threat to

themselves or others may need to be restrained to prevent them from escaping or committing

acts of violence. The level of restraint required varies with each situation. In the most severe

circumstances, restraining individuals may involve applying restraints to fully immobilize them.

In less severe circumstances, restraining an individual may involve using verbal commands, such

as “Halt.” Restraints should only be applied to mitigate actual risks. Restraining for any other

Internment and Resettlement Operations and the Operational Environment

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 1-5

purpose may be counterproductive to effective I/R operations and may not be in compliance with

international laws.

WARNING

At no time should restraints be used as punishment.

PERSONNEL CATEGORIES

1-8. Key personnel category terms are defined in the following paragraphs. These terms include detainees

and their subcategories, U.S. military prisoners, and DCs and their subcategories. For the purposes of this

manual, I/R populations refer to detainees, U.S. military prisoners, and DCs.

DETAINEES

1-9. Detainee is a term used to refer to any person captured or otherwise detained by an armed force.

(JP 3-63) Detainees may also include enemy combatants (EPWs and members of armed groups), RP, and

CIs. (See DODD 2310.01E.) Detainees do not include personnel being held for law enforcement purposes,

except where the U.S. is the occupying power.

Civilian Internees

1-10. A CI is a civilian who is interned during armed conflict, occupation, or other military operation for

security reasons, for protection, or because he or she committed an offense against the detaining power. (JP

3-63) CIs, unless they have committed acts for which they are considered unlawful combatants, generally

qualify for protected status according to the GC, which also establishes procedures that must be observed

when depriving such civilians of their liberty. CIs are to be accommodated separately from EPWs and

persons deprived of liberty for any other reason.

1-11. Protected persons are persons protected by the Geneva Convention who find themselves, in case of a

conflict or occupation, in the hands of a party to the conflict or occupying power of which they are not

nationals. (AR 190-8). Protected persons who are interned for imperative reasons of security are also

known as CIs. Protected persons under the Geneva Conventions include—

􀁺 Hors de combat (refers to the prohibition of attacking enemy personnel who are “out of

combat”).

􀁺 Detainees (combatants and CIs).

􀁺 Wounded and sick in the field and at sea.

􀁺 Civilians.

Note. If protected persons are detained as spies or saboteurs or are suspected of or engaged in

activities hostile to the security of the state or occupying power, they may be interned or

imprisoned. In such cases, they retain their status as a protected person and are granted the full

rights and privileges of protected persons.

Retained Personnel

1-12. RP are enemy medical personnel and medical staff administrators who are engaged in the search for,

collection, transport, or treatment of the wounded or sick, or the prevention of disease; chaplains attached

to enemy armed forces; and staff of National Red Cross Societies and that of other volunteer aid societies,

duly recognized and authorized by their governments to assist medical service personnel of their own

armed forces, provided they are exclusively engaged in the search for, or the collection, transport or

treatment of wounded or sick, or in the prevention of disease, and provided that the staff of such societies

are subject to military laws and regulations. (JP 3-63)

Chapter 1

1-6 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

1-13. RP is a special category for medical personnel and chaplains because of their special skills and

training. These individuals may be retained by the detaining power to aid other detainees, preferably those

of the armed forces to which they belong. (See FM 27-10.) The Geneva Conventions require that RP

receive, at a minimum, the benefits and protection given to those with EPW status. The Geneva

Conventions require that they be granted the facilities necessary to provide medical care and religious

ministry services to the I/R population. (For a complete discussion on RP, see AR 190-8.)

1-14. Privileges and considerations extended to RP because of their profession include—

􀁺 Additional correspondence privileges for chaplains and senior retained medical personnel.

􀁺 All facilities necessary to provide detainees with medical care, spiritual assistance, and welfare

services.

􀁺 Authority and means of transportation for periodic visits to other I/R facilities and to hospitals

outside the RP I/R facility to carry out their medical, spiritual, or welfare duties.

􀁺 Restriction of work assignments to only those medical or religious duties that they are qualified

to perform.

􀁺 Assignment to quarters separate from those of other detainees when possible.

Enemy Combatants

1-15. An enemy combatant is, in general, a person engaged in hostilities against the United States or its

coalition partners during an armed conflict. (JP 3-63) Enemy combatant includes EPWs and members of

armed groups.

1-16. Enemy combatants are divided as follows:

􀁺 An enemy prisoner of war is a detained person who, while engaged in combat under orders

of his or her government, was captured by the armed forces of the enemy.

􀁺 Member of an armed group is a person who engages in or supports acts against the United

States or its multinational partners in violation of the laws and customs of war during an

armed conflict that do not meet the criteria of a prisoner of war as defined within the

Geneva Convention Relative to the Treatment of Prisoners of War. Members of armed

groups are not entitled to combatant immunity and will be treated as CIs until, or unless,

otherwise directed by competent authorities.

1-17. EPWs are persons defined in the GPW as—

􀁺 Members of the armed forces of a party to the conflict and members of militias or volunteer

corps forming part of such armed forces.

􀁺 Members of other militias and members of other volunteer corps, including those of organized

resistance movements, belonging to a party to the conflict and operating in or outside their own

territory, even if this territory is occupied, provided that such militias or volunteer corps,

including such organized resistance movements, fulfill the following conditions:

􀂄 That of being commanded by a person responsible for his or her subordinates.

􀂄 That of having a fixed distinctive sign recognizable at a distance.

􀂄 That of carrying arms openly.

􀂄 That of conducting their operations according to the laws and customs of war.

􀁺 Members of regular armed forces who profess allegiance to a government or an authority not

recognized by the detaining power.

􀁺 Persons who accompany the armed forces without actually being members thereof, such as

civilian members of military aircraft crews, war correspondents, supply contractors, members of

labor units or of services responsible for the welfare of the armed forces, provided that they have

received authorization from the armed forces which they accompany, who will provide them for

that purpose with an identity card similar to the annexed model.

􀁺 Members of crews, including masters, pilots and apprentices, of the merchant marine and the

crews of civil aircraft of the parties to the conflict, who do not benefit by more favorable

treatment under any other provisions of international laws.

Internment and Resettlement Operations and the Operational Environment

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 1-7

􀁺 Inhabitants of a unoccupied territory, who on the approach of the enemy spontaneously take up

arms to resist the invading forces, without having had time to form themselves into regular

armed units, provided they carry arms openly and respect the laws and customs of war.

Note. EPW status is the default status for detainees. All detainees will be treated according to the

GPW until their status is determined by a military tribunal or other competent authority. The

United States uses the term EPW to identify an individual under the custody and/or control or the

DOD according to Articles 4 and 5 of the GPW. (See JP 3-63.) The United States reserves the

GPW term prisoner of war to identify its own or multinational armed forces that have been

taken captive.

U.S. MILITARY PRISONERS

1-18. A U.S. military prisoner is a person sentenced to confinement or death during a court-martial

and ordered into confinement by a competent authority, whether or not the convening authority has

approved the sentence. A U.S. military prisoner who is pending trial by court-martial and is placed into

confinement by a competent authority is a pretrial prisoner. (See chapter 7.)

DISLOCATED CIVILIANS

1-19. The term dislocated civilian is a broad term that includes a displaced person, an evacuee, an expellee,

an internally displaced person, a migrant, a refugee, or a stateless person. (JP 3-57) DCs are individuals

who leave their homes for various reasons, such as an armed conflict or a natural disaster, and whose

movement and physical presence can hinder military operations. They most likely require some degree of

aid, such as medicine, food, shelter, or clothing. DCs may not be native to the area or to the country in

which they reside. (See chapter 10.) The following DC subcategories are also defined in JP 3-57:

􀁺 Displaced person. A displaced person is a civilian who is involuntarily outside the national

boundaries of his or her country. (JP 1-02) Displaced persons may have been dislocated because

of a political, geographical, environmental, or threat situation.

􀁺 Evacuee. An evacuee is a civilian removed from a place of residence by military direction for

reasons of personal security or the requirements of the military situation. (JP 3-57)

􀁺 Expellee. An expellee is a civilian outside the boundaries of the country of his or her nationality

or ethnic origin who is being forcibly repatriated to that country or to a third country for political

or other purposes. (JP 3-57)

􀁺 Internally displaced person. An internally displaced person is any person who has left their

residence by reason of real or imagined danger but has not left the territory of their own country.

Internally displaced persons may have been forced to flee their homes for the same reasons as

refugees, but have not crossed an internationally recognized border.

􀁺 Migrant. A migrant is a person who (1) belongs to a normally migratory culture who may cross

national boundaries, or (2) has fled his or her native country for economic reasons rather than

fear of political or ethnic persecution. (JP 3-57)

􀁺 Refugee. A refugee is a person, who by reason of real or imagined danger, has left their home

country or country of their nationality and is unwilling or unable to return.

􀁺 Stateless person. A stateless person is a civilian who has been denationalized or whose country

of origin cannot be determined or who cannot establish a right to the nationality claimed.

STATUS DETERMINATION

1-20. If there is any doubt whether personnel captured or detained by the U.S. armed forces belong to any

of the detainee categories previously described in paragraph 1-17, and Article 4, GPW, such personnel

receive the same treatment to which EPWs are entitled until their status has been determined by a

competent military tribunal or some other competent authority. (See AR 190-8.) Captured or detained

personnel are presumed to be EPWs immediately upon capture if their status is unmistakable (such as an

Chapter 1

1-8 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

armed, uniformed enemy). The final status of a CI may not be determined until they arrive at a TIF. Until

such time, treat all CIs as EPWs.

Note. It is essential to understand the distinction between the terms treatment and status. To treat

a detainee as an EPW does not mean that the detainee has the actual status of an EPW as set

forth in the Geneva Conventions.

ARTICLE 5 TRIBUNALS

1-21. Article 5 tribunals are conducted according to Article 5, GPW. An Article 5 tribunal is an

administrative hearing that is controlled by a board of officers and determines the actual status of a

detainee. This tribunal can take place anywhere, but it most commonly takes place echelons above the

brigade combat team (BCT), most generally at the TIF or SIF. The tribunal determines the status of

individuals who do not appear to be entitled to prisoner of war status, but have committed a belligerent act

or have engaged in hostile activity to aid enemy forces and/or assert that they are entitled to treatment as an

EPW.

Note. Sample procedures with additional (optional) procedures for conducting an Article 5

tribunal are included in appendix D. Optional procedures are intended to add appropriate due

process measures that are not required by laws or regulations, but improve the transparency and

overall fairness of the tribunal as time and additional resources are available to the convening

authority. The tribunal is an administrative board process and is not intended to become an

adversarial process.

1-22. EPWs have GPW protections from the time they are under the control of U.S. armed forces until

their release or repatriation. Any detainee subject to an Article 5 tribunal will be provided and entitled to

a—

􀁺 Notice of the tribunal (in a language he or she understands).

􀁺 Opportunity to present evidence at the tribunal.

􀁺 Three-person administrative tribunal.

􀁺 Preponderance of the evidence standard.

􀁺 Written appeal to the convening authority upon request.

1-23. The convening authority of the Article 5 tribunal will be a commander exercising general

court-martial convening authority, unless such authority has been properly delegated. According to

AR 190-8 and DOD policies, a competent tribunal will—

􀁺 Convene within a reasonable time after doubt arises regarding EPW status, normally within 15

days. Processing time for the tribunal procedures should not normally exceed 30 days. Shorter

processing times are encouraged, particularly when there is a potential for a status change from

EPW to CI or a members of an armed group.

􀁺 Determine the status of any individual who does not appear to be entitled to EPW status, but has

committed a belligerent act or has engaged in hostile activities to aid enemy armed forces and

asserts that he or she is entitled to treatment as an EPW.

􀁺 Be composed of three commissioned officers (one a field grade). The senior officer will serve as

president of the tribunal and another nonvoting officer (preferably a judge advocate) will serve

as the recorder.

Internment and Resettlement Operations and the Operational Environment

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 1-9

Note. A separate system of combatant status review boards have been adopted by laws and

regulations to review the status of members of armed groups designated under approved DOD

procedures. Recent executive decisions may provide further directives regarding the processing

and disposition of this category of personnel. Detainees who have been determined by a

competent tribunal not to be entitled to EPW status will not be executed, imprisoned, or

otherwise penalized without further proceedings to determine what acts they have committed

and what penalty should be imposed. Commanders should notify the combatant command if a

U.S. citizen or resident alien has been captured or has requested a tribunal.

APPEALS AND PERIODIC REVIEWS OF CIVILIAN INTERNEES

1-24. CIs may be interned or placed in assigned residences only when the security of the detaining power

makes it absolutely necessary or there are imperative reasons of security of the occupying power. (See GC,

Articles 27, 42, and 78.) The internment of civilians is a serious deprivation of liberty for the civilian

population. Accordingly, each CI—

􀁺 Is released by the detaining power as soon as the reasons which necessitated his internment no

longer exist (Article 132, GC).

􀁺 Receives an order of internment (in a language the CI understands) as directed in AR 190-8.

This order must be provided without delay, usually within 72 hours of capture/internment.

􀁺 Receives notice (in a language the CI understands) of the right to appeal the internment or

placement in an assigned residence.

􀁺 Has the right to appeal the internment or placement in an assigned residence. This appeal should

receive proper consideration and a decision should be rendered as soon as possible by an

appropriate administrative tribunal.

1-25. The convening authority of the administrative tribunal will be a commander exercising general

court-martial convening authority, unless such authority has been properly delegated. A competent CI

review tribunal will—

􀁺 Convene within a reasonable time after the appeal is requested (normally within 72 hours).

Processing time for the tribunal procedures will not normally exceed 14 days. Shorter processing

times are encouraged, particularly when there is a potential for a status change from CI to

member of an armed group or common criminal.

􀁺 Is composed of three commissioned officers (a field grade). The senior officer will serve as

president of the tribunal. Another nonvoting officer (preferably a judge advocate) will serve as

the recorder.

1-26. Any detainee being subject to a CI review tribunal will be provided and entitled to a—

􀁺 Notice of the tribunal (in a language he or she understands).

􀁺 Opportunity to present evidence at the tribunal.

􀁺 Three-person administrative tribunal.

􀁺 Preponderance of the evidence standard.

􀁺 Written appeal to the convening authority upon request.

1-27. In the event that the decision of internment or placement is upheld, the tribunal has an affirmative

duty (at least every 6 months) to periodically review the lawfulness of the internment or placement.

Recognizing the gravity of continued internment as a deprivation of liberty of the civilian population,

convening authorities are encouraged to incorporate more due process into the procedures for all periodic

review proceedings. Detainees who have been determined by a CI review tribunal not to be entitled to

release from internment or placement in an assigned residence will not be executed, imprisoned, or

otherwise penalized without further judicial proceedings to determine what acts they have committed and

what penalty should be imposed.

Chapter 1

1-10 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

Note. The preceding procedures are the minimum standards for conducting a CI review tribunal

as resources and time permit. For subsequent reviews, the convening authority may adopt

additional procedures for these tribunals.

GENERAL PROTECTION AND CARE OF DETAINEES, U.S.

MILITARY PRISONERS, AND DISLOCATED CIVILIANS

1-28. DOD personnel conducting I/R operations will always treat detainees, U.S. military prisoners, and

DCs under their custody or care humanely, no matter what their individual status is under U.S. or

international laws and no matter how the conflict or crisis is characterized. The Geneva Conventions

provide internationally recognized humanitarian standards for the treatment of detainees. (See appendix D.)

U.S. military prisoners confined in a battlefield environment are also entitled to the constitutional

protections afforded to every citizen of the United States. Some DCs may be refugees covered by the

Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees, which establishes minimum standards for the treatment of

refugees and specifies the obligations of the HN and the refugees.

HUMANE TREATMENT POLICIES

1-29. DODD 2310.01E establishes overarching DOD detainee policies, including detainee treatment

policies. DODD 2310.01E applies to all detainee operations conducted during armed conflicts, however

such conflicts are characterized in all other military operations. The policies are applicable to—

􀁺 DOD personnel (civilian and military).

􀁺 DOD contractors assigned to or supporting the DOD components engaging in, conducting,

participating in, or supporting detainee operations.

􀁺 Non-DOD personnel as a condition of permitting access to internment facilities or to detainees

under DOD control.

1-30. The humane treatment of detainees by U.S. personnel is paramount to successful operations and an

absolute moral and legal requirement. All DOD personnel will comply with the law of war at all times.

Personnel conducting detainee operations will apply at a minimum and without regard to a detainee’s legal

status, the standards articulated in Common Article 3 to the Geneva Conventions. Any persons detained

will be afforded the protections of Common Article 3 to the Geneva Conventions from the moment they are

under the control of DOD personnel until their release, transfer, or repatriation.

Note. Certain categories of detainees, such as EPWs, enjoy protections under the law of war in

addition to the minimum standards prescribed in Common Article 3 to the Geneva Conventions.

DETAINEE TREATMENT POLICIES

1-31. In addition to the standards required under the Geneva Conventions and the law of war, the following

minimum standards for detainee treatment are required by DODD 2310.01E:

􀁺 Detainees will be provided adequate food, drinking water, shelter, clothing, and medical

treatment. Detainees will be provided the same standard of health care as U.S. forces in the

geographical area.

􀁺 Detainees will be granted free exercise of religion that is consistent with the requirements of

detention.

􀁺 Detainees will be respected as human beings. They will be protected against threats or acts of

violence, including rape, forced prostitution, assault, theft, public curiosity, bodily injury, and

reprisals. They will not be subjected to medical or scientific experiments. Detainees will not be

subjected to sensory deprivation. This list is not all-inclusive.

Internment and Resettlement Operations and the Operational Environment

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 1-11

􀁺 The punishment of detainees known to have, or suspected of having, committed serious offenses

will be administered according to due process of law and under legally constituted authority.

􀁺 The inhumane treatment of detainees is prohibited and is not justified by the stress of combat or

deep provocation.

U.S. MILITARY PRISONER POLICIES

1-32. The same standards of humane treatment apply to the battlefield confinement of U.S. military

prisoners as apply to other I/R operations. In addition, U.S. military prisoners have specific constitutional

rights and protections afforded by their status as U.S. persons. As Soldiers, they enjoy rights and

protections under the UCMJ and the Manual for Courts-Martial (MCM). U.S. military prisoners will not be

interned with detainees or DCs. (See chapter 7 and AR 190-47.)

DISLOCATED CIVILIAN POLICIES

1-33. DCs who have moved in response to a natural or man-made disaster have the following in common:

􀁺 They are unable or unwilling to stay in their homes.

􀁺 Their physical presence can affect military operations.

􀁺 They require some degree of aid, to include many of the basic human necessities.

1-34. DCs are to be provided humane care and treatment consistent with the Geneva Conventions and

international laws, regardless of the categorization given to them by higher authority.

1-35. Some DCs may be refugees covered by the Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees and

Article 73, Geneva Protocol I (wherein stateless persons or refugees are protected persons within the

meaning of Part I and Part III, GC). The Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees provides a general

and universally applicable definition of the term refugee and establishes minimum standards for the

treatment and protection of refugees, specifying the obligations of the HN and the refugees to one another.

Among the important provisions of this convention is the principle of nonrefoulement (Article 33), which

prohibits the return or expulsion of a refugee to the territory of a state where his life, freedom, or personal

security would be in jeopardy. I/R personnel conducting DC operations that involve refugees will not

repatriate refugees until directed by applicable governmental organizations through the chain of command.

1-36. Refugees have the right to safe asylum and basic civil, economic, and social rights. For example,

adult refugees should have the right to work and refugee children should be able to attend school. In certain

circumstances (such as large-scale inflows of refugees), asylum states may feel obliged to restrict certain

rights. The UN High Commissioner for Refugees assists to fill gaps when no resources are available from

the government of the country of asylum or other agencies. (See the UN High Commissioner for Refugees

Handbook for the Military on Humanitarian Operations.) When possible, units conducting I/R operations

involving refugees should establish provisions for the protection of these rights that are consistent with

military necessity and available resources.

ABUSE OR MISTREATMENT

1-37. All DOD personnel (military, civilian, and contractor) must correct, report, and document any

incident or situation that might constitute the mistreatment or abuse of detainees, U.S. military prisoners, or

DCs. Acts and omissions that constitute inhumane treatment may be violations of U.S. laws, U.S. policies,

and the law of war. These violations require immediate action to correct. If a violation is ongoing, Soldiers

have an obligation to take action to stop the violation and report it to their chain of command.

1-38. All personnel who observe or have knowledge of possible abuse or mistreatment will immediately

report the incident through their chain of command or supervision. Reports may also be submitted to the

military police, a judge advocate, a chaplain, or an inspector general, who will then forward the report

through the recipient’s chain of command or supervision. Reports made to other officials will be accepted

and immediately forwarded through the recipient’s chain of command or supervision, and an information

copy will be provided to the appropriate combatant commander.

Chapter 1

1-12 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

1-39. Any commander or supervisor who obtains credible information about actual or possible abuse or

mistreatment involving personnel who are not assigned to a combatant commander will immediately report

the incident through command or supervisory channels to the responsible combatant commander or to

another appropriate authority (criminal investigation division [CID], inspector general) for allegations. In

the latter instance, an information report is sent to the combatant commander with responsibility for the

geographic area where the alleged incident occurred.

AGENCIES CONCERNED WITH INTERNMENT AND

RESETTLEMENT

1-40. External involvement in I/R missions is a fact of life for military police organizations. Some

government and government-sponsored entities that may be involved in I/R missions include—

􀁺 International agencies.

􀂄 UN.

􀂄 International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC).

􀂄 International Organization of Migration.

􀁺 U.S. agencies.

􀂄 Local U.S. embassy.

􀂄 Department of Homeland Security.

􀂄 U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE).

􀂄 Federal Emergency Management Agency.

1-41. The U.S. Army National Detainee Reporting Center (NDRC), supported by theater detainee

reporting centers (TDRCs), detainee accountability, including reporting to the ICRC central tracing

agency.

1-42. There are also numerous private relief organizations, foreign and domestic, that will likely be

involved in the humanitarian aspects of I/R operations. Likewise, the news media normally provides

extensive coverage of I/R operations. Adding to the complexity of these operations is the fact that DOD is

often not the lead agency. For instance, the DOD could be tasked in a supporting role, with the Department

of State or some other agency in the lead. (See appendix E.)

CIVILIAN ORGANIZATIONS

1-43. The most effective way for U.S. armed forces to understand the skills, knowledge, and capabilities of

nonmilitary organizations is through the Military Education System and through the establishment and/or

maintenance of a liaison once deployed to the operational area. In addition, having those organizations

provide briefings on their capabilities and limitations to each other and to the military is an effective

method to gain understanding on both sides to support the mission.

1-44. Civilian organizations are responsible for a wide range of activities encompassing humanitarian aid;

human rights; the protection of minorities, refugees, and displaced persons; legal assistance; medical care;

reconstruction of the local infrastructure; agriculture; education; and general project funding. It is critical

importance that commanders and their staffs understand the mandate, role, structure, method, and

principles of these organizations. It is impossible to establish an effective relationship with them without

this understanding.

1-45. Civilian organizations may already be providing humanitarian-assistance or some type of relief in the

operational area when I/R operations are planned and implemented. (See appendix E.) The principal

coordinating federal agency is the U.S. Agency for International Development. Civilian organizations are

required to register with the U.S. Agency for International Development to operate under the auspices of

the United States.

1-46. A detailed description of nonmilitary U.S. government agencies typically involved in I/R operations

is contained in appendix E. The non-U.S. government organizations most likely to be encountered during

I/R operations are international humanitarian organizations. These are impartial, neutral, and independent

Internment and Resettlement Operations and the Operational Environment

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 1-13

organizations whose mission is to assist and protect victims of conflict. This group includes organizations

such as the ICRC, the International Federation of the Red Cross (IFRC), and the Red Crescent Societies.

They carefully guard their neutrality and do not desire to be associated with or dependent on the military

for fear of losing their special status in the international community that allows them to fulfill their mission.

The two principal types of non-U.S. government civilian organizations are—

􀁺 IOs. IOs are established by international agreements and operate at the nation-to-nation level.

IOs include the UN, the UN Development Program, the UN Office for the Coordination of

Humanitarian Affairs, the UN World Food Program, and the International Medical Corps. The

UN High Commissioner for Refugees is a key player in international detainee operations.

􀁺 Nongovernmental organizations (NGOs). NGOs are voluntary organizations that are not

normally funded by governments. They are primarily nonprofit organizations that self-define

their missions and philosophies. This independence from political interests is the key attribute of

NGOs and can be a great benefit in rebuilding relations when political dialog has failed or is not

practicable. They are often highly professional in their field, extremely well motivated, and

prepared to take physical risks in appalling conditions. Examples of NGOs include Save the

Children, Medecins Sans Frontières (Doctors without Borders), Catholic Relief Services, and

Catholic Bishops Council. NGOs are classified as mandated or nonmandated as described

below:

􀂄 A mandated NGO has been officially recognized by the lead IO in a crisis and is authorized

to work in the affected area. The ICRC is an example of a mandated NGO.

􀂄 A nonmandated NGO has no official recognition or authorization and, therefore, works as a

private concern. These organizations may be subcontracted by an IO or mandated NGO. In

other cases, they obtain funds from private enterprises and donors. Catholic Relief Services

is an example of a nonmandated NGO.

UNITED NATIONS

1-47. The UN is involved in the entire spectrum of humanitarian-assistance operations, from suffering

prevention to relief operations. Typically, UN relief agencies establish independent networks to execute

their humanitarian-relief operations. The UN system delegates as much as possible to the agency’s

elements located in the field; supervisory and support networks are traced from those field officers back to

UN headquarters. Military planners must familiarize themselves with UN objectives so that these

objectives are considered in planning and executing military operations. (See appendix E.)

PROTECTING POWER

1-48. The primary power duty of the protecting power is to monitor whether detainees are receiving

humane treatment as required by international laws. A neutral state or a humanitarian organization, such as

the ICRC, is usually designated as a protecting power. Representatives or delegates of a protecting power

are authorized to visit detainees and interview them regarding the conditions of their detention, their

welfare, and their rights. Depending on the circumstances, they may conduct interviews without witnesses.

Such visits may not be prohibited except for reasons of imperative military necessity.

INTERNATIONAL RED CROSS AND RED CRESCENT MOVEMENT

1-49. The ICRC, IFRC, and individual national Red Cross and Red Crescent organizations make up the

International Red Cross and Red Crescent Movement. These groups are distinctly different and have

separate mandates and staff organizations. They should not be considered to be one organization. Although

the ICRC was founded in Switzerland, it has a long and distinguished history of worldwide operation as a

neutral intermediary in armed conflicts. The mission of the ICRC is to ensure that victims of conflict

receive appropriate protection and assistance within the scope of the Geneva Conventions and Geneva

Protocol II.

Note. The Red Crescent Movement is found in predominately Muslim countries and has the

same goals and mission as the Red Cross Movement.

Chapter 1

1-14 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

CIVILIAN LEAD AGENCIES

1-50. A civilian lead agency is an agency that has been designated by the appropriate IO to coordinate the

activities of the civilian organizations that participate in an operation. It is normally a major UN agency

such as the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs. Specific responsibilities of the lead

agency include acting as a point of contact for other agencies and coordinating field activities to avoid

duplication of effort.

PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS FOR INTERNMENT AND

RESETTLEMENT OPERATIONS

1-51. Proper planning before operations commence is vital. It is also essential that commanders recognize

that conditions for the proper conduct of I/R operations are historically set in the planning phase of

operations. Commanders should establish planning mechanisms that ensure effective consideration of

potential detainee, U.S. military prisoner, or DC issues and the development of plans and procedures to

respond to these issues as early in the planning process as feasible. Commanders should, address at a

minimum—

􀁺 Infrastructure requirements. The commander should analyze the wide array of sustainment

and operational requirements to conduct I/R operations. These requirements begin with the

correct number and type of personnel on the ground to conduct the operation and the

identification, collection, and the management of a sustainment plan to support I/R operations

throughout the joint operations area.

􀁺 Security requirements. To the maximum extent possible, I/R facilities will be protected from

the hazards of the battlefield. To protect the I/R population, commanders—

􀂄 Manage the control of captured protective equipment that could be used to meet

requirements.

􀂄 Ensure that when planning for individual protective measures and facility protection, the

potential presence of detainees is considered. As a general rule, detainees should derive the

same benefit from protection measures as do members of the detaining force.

􀁺 Use-of-force training. Planning and preparing for the use of force is a necessary element in

maintaining order. Personnel assigned the mission of providing for the control of detainees, U.S.

military prisoners, and DCs and the security of I/R facilities should be issued and trained on

RUF that are specific to that mission. Theater rules of engagement (ROE) remain in effect for

defending an I/R facility from an external threat.

􀁺 Safety and evacuation plans. When controlling large I/R populations, commanders must

develop thorough safety and evacuation plans to evacuate, shelter, protect, and guard (as

appropriate) U.S. armed forces personnel and I/R populations from fire, combat hazards, natural

elements, and nonbattle injuries. Safety plans must be incorporated into I/R facility standing

operating procedures (SOPs) and refined through continuous risk assessments and mitigation.

Commanders must ensure that safety and evacuation plans are routinely trained and rehearsed.

􀁺 Medical and dental care. I/R facility commanders must consider a wide range of topics when

planning for medical support, to include a credentialed health care provider to monitor the

general health, nutrition, and cleanliness of detainees, U.S. military prisoners, and DCs

(appendix I). The medical facility must provide isolation wards for persons with communicable

diseases and for immunizations. Special consideration may be necessary for behavioral and

dental health support. The Geneva Conventions provide extensive guidance on medical and

dental standards of care for wounded and sick EPWs and CIs.

􀁺 Sanitation requirements. Certain sanitation standards must be met to protect the health of all

detainees, U.S. military prisoners, DCs, and U.S. armed forces associated with the facility (such

as disease prevention and facility cleanliness). (See appendix J.) These standards include

providing adequate space within housing units to prevent overcrowding, enforcing food

sanitation procedures, properly disposing of human waste, and conducting pest control activities

as required. The Geneva Conventions provide extensive guidance on sanitation requirements for

EPWs and CIs.

Internment and Resettlement Operations and the Operational Environment

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 1-15

􀁺 Intelligence and interrogation operations. The U.S. armed forces operating the I/R facility

need to plan for human intelligence (HUMINT) collection operations, which require close

cooperation with HUMINT collectors and counterintelligence agents. Further consideration must

be given to ensure that interrogation operations in the facility are conducted according to

applicable U.S. laws and regulations, international laws, operation orders, FRAGOs, and other

operationally specific guidelines (DOD policies). The internment facility commander is

responsible for ensuring proper care and treatment for detainees. (For a detailed discussion of

responsibilities and support relationships dictated by DOD policies and for more information on

HUMINT operations see FM 2-22.3.)

􀁺 Strategic reporting. Strategic reporting of detainees and DCs requires adherence to the

Detainee Reporting System (formerly known as the Branch Prisoner of War Information

System) procedures. The timely and accurate reporting of data is critical to ensuring detainee

and DC accountability and compliance with U.S. and international laws. I/R operations are

monitored at the strategic level. Overwatch and strategic accountability of detainees and DCs are

exercised by the Office of the Provost Marshal General (OPMG), NDRC Branch. The basic

element of detainee and DC accountability is the ISN, which is used as the primary means of

identification. ISNs are issued at the TIF. They are also used to link detainees and DCs to

biometric data, deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) data, personal property, medical information, and

issued equipment. Military police commanders conducting detainee operations must plan for the

acquisition and issuance of ISNs and maintenance of the Detainee Reporting System, to include

training military police personnel.

􀁺 Legal support. I/R operations must comply with the law of war during armed conflicts. Proper

legal support must be considered to ensure that U.S. policies, U.S. laws, and international laws

are observed. Actively involving judge advocate general personnel and expertise at all stages and

in all types of I/R operations is essential. All personnel, regardless of military occupational

specialty (MOS) or branch specialty, must receive I/R training and instruction, relevant to their

role in advance of participating in or supporting detainee operations; I/R-specific training should

be conducted annually thereafter. Training requirements and completion is documented

according to applicable laws and policies. Personnel must receive instruction and complete

training commensurate with their duties, regarding the—

􀂄 Geneva Conventions and laws, regulations, policies, and other issuances applicable to

detainee operations.

􀂄 Identification and prevention of violations of the Geneva Conventions.

􀂄 Requirement to report alleged or suspected violations that arise in the course of detainee

operations.

􀁺 Liaison with external agencies. During the course of I/R operations, it is likely that U.S.

commanders will encounter representatives of various government agencies, IOs, NGOs, and

international humanitarian organizations attempting to assert a role in protecting the interests of

detainees, U.S. military prisoners, or DCs. Commanders must anticipate that these organizations

will request access to I/R populations and will continue to do so throughout the operation. The

ICRC will be given the opportunity to provide its services to detainees (to include detainees at

TIFs). The servicing staff judge advocate is generally the designated command liaison to the

ICRC. (See FM 27-10.) ICRC reports provided to U.S. commanders will be forwarded through

combatant commander channels.

􀁺 Transportation requirements. The modes of transportation for movement of detainees, U.S.

military prisoners, and DCs are by foot, wheeled vehicle (preferably bus or truck), rail, air,

inland waterways and sea. Each operation requires unique security and accountability planning

which must closely adhered to and carefully planned. The flow of personnel must be coordinated

with movement control personnel as appropriate. (The movement of detainees is discussed in

chapter 4.)

􀁺 Public affairs. Public affairs planning requires an understanding of the information needs of

Soldiers, the Army community, and the public in matters relating to I/R operations. In the

interest of national security and the protection of I/R populations from public curiosity, I/R

populations will not be photographed or interviewed by the news media. The public affairs

Chapter 1

1-16 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

officer also facilitates media efforts to cover operations by expediting the flow of complete,

accurate, and timely information.

􀁺 Transfers and transitions. The successful end state of I/R operations is the final disposition of

detainees, U.S. military prisoners, and DCs. This may include their transfer, release,

resettlement, or continued detention. The permanent transfer or release of detainees from the

custody of U.S. armed forces to the HN, other multinational forces, or any non-DOD U.S.

government entity requires the approval of the Secretary of Defense or a specified designee. The

permanent transfer of a detainee or DC to a foreign nation may be governed by bilateral

agreements or based on ad hoc arrangements. Any transfer to the HN or a foreign nation will

include assurances that the receiving nation is willing and able to provide adequate care and

treatment that is required by the Geneva Conventions.

1-52. The preceding planning considerations are not all-inclusive. Thorough mission analysis is critical to

determine requirements and establish adequate training plans to ensure success. I/R planning factors are

covered in depth in chapter 5.

MILITARY POLICE CAPABILITIES

1-53. Military police personnel (MOSs 31B and 31E) provide indispensable capabilities required for

conducting of I/R operations. Military police Soldiers hone their skills through I/R-specific training and

complementary training and experience gained in performance of the other four military police functions.

Of the four remaining military police functions, police intelligence operations and law and order operations

provide the greatest complementary technical and tactical capabilities to enhance I/R operations. All

military police personnel receive I/R-specific training and instruction in advance of participating in or

supporting detainee operations and received annually thereafter. Training requirements and completion are

documented according to applicable laws and policies. All military police personnel receive instruction and

complete training equal to their duties regarding the—

􀁺 Geneva Conventions and all laws, regulations, policies, and other issuances applicable to

detainee operations.

􀁺 Identification and prevention of violations of the Geneva Conventions.

􀁺 Requirement to report alleged or suspected violations that arise in the course of detainee

operations.

1-54. When performing I/R operations, 31B personnel bring a variety of skill sets, inculcated through their

training. These skills include—

􀁺 Interpersonal communications.

􀁺 Use-of-force guidelines and standards.

􀁺 Civil disturbance operations.

􀁺 Use of NLWs in any environment.

􀁺 Custody, control, and audit maintenance requirements for I/R operations.

􀁺 Police investigations.

􀁺 Cultural awareness.

1-55. Military police personnel within the 31E MOS are specifically trained to conduct I/R operations

across the full range of potential environments. They provide technical capabilities specific to I/R, making

them the subject matter experts in full-scale I/R operations. These skills include—

􀁺 Interaction and use of U.S., third world country, and local national interpreters during I/R

operations.

􀁺 I/R facility operations (cell blocks, recreation areas, shower areas, latrines, mess areas).

􀁺 Safe and proper take-down techniques to ensure the well-being of all personnel involved.

􀁺 Proper and effective movement techniques when moving an individual from one location to

another.

􀁺 Use of NLWs in any environment.

􀁺 Cultural awareness.

Internment and Resettlement Operations and the Operational Environment

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 1-17

􀁺 Riot control measures, to include the use of riot control agents and dispersers.

􀁺 Quick-reaction force actions inside and outside the facility.

􀁺 Search techniques, to include the use of electronic detection devices.

􀁺 Detainee treatment standards and applicable provisions of the law of war.

􀁺 Current, approved interrogation techniques.

This page intentionally left blank.

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 2-1

Chapter 2

Internment and Resettlement in Support of the Spectrum

of Operations

I/R operations are of significant importance at all levels of war and across the

spectrum of conflict. They are typically tactical operations that may have strategic

impact. Soldiers conducting I/R operations must be professional and compassionate.

The failure to maintain professional and humane behavior will have far-reaching

impacts. Although military police units (to include military police platoons within a

BCT) are typically the first military police elements performing I/R operations,

modular I/R battalions with assigned I/R detachments, I/R companies, guard

companies, and supporting military working dog (MWD) teams are equipped and

trained to handle long-term I/R operations.

Note. While many Soldiers come in contact with detainees, only those trained and

certified to handle detainees (according to Army policies) should be placed in

positions where detainees are in their custodial care.

2-1. The I/R function includes missions involving the movement and protection of DCs and operations to

secure and protect detainees from the POC through the TIF or SIF. These operations may be within a

contiguous or noncontiguous AO. In either framework, military police take control of detainees, typically at

the DCP and expedite movement from the POC through the DHA to the TIF or SIF to ensure the freedom

of maneuver for maneuver units and the safe and humane treatment of detainees under U.S. control. During

combat operations involving DCs, military police control movement to avoid the disruption of combat

forces and to protect DCs from avoidable hazards. In all environments involving DCs, military police may

be required to support the movement of personnel and temporary resettlement facilities to ensure the safety

and security of persons displaced due to natural or man-made disasters or conditions. Additionally, I/R

units may be conducting day-to-day custody and control operations simultaneously for the confinement of

U.S. military prisoners at permanent sites around the world and tactical I/R operations in support of a DHA,

TIF, or SIF.

SUPPORT TO COMBAT OPERATIONS

2-2. The Army is the DOD executive agent for detainee operations. Additionally, the Army is the DOD

executive agent for the long-term confinement of U.S. military prisoners. Within the Army and through the

geographic combatant commander, military police units are tasked with coordinating shelter, protection,

accountability, and sustainment for detainees; that role is primarily being performed by I/R units, but is

supported by other military police units as necessary.

2-3. The I/R function serves a significant humane and tactical importance. In any conflict involving U.S.

forces, the safe and humane treatment of detainees is required by international laws. Military actions across

the spectrum of operations will likely result in detainees. In major combat operations, entire units of enemy

forces, separated and disorganized by the shock of intensive combat, may be captured. The magnitude of

such numbers places a tremendous burden on operational forces as they divert tactical units to handle these

detainees. Similarly, large numbers of CIs may also be interned during long-term stability operations, and

DCs may place an additional load on the operational commander. Military police units performing the I/R

function can preserve the capturing combat effectiveness of the unit by removing these detainees or DCs as

rapidly and safely as possible in conjunction with initial interrogation requirements and other operational

considerations. Military police units support the force by relieving tactical commanders of the requirement

Chapter 2

2-2 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

to divert large numbers of combat forces to handle detainees and removing DCs from routes and locations

that would have an adverse effect on operations. Military police units perform the I/R functions of

collecting, evacuating, and securing detainees and DCs throughout the AO. In this process, military police

and military intelligence (MI) units coordinate closely. It is essential that military police and MI Soldiers

have a high level of situational awareness and share information with each other.

2-4. The organic military police platoon in the BCT is ideally positioned to take control of detainees from

the combat force in the BCT AO. Although the BCT military police platoon initially handles detainees,

modular I/R battalions with assigned guard companies and supporting MWD teams are equipped and

trained to handle this mission for the long term. An I/R battalion is typically organized to support,

safeguard, account for, guard, and provide humane treatment for up to 4,000 EPWs/CIs, 8,000 DCs, or

1,500 U.S. military prisoners; however, certain missions may require additional resources and manning (for

example, long-term counterinsurgency internment).

2-5. The commander, detainee operations (CDO), is typically responsible for detention facility and

interrogation operations in the joint operations area. The CDO should have detainee operations experience

and will normally be the senior military police commander. If the size and scope of the detainee operation

warrants, the joint force commander may consider designating a general or flag officer as the CDO. (See

JP 3-63.) In major combat operations, during deployment a military police commander may serve as the

CDO for a theater operation.

2-6. When a corps or division serves as the higher headquarters without an AO, a military police

command may not be required. When this occurs, a military police brigade may be deployed to provide C2

for detainee operations and its commander designated as the CDO.

2-7. I/R operations require robust and focused sustainment support. The presence of hundreds or

thousands of detainees or refugees may challenge sustainment operations to meet the requirements to

house, feed, clothe, and protect those individuals. While the sustainment of refugee populations is primarily

a HN responsibility, U.S. forces must plan for, and be prepared to conduct the long-term sustainment of

refugee populations, especially if the security environment is unstable, until these responsibilities can be

transferred to HN organizations or the UN with support from nongovernmental organizations such as the

Red Cross. (A broader discussion of I/R sustainment requirements and considerations is included in

appendix J.)

DETAINEE HANDLING

2-8. Military police units are typically tasked with collecting detainees from combat units at DCPs

positioned as far forward as possible. The BCT military police platoon or military police units assigned to a

BCT typically operate collection points or holding areas to temporarily secure detainees until they can be

evacuated to the next higher echelon’s holding area. This is most critical during major combat operations,

when combat units can be seriously degraded by the buildup of large numbers of detainees in the forward

combat areas. During stability operations, military police unit missions may be prioritized such that the

capability of limited military police assets to take control of detainees at detainee collection points limited.

In these cases, non-military police units may operate collection points under the supervision of the echelon

provost marshal (PM). Guard companies assigned to the military police brigade or the I/R battalion

evacuate detainees from division or corps DHAs to theater internment facilities. Some detainees will be

evacuated from the theater to Army level internment facilities. Military police units conducting I/R

operations safeguard and maintain accountability and protect and provide humane treatment for all

personnel under their care.

2-9. In a mature theater, I/R units provide C2 administration and logistical services for assigned personnel

and prisoner population, or provide custody and control for the operation of a U.S. military prisoner

confinement facility or a high-risk detainee internment facility. Guard companies provide guards for

detainees or U.S. military prisoners, installations, and facilities.

Internment and Resettlement In Support of the Spectrum of Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 2-3

DISPLACED CIVILIAN HANDLING

2-10. Military police units may be required to support the collection and control of DCs. In offensive,

defensive, and stability operations many of the fundamentals are similar to that of handling detainees, but

the focus is typically different. The handling of DCs is also a mission that may be performed in support of

disaster relief or other emergencies within the United States or U.S. territories during civil support

operations. As such, local, state and federal agencies are primarily responsible for handling DCs with the

U.S. military in a support role. When a state of emergency is declared, the state’s national guard may be

called to assist with DCs under the control of the state governor or they may be federalized and conduct

operations as federal U.S. military forces. (See Titles 10 and 32, U.S. Code [USC].)

2-11. Military police units performing this mission will likely have a smaller percentage of I/R units, but

the expertise of I/R trained personnel will still be critical to mission success. Meeting the personal needs of

DCs will typically require extensive sustainment support. The basic sustainment requirements, unique

needs of DCs impacted by mission variables, and the sheer numbers of DCs may initially overwhelm relief

units and organizations. Military police forces may be critical enablers in providing essential services until

the HN government or other agencies can do so. The effort is typically conducted in conjunction with

civilian agencies and in addition to other military police support to U.S. forces. (See chapter 10 for more

information on handling DCs.)

SUPPORT TO STABILITY OPERATIONS

2-12. Stability operations are designed to establish a safe and secure environment and to facilitate

reconciliation among local or regional adversaries. Stability operations can also establish political, legal,

social, and economic institutions and support the transition to legitimate local government. It is essential

that stability operations maintain the initiative by pursuing objectives that resolve the causes of instability.

The combination of tasks conducted during stability operations depends on the situation. Stability

operations consist of five primary tasks—

􀁺 Maintain civil security.

􀁺 Maintain civil control.

􀁺 Restore essential services.

􀁺 Provide support to governance.

􀁺 Provide support to economic and infrastructure development.

2-13. The primary tasks are discussed in detail in FM 3-07. Various stability operations may require

focused internment operations, resettlement operations, or both; but one or the other will typically be

predominant.

2-14. I/R operations in support of stability operations may become enduring and assume many of the

characteristics of large-scale, maximum security prison operations that are typically found in the

international civilian sector. Long-term custody and control requirements are often augmented with

structured rehabilitative and reconciliation programs, increased access to medical treatment, and visitation

opportunities concluding with some form of guarantor or sponsor-based release or supervised system.

These operations are resource-intensive and should receive a priority commensurate with their strategic

significance.

2-15. I/R operations, especially within the context of long-term stability operations, require a robust and

focused sustainment effort to provide security and order while meeting basic health and sanitary needs. Too

often, the scope of the detention or resettlement facility sustainment effort is not realized until health or

security requirements overwhelm the logistical system. The maintenance and development of large-scale

facilities is a continuous sustainment effort and often involves contractors, HN personnel, or third country

nationals. The synchronization of sustainment, security, and operational requirements and efforts necessary

to operate a detention or resettlement facility are complex tasks that require sufficient authority to achieve

the unity of effort and security.

2-16. The military police I/R support to stability operations is central to transitioning the strategic risk of

interning large numbers of combatants and civilian detainees to a strategic advantage gained from the

Chapter 2

2-4 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

reintegration of informed and productive citizens at peace with their community and government. Military

police may be tasked with detaining, interning, and confining enemy combatants, members of the armed

forces, or civilians anywhere along the spectrum of conflict. Although military police formations have been

typically organized and staffed for conducting detainee operations in high-intensity conflict, the reality is

that military operations at the general war end of the spectrum of conflict are commonly of short duration

compared to operations conducted at levels of violence less than general war, such as insurgency or

unstable peace.

2-17. An increase in the frequency of stability operations requires more complex and sustainable systems,

solutions, and facilities in support of I/R operations. Even during major combat operations, enemy forces

often blend into the civilian population and criminals frequently escape or are released from jails and

prisons, while government records are removed or destroyed. Criminal, terrorist, and other opportunists

cross poorly secured borders and take personal or political advantage of the initial chaos that typically

accompanies general warfare. Major belligerents may or may not join these or other elements (tribes,

third-country nationals, or factions) to conduct insurgent activities.

2-18. During stability, the nature of the threat can often inhibit the ability of friendly forces to differentiate

between a hostile act and hostile intent or between insurgents and innocents within the civilian community.

For this reason, military commanders and forces must have the authority to detain civilians and an

acceptable framework to confine, intern, and eventually release them back into the OE. This authority has

the most legitimacy when sanctioned by international mandate or when it is bestowed or conveyed from the

local or regional governmental power. The initial or baseline authority granted to military forces to use

force and detain civilians will ultimately determine the status of the persons they detain. The status of

detainees will further determine the manner in which they are processed, the degree of due process they are

afforded, and whether their offense is military or criminal in nature. Detainee status and identification will

also help develop and determine eventual rehabilitative, reconciliatory, and release strategies.

2-19. During conflict with a conventional force, the segregation of officers, enlisted personnel, civilians,

and females is required when conducting internment operations and is relatively clear in its application. In

contrast, due to the unconventional nature of the enemy, stability operations may be more likely to require

segregation (or typology) by ethnic, tribal, or religious affiliation; human behaviors, traits, and

characteristics; age groups; and other categories, to include those typically applied in combat operations.

The facts and circumstances resulting in an apprehension may also determine detainee custody and control

status. The goal is to isolate insurgents, criminals, and extremists from moderate and circumstantial

detainees. Inaccurate assessments can have immediate and significant effects within the TIF that can result

in injury or death to detainees; contribute to insurgent recruitment; or cause custody and control problems

for the guard force. (See FM 3-07 and FM 3-24 for more information on stability and counterinsurgency

operations.)

2-20. The theater of operations must have an effective framework to detain, assess, reconcile, transition,

and eventually release detainees in a manner that is integrated with, and responsive to, the overall

counterinsurgency effort. TIF commanders often support larger coordinated approaches to deliberately

shape the information environment and reconciliatory efforts involving detainees. This includes various

rehabilitation programs that support the overall reconciliatory efforts. The capture, detention,

rehabilitation/reconciliation, and repatriation of detainees must be conducted in a manner that is consistent

with the strategic end state, operational goals, and tactical realities, and also fully in compliant with the rule

of law to ensure legitimacy with the population. Nowhere is this more evident than in the

counterinsurgency fight.

2-21. Counterinsurgency is those military, paramilitary, political, economic, psychological, and civic

actions taken by a government to defeat insurgency. (JP 1-02) In counterinsurgency, HN forces and their

partners operate to defeat armed resistance, reduce passive opposition, and establish or reestablish the HN

government’s legitimacy. Military police units and Soldiers play a key role in counterinsurgency through

I/R operations. (See FM 3-24.)

Internment and Resettlement In Support of the Spectrum of Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 2-5

COUNTERINSURGENCY EFFECTS ON INTERNMENT OPERATIONS

2-22. Demanding and complex, counterinsurgency draws heavily on a broad range of capabilities and

requires a different mix of offensive, defensive, and stability operations from that typically expected in

major combat operations. The balance between them depends on the local situation. A successful

counterinsurgency effort establishes HN institutions that can sustain government legitimacy.

2-23. The need for information is so crucial in counterinsurgency operations that it typically leads to an

increased number of detainees. The time-sensitive nature of information and intelligence in

counterinsurgency often leads to detentions based on incomplete or inaccurate information that makes

determining detainee status and identification difficult and complex. The process of detainee identification

and assessment is continuous and begins at the POC; is actively monitored during the period of detainee

internment; and significantly impacts custody, control, and release decisions and strategies.

2-24. Detainee operations play a significant role in counterinsurgency efforts because large detainee

populations can become fertile ground for insurgent, extremist, and criminal recruitment, development, and

growth if they are not processed quickly and effectively. The development and growth of insurgent and/or

criminal networks, if not identified and mitigated, can pose significant threats to I/R cadre and the

detainee/DC population.

2-25. Detainee populations grow incrementally as counterinsurgency operations endure, or they can

increase very rapidly during surge operations, reflecting the episodic nature of counterinsurgency. Captured

insurgents display a propensity to continue recruitment, assassination, and intimidation inside TIFs, making

it incumbent upon forces supporting detainee operations to focus their efforts on countering that portion of

the insurgency within the facility, while synchronizing their efforts with military operations outside the

detention facility.

COUNTERING THREATS WITHIN THE FACILITY

2-26. Prisons can provide insurgents with a large pool of discontented persons that may facilitate

recruitment efforts by insurgent, criminal, or other irregular actors. These threats are not confined to

internment operations; they are just as likely to propagate within resettlement or conventional prison

operations. These irregular threat actors may also attempt to infiltrate detention or resettlement facilities to

intimidate or assassinate political opponents or their supporters. The facility commander develops

procedures designed to identify and defeat insurgent efforts to organize escape, harm the guard force and

other detainees, or degrade the effectiveness of the facility threat operation in general. These efforts may be

linked to an overarching counterinsurgency effort in the theater or may be locally initiated efforts to gain

control within the facility population. The identification of a linkage to an external effort may be

accomplished through and coordinating and sharing police information with an external multifunctional

headquarters such as the military police command or a joint detainee task force. The military police

command or joint detainee task force coordinates and synchronizes support with MI, civil affairs (CA),

PSYOP and linguists; medical, legal, HN, and interagency personnel; and local leaders in an effort to defeat

insurgency within the facility. Procedures or tactics, techniques, and procedures to defeat the internal threat

networks and efforts within the facility may include—

􀁺 Developing deliberate procedures for detainee identification, categorization, and continual

assessment.

􀁺 Using multifunctional boards to assess detainees and develop reconciliation plans.

􀁺 Identifying and designating dedicated teams with specific skill sets through mission analysis for

each major compound. (The teams are organized to identify and mitigate threats within the

facility and will likely include bilingual bicultural advisors; intelligence officers;

counterintelligence agents; and others as required.)

􀁺 Allowing detainee participation in their own adjudication and rehabilitation destiny.

􀁺 Empowering detainee leaders to leverage their support through incentives.

􀁺 Ensuring that the informational needs of detainees are met and that rules and/or disciplinary

actions are understood.

Chapter 2

2-6 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

Note. Many of the techniques for identifying, segregating, and controlling personnel during

resettlement operations can be similarly applied, although the level of overall control is

significantly less than in an internment operation.

RELEASE OR TRANSITION

2-27. Generally, the military does not lead the planning and execution of detainee release type programs,

but may establish and operate TIF reconciliation centers to ensure the continuity of detainee programs

established in detention centers and reintegration efforts that conclude at the points of release back into

society. The individual or large-scale release or reintegration of detainees back into the civilian community

is a significant event that occurs during stability operations and can have a powerful effect in reducing the

issues that created the counterinsurgency conditions. Reintegration efforts must be widely understood and

visible. This is generally achieved by a deliberate information and public affairs effort. Former combatants

may participate in the process when offered some level of due process involvement linked to corrective

behavior modification. Commanders must seek legal assistance as they balance regulatory operations

security and detainee privacy entitlements with the transparency necessary for supporting democratic

institutions and national values. Military police may provide the security, custody, and control of detainees

at TIF reconciliation centers and may actively conduct rehabilitative and reconciliatory programs in a

command or support relationship with the headquarters responsible for an AO containing a TIF

reconciliation center. (See chapter 9 for more information on detainee release or transition.)

HOST NATION TRAINING

2-28. Military police or corrections personnel may be required to provide training and advice to HN

personnel for HN detention and corrections operations. Likewise, MI personnel may be required to provide

training and advice to HN personnel for proper interrogation procedures. HN personnel should be trained

on corrections skill level tasks to handle detainees according to internationally recognized standards for the

care and treatment of prisoners or other detainees. Management procedures should provide for the security

and fair and efficient processing of those detained. Effective HN internment operations that replace the

need for U.S. facilities is a necessary goal of HN training.

RESETTLEMENT OPERATIONS

2-29. Resettlement operations may occur across the spectrum of operations. (See chapter 10.) Events under

the category of resettlement operations include relief; chemical, biological, radiological, nuclear, and

high-yield explosives (CBRNE); civil laws; and community assistance operations. Military police provide

support to resettlement operations, which includes establishing and operating facilities and supporting CA

efforts to ensure that supply routes remain open and clear to the maneuver commander. Additional tasks

include enforcing curfews, restricting movement, checking travel permits and registration cards, operating

checkpoints, instituting amnesty programs, and conducting inspections. The level of control is drastically

different from that used during detainee operations. During resettlement operations, DCs are allowed the

freedom of movement as long as such movement does not impede operations.

2-30. DC is a special category associated with resettlement operations. CA personnel perform the basic

collective tasks during DC operations. DC operations minimize civilian interference with military

operations, protect civilians from combat operations, and are normally performed with minimal military

resources. Nonmilitary international aid organizations, and other NGOs are the primary resources used to

assist CA forces. However, CA forces may depend on other military units, such as military police I/R units,

to assist with a particular category of DCs.

2-31. Controlling DCs is essential during military operations because uncontrolled masses of people can

seriously impair the military mission. Commanders plan measures to protect DCs in the AO and to prevent

their interference with the mission. Military police commanders and staffs must have a clear understanding

of the OE, ROE, and legal considerations before setting up a resettlement facility.

Internment and Resettlement In Support of the Spectrum of Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 2-7

2-32. DCs are provided aid, shelter, and protection. The emphasis is on protecting them from hazardous

environments or hostile actions. A special category of personnel arises when I/R operations require the

housing of DCs that are detained against their will. Such is the case of mass migrants who flee their

countries and find themselves under U.S. custody while policies for formal proceedings are being

developed. In the case of mass migrants, I/R operations must be sensitive to the situation and attempt to

strike a balance between security, shelter, protection, and detention procedures.

2-33. In an OE where hostile groups are engaged against one another, a TIF or SIF may be set up to protect

one group from another. In this case, the purpose of the TIF or SIF is to shelter, sustain, account for, and

protect DCs from violence. Designated units concentrate on providing area security to protect the I/R

facility from direct fire. Other military police or combat forces provide protection beyond the direct-fire

zone. The accountability for DCs is coordinated with the SJA and CA. Military police focus on maintaining

a record of the people in the I/R facility and their physical conditions. In a semi-permissive environment,

the UN mandate or ROE may include the authority to detain civilians that are a threat to a secure and stable

environment. Military police units may be required to establish CI detention facilities for this purpose. In

operations where no hostile groups are engaged (such as natural disasters), the I/R facility may be set up to

provide shelter, food, and water and to account for personnel. There may not be a need for external security

personnel.

2-34. The C2 structure of I/R and other military police units for stability or civil support operations is

based on the mission variables. The nature and complexity of the mission, number and type of detainees

and/or DCs, and operational duration should be considered. For example, smaller operations may require a

single I/R battalion while larger operations may require I/R battalions within a military police brigade to

meet operational requirements.

Note. Resettlement conducted as a part of civil support operations will always be conducted in

support of another lead agency (Federal Emergency Management Agency, Department of

Homeland Security).

U.S. MILITARY PRISONERS

2-35. Military police units detain, sustain, protect, and evacuate U.S. military prisoners. When possible,

Soldiers awaiting trial remain in their units. Commanders may request a judge to impose pretrial

confinement when reasonable grounds exist to believe that the Soldier will not appear at the trial, the

pretrial hearing, or the investigation or that they will engage in serious criminal misconduct. Under these

pretrial confinement instances, the commander must also reasonably believe that a less severe form of

restraint (such as conditions of liberty, restriction in lieu of apprehension, or apprehension) is inadequate.

When these circumstances exist and other legal requirements are met, U.S. military personnel may be

placed in pretrial confinement under the direct control of military police. Convicted military prisoners are

moved as soon as possible to confinement facilities outside the operational area.

2-36. U.S. military prisoner confinement operations parallel, but are separate from, the other types of I/R

operations. No member of the U.S. armed forces may be placed in confinement in immediate association

with a detainee who is not a member of the U.S. armed forces. A temporary confinement facility for U.S.

military prisoners may be maintained in an operational area only if distance or the lack of transportation to

a higher facility requires this. When U.S. military prisoners are retained in the theater, temporary field

detention facilities may be established. (See AR 190-47.)

RESETTLEMENT OPERATIONS RESULTING FROM POPULATION AND RESOURCE CONTROL

2-37. Population and resource control denies adversaries or insurgents access to the general population and

resources and prevents incidental civilian activity from interfering with military operations. Military police

units support local commanders and often assist CA personnel in planning and conducting population and

resource control programs employed during all military operations. This assistance may consist of training

HN police and penal agencies and staffs, conducting law and order operations, enforcing curfews and

movement restrictions, resettling DCs, conducting licensing operations, controlling rations, enforcing

Chapter 2

2-8 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

regulations, implementing amnesty programs, inspecting facilities, and guarding humanitarian-assistance

distributions.

2-38. Military police units also assist, direct, or deny DCs the use of main supply routes as they move to

resettlement camps where they are cared for and while NGOs often work to coordinate their relocation.

Military police I/R units are specifically trained to provide care and shelter for DCs.

SUPPORT TO CIVIL SUPPORT OPERATIONS

2-39. Civil support is the DOD support to U.S. civil authorities for domestic emergencies, and for

designated law enforcement and other activities. (JP 3-28) Civil support includes operations that address

the consequences of natural or man-made disasters, accidents, terrorist attacks and incidents in the U.S. and

its territories.

2-40. The I/R tasks performed in support of civil support operations are similar to those during combat

operations, but the techniques and procedures are modified based on the special OE associated with

operating within U.S. territory and according to the categories of individuals (primarily DCs) to be housed

in I/R facilities. During long-term I/R operations, state and federal agencies will operate within and around

I/R facilities within the scope of their capabilities and identified role. Military police commanders must

closely coordinate and synchronize their efforts with them especially in cases where civil authority and

capabilities have broken down or been destroyed.

ARMY COMMAND AND SUPPORT RELATIONSHIPS

2-41. Most military police units are typically assigned, attached, or placed under the operational control of

military police brigades or military police commands when one or more is committed to an operation. The

senior military police commander will normally be designated as the CDO for all detainee operations in the

AO. This includes organizing and employing commands and units, assigning tasks, designing objectives,

and giving directions to accomplish the mission. Military police C2 relationships may be changed briefly to

provide better support for a specific operation or to meet the needs of the supported commander. Support

relationships define the purpose, scope, and effect desired when one capability supports another. (See FM

3-0 for more information on command and support relationships.)

2-42. Within the military police structure, attached units that participate in I/R operations are under the

command of the senior military police officer present at each echelon. Units and personnel (such as

HUMINT, counterintelligence, medical, and SJA) that support or are associated with I/R operations are

normally placed in a tactical control relationship to the military police commander or the platoon leader at

the BCT level when they are operating inside the DCP, DHA, or fixed I/R facility. MI and medical

units/personnel continue to operate within the guidance and direction of their technical channels to ensure

that the technical aspects of their activities are not impeded.

2-43. Technical channels are the transmission paths between two technically similar units or offices within

a command that perform a technical function require used to control performance of technical functions.

They are not used for conducting operations or supporting another unit mission. (FM 6-0) It is critical to the

overall success of operations that elements have unfettered access to their parent organizations or technical

staff channels. Technical channels apply exclusively to certain specialized functions as follows:

􀁺 MI personnel will remain under the direction of their MI technical channels for interrogation

activities and intelligence reporting. These channels remain intact as a procedural control

measure for interrogation operations to provide technical guidance, allow proper technical

management, ensure adherence to applicable laws and policies, and guide the proper use of

doctrinal approaches and techniques during the conduct of interrogation operations.

􀁺 Medical personnel operate within similar technical channels. These technical channels should

never be circumvented or disrupted by personnel outside the medical chain. All medical

personnel and assets are under the technical supervision of the detainee operations medical

director.

􀁺 All HUMINT units are under the direction of the facility commander for the humane treatment,

evacuation, and custody and control (reception, processing, administration, internment, and

Internment and Resettlement In Support of the Spectrum of Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 2-9

safety) of detainees; protection measures; and internment facility operation. The MI unit

commander is responsible for the conduct of interrogation operations, to include prioritizing

effort and controlling the technical aspects of interrogation or other intelligence operations. The

intelligence staff maintains control over interrogation operations through technical channels

according to the commander’s intent and plans, orders, and established unit SOPs to ensure

adherence to applicable laws and policies. Applicable laws and policies include U.S. laws, the

law of war, relevant international laws, relevant directives (including DODD 3115.09 and

DODD 2310.01E), DODIs, execution orders, and FRAGOs. The assistant chief of staff,

HUMINT and counterintelligence (G-2X) or joint force HUMINT and counterintelligence staff

element (J-2X) controls all HUMINT and/or counterintelligence units through technical

channels.

􀁺 The joint interrogation and debriefing center (JIDC) or MI battalion must receive intelligence

collection priorities from the G-2X or J-2X elements and have some degree of autonomy to

complete its vital intelligence mission for the commander. Military police should not establish

intelligence priorities for the JIDC.

􀁺 Military police use technical channels to ensure that I/R and law and order functions are

conducted according to applicable regulations and U.S. and international laws. Within I/R

operations, technical channels are especially critical at DCPs and DHAs where military police

conducting operations may require advice and guidance from senior military police staff.

Technical staff assistance may also flow through the BCT PM to advise BCT commanders and

staffs regarding DCP operations when military police are not available to take control of

detainees.

CONSIDERATIONS WITHIN THE OPERATIONAL AREA AND THE

AREA OF OPERATIONS

2-44. Each combatant commander is assigned a geographic area of responsibility. Within the area of

responsibility, the combatant commander has the authority to plan and conduct operations. Joint force

commanders at all levels may establish subordinate operational areas within the area of responsibility, such

as AOs, joint operations areas, joint special operations areas, and joint security areas. The joint security

areas facilitate the protection and operation of bases, installations, and the U.S. armed forces that support

combat operations.

2-45. During major combat operations, the POC for most detainees will typically be in a BCT AO. A DCP

will normally be located within the brigade area. The military police platoon organic or assigned to the

BCT typically establishes the DCP as close to the POC as possible, many times within a battalion AO, to

temporarily secure detainees until they can be moved to the next higher echelons DHA. The DCP is an

austere site established as a temporary holding area within the BCT AO to provide security and ensure the

humane treatment of detainees pending movement to a DHA or TIF. The DHA and TIF are typically

outside a BCT AO. (See paragraph 6-13.) The DHA is a temporary holding area normally established

within the division area (typically outside the maneuver BCTs AO, but potentially in the AO of a maneuver

enhancement brigade [MEB]) to receive detainees from the DCPs, provide security, and ensure humane

treatment of detainees pending movement to a facility outside the division area. (See paragraph 6-25.)

Detainees are held at the DCP or DHA until transportation is available and time-sensitive exploitation by

MI personnel has been completed.

2-46. During stability operations, many more DCPs and DHAs may be required, based on mission

variables and detainee flow. In these instances, locations for DCPs and DHAs typically may be established

at an echelon lower than in major combat operations. For example, DCPs may be established within

battalion AOs and DHAs established within BCT AOs. Additionally, the high demand for military police

technical capabilities within TIF and in support of HN policing operations may create a shortage of military

police available to support the BCT, establishing a requirement for BCTs to operate DCPs and DHAs with

nonmilitary police personnel. In these instances, it is critical that the echelon PMs are heavily involved to

ensure that detainees are cared for and processed according to ARs and U.S. and international laws. The

military police technical channels are available to the echelon PM and BCT commanders to provide

technical advice and guidance regarding detainee operations.

Chapter 2

2-10 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

2-47. Typically, a TIF or SIF is established at the theater level. (See paragraph 6-59.) A TIF or SIF is a

permanent or semipermanent facility that is normally within the regional area of combat operations and

designed to hold large numbers of detainees for extended time periods. All TIFs and SIFs are operated

under military police C2, with augmentation and support of many of the military disciplines. The decision

may be made to establish a TIF or SIF outside the theater of operations that is not under the authority of a

theater commander.

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 3-1

Chapter 3

Command and Staff Roles and Responsibilities

I/R operations consist of complex measures that are necessary to guard, protect,

assist, and account for individuals who are captured, detained, confined, or evacuated

from their homes. C2 of I/R operations involves the resources and synchronized

efforts of multidisciplined functions and personnel. Clear C2 is essential for seamless

operations to ensure that the principles of I/R operations are obtained. These

operations must not distract from simultaneous military operations, which are

essential to mission success. Each distinct I/R operation—whether focused on

detainee operations, DC operations, or battlefield confinement of U.S. military

prisoners—requires a somewhat different C2 structure to handle the diverse

categories of individuals under U.S. protection and control. Within the Army and

through the combatant commander, military police are tasked with coordinating for

shelter, protection, and sustainment, while ensuring accountability procedures for

detainees and U.S. military prisoners. They will also perform some or all of these

when dealing with DCs, depending on the specific nature of the situation (to include

whether they are U.S. citizens).

NATIONAL AND THEATER REPORTING AGENCIES

3-1. The NDRC (a Headquarters, DA organization assigned to the OPMG) is responsible for—

􀁺 Assigning and forwarding blocks of ISNs to the designated theater and the continental United

States (CONUS) as required.

􀁺 Obtaining and storing information concerning detainees and their confiscated personal property.

􀁺 Preparing reports for the protecting power.

􀁺 Providing accountability information to the ICRC central tracing agency.

􀁺 Acting as the proponent office for the Detainee Reporting System and detainee management

software.

3-2. The TDRC is a modular organization that is comprised of 32 personnel who are capable of deploying

as a full organization in major combat operations as a team or a combination of up to 4 teams to support

small-scale operations. It functions as the field operations agency for the CONUS-based NDRC. It is the

central agency responsible for maintaining information on detainees and their personal property within an

assigned theater of operations or in CONUS. The TDRC is a theater asset that provides detainee data

management. The TDRC normally colocates with the CDO staff, but may be located at the TIF in smallscale

operations.

3-3. The TDRC serves as the theater or area of responsibility repository for information pertaining to

detainees. The TDRC is responsible for—

􀁺 Accounting for I/R populations and ensuring the implementation of DOD policies.

􀁺 Providing initial blocks of ISNs to the area processing organization and requesting ISNs from

the NDRC as required.

􀁺 Obtaining and storing accountability information concerning I/R populations originating within

the theater or area of responsibility.

􀁺 Establishing and enforcing the accountability information requirements that the U.S. armed

forces collect. (The TDRC receives these requirements from the NDRC.)

􀁺 Ensuring detainee property accountability within detention facilities.

Chapter 3

3-2 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

3-4. The CDO is responsible for ensuring that information regarding I/R populations is transmitted to the

NDRC and/or civilian organizations. In the absence of a TDRC, the CDO must coordinate through the

NDRC to ensure that reporting requirements are met.

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

3-5. A clear understanding of the roles and responsibilities of each organization, agency, and

corresponding primary positions of responsibility is essential to effective mission execution. The following

are categories of I/R populations and the various commanders and staffs or multifunctional agencies that

are involved in the support of I/R operations:

􀁺 Detainees. The Army is the DOD executive agent for detainee operations. The Secretary of

Defense, Provost Marshal General (PMG), combatant commander, joint task force commander,

theater PM, and ICRC, along with their respective support staffs, are involved in internment

operations involving detainees. (Detailed guidance for detainee operations that incorporate

lessons learned from recent operations in the war on terrorism are presented in chapter 5).

􀁺 U.S. military prisoners. The Army is the DOD executive agent for long-term confinement of

U.S. military prisoners. U.S. military prisoners must be guarded to prevent escape and cannot be

confined in immediate association with detainees, DCs, or other foreign nationals who are not

members of the U.S. armed forces. The PMG; commander, U.S. Army Corrections Command;

theater PM and the chain of command, along with their respective support staffs, are all involved

in the confinement process for U.S. military prisoners. (Detailed guidance for battlefield

confinement of U.S. military prisoners is presented in chapter 7.)

􀁺 DCs. DCs are kept separate from detainees and U.S. military prisoners. DCs are controlled to

prevent interference with military operations and to protect them from combat. DCs may also

require assistance during natural or man-made disasters and subsequent humanitarian-assistance

missions. The Department of Homeland Security, Secretary of Defense, Secretary of the Army,

and UN High Commissioner for Refugees, along with their respective support staffs, are

involved in resettlement operations to support and protect DCs. (Detailed guidance for military

police support to humanitarian-assistance operations and emergency services is presented in

chapter 10.)

SECRETARY OF DEFENSE

3-6. The Secretary of Defense has overall responsibility for matters relating to detainees or DCs. Within

the DOD, the Under Secretary of Defense for Policy provides for the overall development, coordination,

approval, and implementation of major DOD policies and plans relating to I/R operations, including the

final coordination of proposed plans, policies, and new courses of action with DOD components and other

federal departments and agencies as necessary. The specific division responsible for I/R policy issues

within the office of the Under Secretary of Defense for Policy is the Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense

for Detainee Affairs. The DOD general counsel provides legal advice to the Secretary of Defense and DOD

on detainee matters.

SECRETARY OF THE ARMY

3-7. The Secretary of the Army is designated as the DOD executive agent for the DOD detainee program

(DODD 2310.01E) and in that role—

􀁺 Ensures that responsibilities and functions of the DOD detainee program according to

DODD 2310.01E are assigned and executed.

􀁺 Develops and promulgates program guidance, regulations, and instructions necessary for the

DOD-wide implementation of DODD 2310.01E.

􀁺 Communicates directly with the heads of DOD components, as necessary, to carry out assigned

functions.

􀁺 Designates a single point of contact (within the DA) who will also provide advice and assistance

to the Office of the Deputy Secretary of Defense for Detainee Affairs and the Undersecretary of

Defense for Policy for detainee operations.

Command and Staff Roles and Responsibilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 3-3

􀁺 Plans for and operates the NDRC and its elements to account for detainees. The Secretary of the

Army coordinates with the Undersecretary of Defense for Policy to provide reports on detainee

operations to the Secretary of Defense and others as appropriate.

􀁺 Recommends DOD-wide detainee affairs related planning and programming guidance to the—

􀂄 Undersecretary of Defense for Policy.

􀂄 Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics; Intelligence;

Personnel and Readiness; and Comptroller.

􀂄 Assistant Secretary of Defense for Networks and Information Integration.

􀂄 Director of Program Analysis & Evaluation.

􀂄 Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff (CJCS).

Note. Provide copies of such guidance to the secretaries of military departments.

􀁺 Establishes detainee operations training and certification standards in coordination with the

secretaries of the military departments and the joint staff.

􀁺 Develops programs to ensure that all DOD detainee operations policies; doctrine; tactics,

techniques, and procedures; and regulations or other issuances are periodically reviewed and

evaluated for effectiveness and compliance with DOD policies.

PROVOST MARSHAL GENERAL

3-8. The Secretary of the Army further designates the PMG as the Secretary of the Army action agent to

exercise the executive agent role for detainee operations and long-term confinement of U.S. military

prisoners. The PMG develops and disseminates policy guidance for the treatment, care, accountability,

legal status, and processing of detainees. The PMG provides Headquarters, DA, staff supervision for the

DOD and ensures that plans are developed for providing ISNs to the TDRC and replenishing ISNs.

3-9. The PMG provides staff assistance and technical advice to various agencies, including—

􀁺 Office of the Secretary of Defense.

􀁺 Joint Chiefs of Staff.

􀁺 Military departments.

􀁺 Combatant commands.

􀁺 Department of State and other federal agencies.

􀁺 NGOs.

COMMANDER, U.S. ARMY CORRECTIONS COMMAND

3-10. The U.S. Army Corrections Command mission is to exercise C2 and operational oversight for policy,

programming, resourcing, and support of Army Corrections System facilities and table of distribution and

allowances elements worldwide. On order, the U.S. Army Corrections Command coordinates the execution

of condemned military prisoners. Strategic objectives include—

􀁺 Providing a safe environment for the retributive incarceration of prisoners.

􀁺 Protecting communities by incarcerating prisoners.

􀁺 Deterring those who might fail to adhere to discipline laws and rules.

􀁺 Providing rehabilitation services to prepare prisoners for release as civilians or for return to duty

with the prospect of being productive Soldiers/citizens.

􀁺 Supporting commanders worldwide by developing detainee experts through experiential learning

in a prison environment.

COMBATANT, TASK FORCE, AND JOINT TASK FORCE COMMANDERS

3-11. Combatant, task force, and joint task force commanders have the overall responsibility for I/R

operations and contingency plans in their area of responsibility. They ensure compliance with the law of

Chapter 3

3-4 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

war and applicable U.S. policies and directives and receive guidance from the Secretary of Defense.

They—

􀁺 Issue and review appropriate plans, policies, and directives as necessary.

􀁺 Plan, execute, and oversee detainee operations according to DODD 2310.01E.

􀁺 Ensure that all members of DOD components, contract employees, and others assigned to or

accompanying DOD components are properly trained and certified and are maintaining records

of training and certification.

􀁺 Provide for the proper treatment, classification, administrative processing, and custody of those

persons captured or detained by military services under their C2.

􀁺 Ensure that detainee and DC accountability is maintained using the Detainee Reporting System

(the official NDRC Data Collection System for processing detainees and issuing ISNs).

􀁺 Ensure that suspected or alleged violations of the law of war are promptly reported to the

appropriate authorities and investigated.

􀁺 Ensure that personnel deployed in operations across the spectrum of conflict are cognizant of

their obligations under the law of war.

􀁺 Designate a CDO. (The CDO is responsible for all detainee operations and has command over

all detention and interrogation facilities within an AO. The CDO will typically be the senior

military police commander in a theater.)

􀁺 Are responsible for all facets of the operation of internment facilities (theater and strategic) and

all facility-related administrative matters.

􀁺 Ensure that detention operations comply with the principles of the Geneva Conventions and the

intent of the commander in chief.

􀁺 Support and improve the intelligence-gathering process with everyone who has contact with

detainees.

COMMANDER, DETAINEE OPERATIONS

3-12. The CDO is typically responsible for all detention facility and interrogation operations in the joint

operations area. The CDO should have detainee operations experience and will normally be the senior

military police commander. If the size and scope of the detainee operation warrants, the joint force

commander may consider designating a general or flag officer as the CDO. (See JP 3-63.) The CDO does

not normally perform duties as the operating commander of an I/R facility. MI and medical units or

personnel will retain control of their respective activities through technical channels. For example, the

CDO—

􀁺 Reports directly to higher headquarters on detainee matters.

􀁺 Establishes a technical chain of command with medical and MI assets operating within the

facility.

􀁺 Exercises control over assets performing detainee interrogation operations at the theater level;

however, the JIDC retains technical authority for interrogation functions and intelligence

reporting.

􀁺 Ensures effective communication between JIDC personnel and detention facility commanders.

􀁺 Reviews interrogation plans. (The CDO does not establish interrogation priorities, but will work

with the detainee operations staff and higher headquarters to resolve any issues with

implementing the interrogation plan according to the approved Army forces standards for

interrogations. The CDO does not approve or disapprove interrogation plans.)

􀁺 Provides policies and operational oversight, to include developing and disseminating detainee

policies, directives, and operation orders.

􀁺 Ensures that U.S. armed forces who are conducting detainee operations comply with the law of

war and U.S. laws, regulations, and policies.

􀁺 Ensures that other government agencies adhere to DOD policies and procedures while

performing detainee interrogation operations at DOD facilities.

Command and Staff Roles and Responsibilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 3-5

Note. The CDO and his/her designated representatives will have unfettered access to all areas

and operations.

􀁺 Ensures that allegations of mistreatment are immediately reported through the chain of command

and investigated by the Military Criminal Investigation Organization according to U.S. policies.

􀁺 Ensures that ISNs are issued according to current policies and procedures (normally conducted

at the TIF level).

􀁺 Ensures that detainee accountability and reporting are done properly through the TDRC to the

NDRC.

􀁺 Ensures that detainee board processes are supervised.

􀁺 Coordinates visits from representatives of the ICRC and/or protecting powers.

􀁺 Coordinates external visits to detainees.

􀁺 Coordinates sustainment requirements across the spectrum of detainee operations.

Note. Sustainment requirements normally range from the establishment of internment facilities

through sustained operations to the final transition and disposition of internment facilities and

detainees.

􀁺 Plans the transition of detainee operations from U.S. armed forces to the HN, to include—

􀂄 Planning and building long-term internment facilities for transitioning detainees to HN

prisons.

􀂄 Coordinating with the appropriate DOD authorities, HN government authorities, HN penal

authorities, and protecting powers for planning and implementing the transition and transfer

of internment facilities and detainees.

􀂄 Coordinating with other government agencies to support HN corrections and guard force

training programs.

􀂄 Coordinating with the HN judicial system for disposition the of criminal cases.

􀂄 Coordinating with HN authorities for the release or repatriation of detainees.

􀂄 Accounting for and transferring detainee records (including photographs), personal

property, and evidence to the HN penal/judicial authorities.

DETENTION FACILITY COMMANDER

3-13. The detention facility commander is the commander for an individual detention facility. The

detention facility commander normally does not serve as a CDO when also functioning as a TIF

commander. In internment facilities, the detention facility commander ensures, at a minimum, that—

􀁺 Internment operations are conducted according to applicable laws and policies.

􀁺 Members of the staff and command are thoroughly familiar with applicable ARs, SOPs,

directives, international laws, and administrative procedures.

􀁺 Facility personnel are trained on facility SOPs, applicable ARs, directives, international laws,

and administrative procedures.

􀁺 The safety and well-being of all personnel operating and housed within the internment facility

are maintained.

􀁺 All personnel are properly trained on the RUF and are familiar with the law of land warfare and

other applicable laws and policies.

􀁺 Standards, policies, and SOPs (for detainee operations) are developed and implemented to

ensure compliance with AR 190-8 and that all personnel have an effective knowledge of the

internment facility SOP.

􀁺 Suitable interrogation space and resources, to include provisions for live monitoring, are

provided within the internment facility to facilitate the intelligence collection mission.

Provisions may also include medical, security, and administrative support.

Chapter 3

3-6 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀁺 Coordination is made with the base commander, JIDC commander, and medical and other assets

regarding facility protection.

3-14. When operating in detention facilities, HUMINT collectors and medical personnel are under the

direction of the detention facility commander for actions involving the humane treatment, custody, and

evacuation of detainees and for facility protection. Tactical control does not include the prioritization of

interrogations by HUMINT personnel or intelligence and medical operations within the facility. MI and

medical units or personnel will retain technical authority for their activities from the MI and medical higher

headquarters, respectively. For instance, MI personnel will receive operational guidance through the MI

technical chain of command for interrogation activities and intelligence reporting. Guidance obtained

through technical channels for intelligence and medical personnel may include—

􀁺 Ensuring that applicable U.S. laws and regulations, international laws, execution orders,

FRAGOs, and other operationally specific guidelines (for example, DOD policies) are followed.

􀁺 Ensuring that approved doctrinal approaches and techniques are used properly.

􀁺 Providing technical guidance for interrogation activities.

3-15. The detention facility commander coordinates closely with MI personnel to permit the effective

accomplishment of military police and MI missions at the facility by—

􀁺 Conducting regular coordination meetings with the interrogation element.

􀁺 Developing an SOP (in conjunction with the JIDC commander and/or senior interrogator) to

deconflict the internment and interrogation missions. Considerations include—

􀂄 The need for military police and MI personnel to use incentives for different purposes and at

different times. The proper coordination between military police and MI personnel is

necessary so that, when interrogators promise an approved incentive to a detainee, the

military police ensure that the detainee receives the incentive and is allowed to retain it. The

use of incentives must be coordinated with, and approved by, the detention facility

commander. The provision and withdrawal of incentives may not affect the baseline

standards of humane treatment. For example, military police may provide incentives such

as special food items. When those incentives are withdrawn, however, military police must

still provide the normal rations. Failure to cooperate in an intelligence interrogation cannot

result in disadvantageous treatment. The withdrawal of incentives provided to similarly

situated detainees must be based on disciplinary reasons or reasons of security, not failure

to cooperate with HUMINT interrogations.

􀂄 A system of information exchange between the military police and interrogators about the

actions and behaviors of detainees and other significant events associated with detainees.

􀂄 The interrogation chain of command’s coordination on the interrogation plan with the CDO.

The CDO (in conjunction with the MI commander) may convene a multidiscipline custody

and control oversight team including, but not limited to, military police personnel, MI

personnel, a behavioral science consultant (if available), and legal representatives. The team

can advise and provide measures to ensure that effective custody and control is used and

compliant with the requirements of applicable U.S. laws and regulations, international laws,

execution orders, FRAGOs, and other operationally specific guidelines. Guards do not

conduct intelligence interrogations and will not set the conditions for interrogations. Guards

may support interrogators as additional security (for example, for combative detainees)

according to JP 3-63, FM 2-22.3, and the approved interrogation plan.

􀂄 The maintenance of an effective, two-way communications system between military police

and MI elements.

􀁺 Training personnel at the internment facility for the mutual understanding of military police and

MI missions. Interrogation operations familiarization training for military police.

􀁺 Providing suitable interrogation space and resources within the internment facility to facilitate

the intelligence collection mission.

􀁺 Authorizing outside access to MI-held detainees only when coordinated with the interrogation

element and G-2X and/or J-2X.

Command and Staff Roles and Responsibilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 3-7

3-16. With specific regard to detainees, the detention facility commander—

􀁺 Is responsible for the administrative processing of each detainee. (When processing is complete,

DA Form 2674-R [Enemy Prisoner of War/Civilian Internee Strength Report] is transmitted to

the TDRC.)

􀁺 Ensures that detainees are treated humanely. (The detention facility commander will have

unfettered access to all areas and operations.)

􀁺 Immediately reports allegations of detainee mistreatment immediately through the appropriate

chain of command.

􀁺 Ensures that cadre and support personnel understand the different rules and procedures

applicable to each category of detainee. (Military police leaders and Soldiers must be constantly

aware of the category of personnel they are handling and enforce the applicable rules and

regulations.)

􀁺 Ensures that the following items are posted in each facility in English and the language of the

detainees housed there, and makes them available to those without access to the posted copies:

􀂄 Geneva Conventions.

􀂄 Facility regulations, orders, and notices (printed in the languages of detainees and/or

depicted in such a manner as to ensure understanding by all detainees in the facility)

relating to the conduct and activities of detainees.

3-17. The detention facility commander maintains a copy of, and strictly accounts for, all documents

(including photographs) on file as designated by the SOP or by command policies. Commanders provide

copies to all DOD and Army assessment or investigative authorities as requested, ensure safe and proper

storage, and account for records in archives.

3-18. Regulations and other guidance relative to the administration, employment, and compensation of

detainees are prescribed in detail in AR 190-8, Department of Finance and Accounting Service–

Indianapolis (DFAS-IN) 37-1, FM 1-06, FM 4-02, and FM 27-10.

JOINT INTERROGATION AND DEBRIEFING CENTER

COMMANDER/MILITARY INTELLIGENCE BATTALION

3-19. The JIDC commander is responsible for matters relating to interrogations, intelligence collection and

reporting, and interaction with other agencies involved in the intelligence and/or evidence-gathering

process. The JIDC is normally commanded by an MI officer, who is operational control to the CDO and

tactical control to the TIF commander for humane treatment, evacuation, and custody and control

(reception, processing, administration, internment, and safety) of detainees; protection measures; and

operation of the internment facility. The JIDC commander is responsible for the conduct of interrogation

operations, to include the prioritization of effort and control of interrogation or other intelligence

operations. The JIDC maintains a technical direction relationship through MI channels for interrogation

functions and intelligence reporting. Other responsibilities may include, but are not limited to, the

following:

􀁺 Developing and implementing synchronized tactics, techniques, and procedures that comply

with applicable U.S. laws and regulations, international laws, execution orders, FRAGOs, and

other operationally specific guidelines (DOD policies).

􀁺 Coordinating with the detention facility commander to ensure that the roles and responsibilities

of HUMINT collectors and military police are understood and applied throughout all phases of

detainee operations.

􀁺 Coordinating with the detention facility commander for MI personnel participation in base

operations support, to include tenant unit security, interpreter support, sustainment support, and

processing-line screening.

􀁺 Keeping the CDO informed of interrogation operations.

􀁺 Establishing and maintaining technical guidance channels to G-2X and/or J-2X assets.

Chapter 3

3-8 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀁺 Executing interrogation and debriefing operations according to the priorities and guidance

outlined by the G-2X and/or J-2X (as the asset manager for interrogation operations at the

JIDC).

􀁺 Coordinating with the military criminal investigative organization and legal agencies for

evidentiary measures and resolutions as required.

3-20. The JIDC normally operates within a permanent or semipermanent facility, is administratively and

operationally self-sufficient, and develops a logistical relationship with the parent unit manning the

internment facility. The JIDC—

􀁺 Normally consists of a facility headquarters and operations, analysis, interrogation, and

screening sections.

􀁺 Is located within the TIF.

􀁺 Is structured to meet mission variable requirements within the theater.

􀁺 Includes HUMINT collectors who are trained in interrogation operations; counterintelligence

personnel; personnel for captured enemy documents; and intelligence analysts (as applicable)

from the Army, Air Force, Marine Corps, Navy, and other government agencies.

􀁺 Maintains the capability to deploy HUMINT collection teams forward as needed to conduct

interrogations or debriefings to sources of interest that cannot be readily evacuated to the JIDC.

􀁺 Often establishes a combined interrogation facility with multinational HUMINT collectors or

interrogators if operating as part of a multinational operation.

INTELLIGENCE ANALYSTS

3-21. Research analysts perform the following duties:

􀁺 Research the background of detainees utilizing the source analysis of available data to place the

detainee into context for collectors.

􀁺 Analyze, combine, and report intelligence information collected through the interrogation and/or

debriefing process for the purpose of validating collected information and identifying related

intelligence gaps.

􀁺 Develop indicators for each intelligence requirement to support screening operations; develop

detainee-specific collection requirements for collectors.

􀁺 Develop and maintain the database and organize collected information for local and customer

use.

􀁺 Make recommendations to the detention facility commander for release/transfer of detainees.

HUMAN INTELLIGENCE COLLECTORS

3-22. HUMINT collectors perform the following duties:

􀁺 Develop indicators for each intelligence requirement to support screening operations.

􀁺 Make recommendations to the detention facility commander for the release/transfer of detainees.

􀁺 Provide recommendations to the detention facility commander concerning the segregation of

detainees. (See FM 2-22.3.) (HUMINT collectors must request approval to employ the restricted

interrogation technique of separation. The combatant commander must approve the use of

separation. The first general/flag officer in their chain of command must approve each

interrogation plan that uses separation. FM 2-22.3, appendix M, must be followed.

􀁺 Report information collected through the interrogation process.

􀁺 Conduct intelligence interrogations, debriefings, or tactical questioning to gain intelligence from

captured or detained personnel humanely, according to applicable law and policies.

􀁺 Ensure that interrogation techniques are implemented according to applicable laws and policies.

􀁺 Develop interrogation plans according to the unit SOP before conducting an interrogation.

􀁺 Disseminate screening reports to potential users on a timely basis.

Command and Staff Roles and Responsibilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 3-9

INTERPRETERS AND TRANSLATORS

3-23. Unless otherwise authorized by the joint force commander, only individuals with the proper training

and appropriate security level are allowed within the confines of the facility to perform

interpreter/translator duties (for example, multinational members). Categories of contract interpreters

include—

􀁺 Category I linguists. Category I linguists are locally hired personnel who have an

understanding of the English language. They undergo a limited screening and are hired in the

theater. They do not possess a security clearance and are used for unclassified work. During

most operations, Category I linguists require rescreening on a scheduled basis. Category I

linguists should not be used for HUMINT collection operations.

􀁺 Category II linguists. Category II linguists are U.S. citizens who have a native command of the

target language and a near-native command of the English language. They undergo a screening

process, which includes a national agency check. Upon favorable findings, they are granted an

equivalent of a Secret collateral clearance. This is the category of linguist most used by

HUMINT collectors.

􀁺 Category III linguists. Category III linguists are U.S. citizens who have native command of the

target language and native command of the English language. These personnel undergo a

screening process, which includes a special background investigation. Upon favorable findings,

they are granted an equivalent of a top secret clearance. Category III linguists are normally used

for high-ranking official meetings and strategic collectors.

DETAINEE OPERATIONS MEDICAL DIRECTOR

3-24. The theater Army Surgeon for the Army Service component command designates a detainee

operations medical director to oversee the aspects of medical care provided to detainees. This director

establishes and maintains technical guidance and supervision over medical personnel who are engaged in

providing health care to detainees, regardless of unit assignment. The detainee operations medical

director—

􀁺 Advises the CDO and theater commander on the health of detainees.

􀁺 Provides guidance, in conjunction with the command judge advocate, on the ethical and legal

aspects of providing medical care to detainees.

􀁺 Recommends the task organization of medical resources to satisfy mission requirements.

􀁺 Recommends policies concerning the medical support for detainee operations.

􀁺 Develops, coordinates, and synchronizes health consultation services for detainees.

􀁺 Evaluates and interprets medical statistical data.

􀁺 Recommends policies and determines requirements and priorities for medical logistics

operations in support of detainee health care, to include blood and blood products, medical

supply and resupply, medical equipment, medical equipment maintenance and repair services,

formulary development, optometric support, single vision and multivision optical lens

fabrication, and spectacle repair.

􀁺 Strictly accounts for and maintains medical records (to include photographs) on detainees

according to AR 40-66 and AR 40-400.

􀁺 Recommends medical evacuation policies and procedures and monitors medical evacuation

support to detainees.

􀁺 Recommends policies, protocols, and procedures pertaining to the medical and dental treatment

of detainees. (These policies, protocols, and procedures provide the same standard of care

provided to U.S. armed forces in the same area.)

􀁺 Ensures that monthly weigh-ins are conducted and reported for detainees who are held in

medical facilities as required by regulations.

􀁺 Plans and implements preventive medicine operations and facilitates health risk

communications, to include implementing preventive medicine programs and initiating

preventive medicine measures to counter the medical threat.

Chapter 3

3-10 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀁺 Ensures that medical personnel are trained in the medical aspects of the Geneva Conventions.

􀁺 Ensures that health care providers are appropriately credentialed and that their scope of practice

is defined.

􀁺 Ensures that detainee medical history is recorded in the Detainee Reporting System per

AR 190-8. The minimum required data is—

􀂄 Monthly height/weight.

􀂄 Immunizations.

􀂄 Initial medical assessment.

􀂄 Prerelease/repatriation medical assessment.

􀁺 Upon the death of a detainee, coordinates with the Armed Forces Medical Examiner who will

determine if an autopsy is required. (The remains are not released from U.S. custody without

authorization from the Armed Forces Medical Examiner and the responsible commander except

by waiver from the Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense for Detainee Affairs or his designated

representative.)

MILITARY POLICE ORGANIZATIONS IN SUPPORT OF

INTERNMENT AND RESETTLEMENT OPERATIONS

3-25. The type and quantity of units conducting I/R operations vary from echelon to echelon based on

mission variables, higher directives, and the scope and nature of the mission. The types of military police

units that may be involved in I/R operations are discussed in the following paragraphs. (See appendix B

and FM 3-39.)

MILITARY POLICE COMMAND

3-26. The MPC is a theater level organization that is responsible for military police functions performed at

echelons above corps. Military police organizations performing military police functions at echelons above

corps will typically be task-organized under the MPC. The MPC commander (usually a general officer) is

normally designated as the CDO for the entire theater of operations and reports directly to the theater

commander or a designated representative. The MPC is responsible for implementing theater-wide

standards and ensuring compliance with established DOD and DA detainee policies. In addition, the MPC

provides policy oversight to ensure compliance with theater-specific I/R policies and procedures. As

required, exercises tactical/operational control of tactical combat forces that are conducting theater level

response force operations.

MILITARY POLICE BRIGADE

3-27. Military police brigades are task-organized under an MPC or under a division or corps headquarters.

Military police brigades provide C2 to two to five military police battalions that are performing military

police functions, to include I/R operations. With organic or appropriate organizational augmentation,

military police brigades can provide C2 for long-term detention operations at theater, corps, or division

levels. In the absence of an MPC, a military police brigade commander may serve as the CDO for a theater

or specific AO.

MILITARY POLICE BATTALIONS

3-28. There are three categories of battalions within the Military Police Corps Regiment that are involved

with I/R operations—military police, I/R, and CID—and each type of battalion has a specific role.

􀁺 Military police battalions, with the appropriate organizational augmentation, can provide C2 for

short- and long-term I/R operations.

􀁺 I/R battalions are specifically designed to establish and provide C2 for long-term I/R operations.

I/R battalions are normally employed at the TIF level or higher, with the I/R battalion

commander serving as the TIF commander.

Command and Staff Roles and Responsibilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 3-11

􀁺 CID battalions, provide C2 for criminal investigations of felony crimes according to AR 195-2,

including those associated with I/R operations. It has a supporting, rather than primary, role in

I/R operations.

3-29. In small-scale contingency operations or in the absence of a higher military police headquarters, an

I/R or military police battalion commander may serve as the CDO.

3-30. The military police and I/R battalions are structured to provide C2 of two to five companies or

elements. A military police or I/R battalion is capable of planning, integrating, and directing the execution

of military police missions conducted by a mix of military police companies. Either battalion may be found

within the military police brigade, the MEB, or in support of a BCT. I/R battalions may C2 a

task-organized force that consists of military police, MI, legal, medical, and other specialties required for

I/R operations. A military police or I/R battalion may support an MEB in an I/R role.

MILITARY POLICE COMPANIES

3-31. There are three types of companies within the Military Police Corps Regiment––military police, I/R,

and guard. Similar to military police battalions, each company provides specific capabilities in regards to

I/R operations, and correspondingly, focus their support on different aspects of I/R operations.

􀁺 Military police companies can perform facility security, transport/escort security, and external

facility protection.

􀁺 Guard companies with limited wheeled vehicles and weapons platforms typically provide

facility security and transport/escort security for I/R operations. I/R companies are specially

designed for long-term, close-contact I/R operations. All I/R companies have the ability to

perform detainment tasks as part of contingency operations or confinement duties at permanent

U.S. military corrections facilities.

INTERNMENT AND RESETTLEMENT DETACHMENTS

3-32. There are four types of military police detachments specifically designed for I/R operations—I/R

detachment, TDRC, camp liaison detachment, and brigade liaison detachment.

􀁺 The I/R detachment augments the I/R battalion and is aligned with the operation of a

1,000-person EPW enclosure or a facility for 2,000 DCs.

􀁺 The TDRC collects, processes, and disseminates information regarding detainees to authorized

agencies. Although typically operating at the theater level, the TDRC may be directly linked to

the TIF to facilitate accounting. It is a modular organization that is capable of breaking down

into four separate teams to be deployed in support of smaller contingency operations at the team

level.

􀁺 The camp liaison detachment/brigade liaison detachment maintains continuous accountability of

detainees captured by U.S. armed forces that have been transferred to the control of HN or

multinational forces. The camp liaison detachment/brigade liaison detachment monitors the

custody and care of U.S.-captured prisoners that are being interned by HN or multinational

forces according to the Geneva Conventions.

MILITARY WORKING DOGS

3-33. MWDs offer a psychological and actual deterrent against physical threats presented by I/R

populations. (See FM 3-19.17.) They may be used—

􀁺 To reinforce exterior security measures against penetration and attack by small enemy forces.

􀁺 As patrol dogs to track escaped prisoners.

􀁺 As perimeter security patrols.

􀁺 For narcotic and/or explosives detection.

􀁺 To deter escapes during external work details.

Chapter 3

3-12 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

3-34. MWD employment compliance and oversight capabilities typically exist at the MPC and military

police brigade levels. Responsibilities, to include those for kennel masters, should be embedded within

those organizations to ensure that proper mission-oriented taskings for MWDs are implemented.

3-35. At the battalion level, the MWD program provides the capabilities of two patrol explosive detection

dogs and one patrol narcotic detection dog. These MWDs are normally employed exclusively at the

TIF/SIF levels.

WARNING

MWDs, contracted dogs, or any other dog in use by a government

agency will not be used to guard detainees, U.S. military

prisoners, or DCs. Additionally, dogs may not be used as part of

an interrogation approach, nor to harass, intimidate, threaten, or

coerce a detainee for interrogation purposes.

STAFF DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES IN SUPPORT OF

INTERNMENT AND RESETTLEMENT

3-36. The staff primary function is to help commanders exercise control over all aspects of operations and

sustainment. Control allows commanders to direct the execution of operations. The staff officers/sections

described in the following paragraphs are especially critical in detainee operations. (See FM 6-0.)

PROVOST MARSHAL

3-37. The PM advises the CDO and/or commanders on military police capabilities, programs, and policies.

The PM coordinates daily with the commander and staff officers on the employment of military police

assets and support, ensures that military police planning is practical and flexible, and ensures that plans

reflect manpower and resources that the military police require. The PM advises the CDO on the C2

relationship of military police and support assets. When required, the PM coordinates with the movement

control officer for transportation assets to evacuate detainees, U.S. military prisoners, and/or DCs.

OPERATIONS OFFICER

3-38. The operations officer is responsible for planning, organizing, directing, supervising, training,

coordinating, and reporting activities when conducting operations involving detainees, U.S. military

prisoners, or DCs. The roles and responsibilities of the operations officer may include, but are not limited

to—

􀁺 Planning and directing military police activities required for I/R operations.

􀁺 Recommending task organization and assigning missions to subordinate elements.

􀁺 Maintaining detainee accountability and the detainee automated personnel database.

􀁺 Coordinating detainee evacuation and transportation requirements.

􀁺 Transferring detainees to civilian authorities.

INTELLIGENCE OFFICER

3-39. The intelligence officer advises the commander on matters pertaining to MI, operations, and training

at all echelons where detainee operations are likely to occur. The intelligence officer produces and

disseminates intelligence products throughout the chain of command.

3-40. Intelligence requirements include specific information that the commander requires to maintain the

continued control of detainees and those items of information requested by higher headquarters and other

agencies. The intelligence officer prepares priority intelligence requirements in coordination with the

Command and Staff Roles and Responsibilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 3-13

multinational force HUMINT and multinational force human intelligence and counterintelligence staff

element (C-2X) J-2X section, and other interested agencies. The CDO does not establish interrogation

priorities, but will work with the detainee operations staff and higher headquarters to resolve issues in

implementing the interrogation plan according to the approved theater Army standards for interrogations.

The JIDC is responsible for coordinating intelligence requirements to maintain a constant flow of useful

intelligence for the joint force commander. The JIDC must have unfettered access to the C-2X/J-2X to

synchronize HUMINT and counterintelligence collection priorities on the collection of actionable

intelligence.

3-41. Intelligence representatives from the G-2X, J-2X, and/or C-2X will be attached to the CDO staff. The

human intelligence and counterintelligence operations manager or staff section representatives will advise

the CDO on all HUMINT and counterintelligence policy and operations.

MEDICAL SECTION

3-42. The I/R battalion and brigade are staffed with medical sections, to include preventive medicine. (See

appendix I.) The medical personnel section is responsible for the health service support of the command

and I/R populations within the I/R facility. This section advises the commander and the commander’s staff,

plans and directs Level 1 health care, and arranges for Level 2 and Level 3 (including air/ground medical

evacuation and hospitalization) when required. It provides for the prevention of disease through the

preventive medicine programs. The medical section consists of—

􀁺 The medical treatment squad provides routine medical care (sick call) and advanced trauma

management for detainees. U.S. medical personnel supervise qualified RP who are providing

medical care for detainees. This squad performs initial medical exams to determine the physical

fitness of arriving detainees as stipulated by the Geneva Conventions. It has the capability to

operate as two separate treatment teams.

􀁺 The preventive medicine section, which provides limited preventive medicine services for the

facility. This section performs sanitary inspections of housing, food service operations, water

supplies, waste disposal operations, and other operations that may present a medical nuisance or

health hazard to personnel. It provides training and guidance on all aspects of preventive

medicine to the staff, unit personnel, and others involved in the operation.

STAFF JUDGE ADVOCATE

3-43. The SJA provides operational law advice and support for I/R operations (particularly the

interpretation of the Geneva Conventions), to include the application of force in quelling riots and other

disturbances. The SJA also provides advice and support in any investigation that is required following the

death or injury of a detainee during internment. In addition, the SJA serves as the recorder for Article 5

tribunals, which determine the status of individuals who have been detained. There is no requirement that

the detainee commit a hostile act before being entitled to a tribunal. A tribunal may be established to

determine the status of an individual because of complaints and/or inquiries received from the protecting

powers or the ICRC. The SJA serves as the commander’s liaison to the ICRC and provides legal advice to

the commander on—

􀁺 Military justice.

􀁺 Administrative and civil laws.

􀁺 Contracts and fiscal laws.

􀁺 International and operational laws.

􀁺 Legal assistance.

􀁺 Claims.

3-44. The SJA provides technical advice and assistance pertaining to detainee labor policy as it relates to

supporting local indigenous requirements that do not directly advance the war effort. The SJA ensures that

the policy complies with all treaties and conventions.

Chapter 3

3-14 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

HUMAN RESOURCE OFFICER

3-45. The human resource officer is the staff officer responsible for advising the commander on human

resource support to the organization. Human resource support includes manning the force (personnel

accountability, personnel readiness management, strength reporting and personnel information

management), providing human resource support (postal and essential personnel services), coordinating

personnel support (morale, warfare, recreation, and command programs), and conducting human resource

planning and operations. The human resource officer is responsible for maintaining personnel records of

U.S. military prisoners, providing mail operations to detainees and, by exception, assist in mail support to

DCs. The human resource officer may also be tasked with coordinating the tracking and accountability of

DCs, providing limited administrative support for U.S. military prisoners, and preparing documents for

court-martial charges for detainees and U.S. military prisoners. Each I/R battalion has a personnel and

administration section, which is capable of inprocessing eight individuals per hour (depending on the

category).

FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER

3-46. The finance and accounting officer accounts for impounded financial assets (cash and other

negotiable instruments) of applicable detainees. (See DFAS-IN Regulation 37-1 and FM 1-06.) An I/R

finance section is found in each I/R battalion. Finance personnel coordinate with the supporting finance

unit to record pay and/or labor credits, canteen purchases and/or coupons issued, and other transactions.

They coordinate for payroll, disbursement, and repatriation settlement processing. The finance section chief

advises the commander on finance and accounting issues.

CIVIL-MILITARY OPERATIONS OFFICER

3-47. The civil-military operations officer––

􀁺 Provides technical advice and assistance in community relations and information strategies.

􀁺 Plans positive, continuous community relations programs to gain and maintain public

understanding, goodwill, and support for military operations.

􀁺 Acts as the liaison and coordinates with other U.S. government agencies; HN civil and military

authorities concerned with I/R operations; and NGOs, IOs, and international humanitarian

organizations in the AO.

􀁺 Coordinates with the SJA concerning advice given to commanders about RUF when dealing

with detainees.

􀁺 Provides technical advice and assistance in the reorientation of enemy defectors or detainees.

CHAPLAIN OR UNIT MINISTRY TEAM

3-48. The chaplain or unit ministry team assists the commander in providing religious support for I/R

operations. The chaplain or team—

􀁺 Serves as the chaplain for detention facility personnel, which does not include detainees.

􀁺 Advises the commander on detainee religious issues and support.

􀁺 Serves as a moral and ethical advisor to the detention facility commander.

􀁺 Exercises supervision and control over RP religious leaders within the facility.

􀁺 Is prohibited from privileged communications with detainees.

􀁺 Acts as a liaison with clerical personnel who are supporting rehabilitative religious programs.

ENGINEER OFFICER

3-49. The engineer officer can assist in planning and implementing infrastructure design and improvement

at all echelons where I/R operations occur. The support necessary for horizontal and vertical construction

support, repair and maintenance of the infrastructure that supports I/R operations, and other necessary

support is coordinated through the engineer officer. The engineer officer may coordinate for the training of

detainees for internal and external labor requirements that involve construction or repair of facilities, but

Command and Staff Roles and Responsibilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 3-15

this will require military police support to control and supervise the detainees. With proper planning and

resourcing, the engineer officer can coordinate—

􀁺 Construction support for facilities.

􀁺 Construction, acquisition, maintenance, and repairs of semipermanent and permanent utilities,

water supply system, sewage system, and portable or fixed electric power utilities.

􀁺 Fire protection measures for facilities.

PUBLIC AFFAIRS OFFICER

3-50. The public affairs officer understands and fulfills the information needs of Soldiers, the Army

community, and the public in matters related to I/R operations. In the interest of national security and the

protection of detainees from public curiosity, detainees will not be photographed or interviewed by the

news media. The public affairs officer—

􀁺 Serves as the command spokesperson for communication with external media.

􀁺 Facilitates media efforts to cover operations by expediting the flow of complete, accurate, and

timely information.

SIGNAL OFFICER

3-51. The signal officer is responsible for matters concerning signal operations, automation management,

network management, and information security. The signal officer is typically located at the military police

brigade.

MOVEMENT CONTROL OFFICER

3-52. The movement control officer plans and coordinates the movement of detainees, U.S. military

prisoners, and DCs and their property with the movement control center and coordinates with brigade

operations for the daily transportation requirements for the evacuation and transfer of the I/R population.

This includes determining the transportation requirements for the evacuation of the I/R population from one

level of internment to the next and coordinating arrangements.

INSPECTOR GENERAL

3-53. The inspector general section—

􀁺 Advises I/R commanders and staffs.

􀁺 Conducts assessments, surveys, and studies to comply with international, state, and U.S. laws.

􀁺 Receives allegations and conducts investigations and inquiries based on reports and information

obtained from the I/R population, U.S. armed forces, and/or multinational guard and police

forces.

􀁺 Consults with international and U.S. agencies in matters pertaining to the overall health and

welfare of detainees, U.S. military prisoners, and DCs.

􀁺 Determines the military police unit’s discipline, efficiency, morale, training, and readiness and

provides feedback to the chain of command.

􀁺 Resolves complaints made by detainees, U.S. military prisoners, DCs, and U.S. armed forces

personnel in a manner that is consistent with military necessity.

􀁺 Identifies negative trends to correct and improve I/R operations that are according to doctrine,

military laws, international laws, UN mandates, and foreign national laws.

􀁺 Assists in the resolution of systemic issues pertaining to the processing and administration of the

protected population.

3-54. The inspector general section reports war crime allegations from detainees or U.S. military prisoners,

upon receipt, through the chain of command to the SJA or the U.S. Army Criminal Investigation

Command. The inspector general does not investigate war crimes. Primary investigative responsibility for

Chapter 3

3-16 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

alleged war crimes belongs to the U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Command. The SJA provides the U.S.

Army Criminal Investigation Command with legal advice during war crime investigations.

PSYCHOLOGICAL OPERATIONS OFFICER

3-55. The PSYOP officer in charge of supporting I/R operations serves as the special staff officer

responsible for PSYOP. The PSYOP officer advises the military police commander on the psychological

impact of military police or MI actions to prevent misunderstandings and disturbances by detainees and

DCs. The supporting I/R PSYOP team has two missions that reduce the need to divert military police assets

to maintain security in the I/R facility. (See appendix J.) The team—

􀁺 Assists the military police force in controlling detainees and DCs.

􀁺 Introduces detainees or DCs to U.S. and multinational policy.

3-56. The PSYOP team also supports the military police custodial mission in the I/R facility. The team—

􀁺 Develops PSYOP products that are designed to pacify and acclimate detainees or DCs to accept

U.S. I/R facility authority and regulations.

􀁺 Gains the cooperation of detainees or DCs to reduce the number of guards needed.

􀁺 Identifies malcontents, trained agitators, and political leaders within the facility who may try to

organize resistance or create disturbances.

􀁺 Develops and executes indoctrination programs to reduce or remove antagonistic attitudes.

􀁺 Identifies political activists.

􀁺 Provides loudspeaker support (such as administrative announcements and facility instructions

when necessary).

􀁺 Helps the military police commander control detainee and DC populations during emergencies.

􀁺 Plans and executes a PSYOP program that produces an understanding and appreciation of U.S.

policies and actions.

Note. PSYOP personnel use comprehensive information, reorientation, and educational and

vocational programs to prepare detainees and DCs for repatriation.

3-57. The PSYOP officer is an integral part of the I/R structure. The PSYOP officer often may work in

close conjunction with the behavioral science consultation team, if available, for behavioral assessments

and recommendations. The behavioral science consultation team may develop behavioral management

plans and perform many other functions to assist the PSYOP officer if directed. The I/R facility commander

may designate a location in which PSYOP personnel can conduct interviews of the various categories of

people associated with I/R. This location must be separate and away from the interrogation areas.

CIVIL AFFAIRS PERSONNEL

3-58. CA personnel primarily support civil-military operations. (See chapters 2 and 6.) They conduct DC

operations in support of I/R across the spectrum of operations. Other related activities that they conduct

include—

􀁺 Population and resource control.

􀁺 Foreign internal defense.

􀁺 Humanitarian assistance.

􀁺 Unconventional warfare.

COUNTERINTELLIGENCE AGENTS

3-59. Counterintelligence agents may be attached or in direct support of a mission to an I/R battalion or

military police brigade to assist the facility commander with intelligence requirements for the facility and

surrounding area and to ensure the safety and security of personnel operating in and around the facility.

Command and Staff Roles and Responsibilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 3-17

Note. Counterintelligence agents may serve as a central repository for information and

intelligence on safety and security issues related to the facility.

3-60. Such responsibilities may include—

􀁺 Identification of detainee agitators, leaders, and their followers.

􀁺 Identification of existing clandestine detainee organizations, to include—

􀂄 Strength.

􀂄 Objectives.

􀂄 Member identity.

􀁺 Identification of existing underground communications systems—

􀂄 Between compounds and internment facilities.

􀂄 With indigenous civilian personnel.

􀂄 For overt attempts by detainees or local indigenous people to communicate with each other.

􀁺 Identification of suspicious activities by local people near the internment facility (such as

photographing or sketching the facility).

􀁺 Identification of the existence of fabricated weapons, stores of food, and supplies of clothing in

the compound.

􀁺 Identification of plans by detainees to conduct demonstrations, to include—

􀂄 Date and time.

􀂄 Number of detainees involved, by compound.

􀂄 Nature of the planned demonstration (passive, harassing, or violent).

􀁺 Identification of detainee objectives, propaganda, and attempts to weaken or test internment

facility authority and security, establish control in individual compounds, and orchestrate mass

escapes.

LOGISTICS OFFICER

3-61. The logistics officer is responsible for the acquisition, storage, movement, distribution, maintenance,

evacuation, and disposition of all classes of supplies and materiel. Additionally, the logistics officer (in the

absence of an engineer officer) must provide staff oversight to ensure acquisition, construction,

maintenance, operation, and disposition of facilities.

SUBSISTENCE/FOOD SERVICE OFFICER

3-62. The subsistence/food service officer directs activities related to field feeding. He/she inspects survey

operations, advises on regulatory requirements, prepares instructions, and provides, technical guidance for

subordinate elements. He/she also assists in the supervision of Class 1 activities for detainees and DCs.

INTERAGENCY REPRESENTATIVE

3-63. The interagency representative coordinates visits with the CDO. Additionally, the interagency

representative coordinates with the detention facility commander and JIDC commander before in any

interview or interrogation.

MULTINATIONAL REPRESENTATIVE

3-64. The multinational representative coordinates visits, to include inspections of conditions for detainees

captured by their forces and coordinating with the detention facility commander and JIDC commander

before they participate in interviews or interrogations.

Chapter 3

3-18 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

GUARD FORCE

3-65. The guard force provides external and internal security of the facility. A guard force at an I/R facility

is tailored to the size and duration of the particular mission. The guard force may consist of a commander

of the guard, one or more sergeants of the guard, a relief commander for each shift, and the necessary

number of guards. Orders for guards are as follows:

􀁺 General orders apply to all guards. Guards are required to know, understand, and comply with

the general orders in FM 22-6.

􀁺 Special orders apply to particular posts and duties. These orders supplement general orders, are

established by the commander, and may differ for various guard posts. Special orders may be

written for close contact guards, interview room guards, hospital guards, main gate/sally port

guards, quick-reaction force guards, tower/perimeter guards, or walking patrol guards.

3-66. The guard force is the primary source for the security of I/R populations and must have adequate

weapons systems, transportation, communication, and night vision equipment to accomplish their mission.

The guard force—

􀁺 Performs internal guard duties.

􀁺 Guards sally ports (a series of gates opening and exiting from an enclosed area) and main gates.

􀁺 Conducts searches.

􀁺 Receives and processes detainees, U.S. military prisoners, and DCs.

􀁺 Performs escort duties.

􀁺 Guards facility gates.

􀁺 Performs external guard duties.

􀁺 Performs tower guard duties.

􀁺 Guards transfer areas.

􀁺 Guards work sites.

􀁺 Guards perimeters.

􀁺 Maintains custody and control within detainee populations.

􀁺 Responds to emergencies according to emergency action plans and contingencies.

􀁺 Conducts inspections, searches, head counts, roll calls, and bed checks according to the SOP.

􀁺 Maintains custody and control of detainees who may be segregated from the general population

due to inprocessing, administrative, or disciplinary reasons.

􀁺 Annotates required checks, visits, and other procedures as directed by the SOP.

3-67. The guard force shift supervisor is responsible for the guard force. The shift supervisor—

􀁺 Supervises custodial personnel.

􀁺 Is responsible for the activities of I/R populations during the tour of duty.

􀁺 Monitors custody, control, and security measures.

􀁺 Ensures compliance with the daily operations plan for general and close detention.

􀁺 Initiates emergency control measures.

􀁺 Maintains DA Form 1594 (Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s Log).

􀁺 Handles situations dealing with the I/R population in the absence of the commander.

􀁺 Maintains a portion of the detainee accountability database.

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 4-1

Chapter 4

Capture, Initial Detention, and Screening

Personnel conducting detainee operations must ensure that these operations are

performed in a manner that provides for the humane treatment and care of detainees,

thereby reducing the probability of incidents of abuse involving U.S. armed forces

and detainees. All detainees will be treated according to the GPW and GC unless

directed otherwise by competent authority. The presumptive status of a detainee (until

determined otherwise by a tribunal or combatant commander guidance) from the

POC to the detention facility is EPW. The professional execution of the I/R function

is critical in sustaining goodwill among the indigenous population. While not directly

translatable to dealing with DCs, the basic framework of detainee capture, initial

detention, and screening has applicability in resettlement operations.

DETAINEE FLOW

4-1. Detainee operations are the range of actions taken by U.S. armed forces, beginning at the POC;

through movement to a DCP, DHA, or fixed internment facility, until their transfer, release, or repatriation.

All Soldiers participating in military operations must be prepared to process detainees. Actions at the

POC—the point at which a Soldier has custody of, and is responsible for safeguarding, a detainee—can

directly affect the mission success and could have a lasting impact on U.S. strategic military objectives.

4-2. The number of detainees captured by U.S. armed forces at any given point can range from one to

hundreds, depending on the scope of the operation and the elements involved. While one or two detainees

may not create a major challenge, a large number of detainees require significantly more Soldiers and

resources and pose increased security risks to Soldiers and themselves. Detainees must be safeguarded, to

include provisions for adequate space, food, and waste disposal. These tasks are manpower-intensive and

can cause significant delays in onward movement and divert unit assets from the primary mission.

4-3. Military police are responsible for receiving, securing, processing, and interning detainees and

operating a DCP, DHA, TIF, and SIF. Detainees are normally evacuated from the POC to a DCP, DHA, or

TIF; however, this flow may be modified to meet intelligence collection and medical treatment

requirements. For example, an injured detainee may be evacuated to any medical treatment facility,

including one at a higher echelon internment facility if required to provide proper medical treatment.

Likewise, a detainee may bypass one or more of the normal detainee flow steps if necessary to support

intelligence collection. There may be situations where interests are legitimately in conflict. For example, a

detainee may need to be expedited to the JIDC for proper interrogation, but the operational situation may

preclude such evacuation. Conflicts between competing interests that cannot be resolved at subordinate

levels will be raised to the common higher headquarters for resolution in an expeditious manner. There are

numerous points at which decisions must be made at various echelons to retain or release a detainee. These

decision points are the POC, DCP, DHA, and TIF. When operational circumstances dictate, a DCP or DHA

may be bypassed, and the detainees may be delivered directly to a TIF. Detainees should not be brought

directly to a TIF/SIF. Detainees should be initially processed at the lowest level that is operationally

feasible to maximize the timely receipt of critical tactical intelligence. Figure 4-1, page 4-2, illustrates this

discussion. Guards are required when accompanying wounded detainees and medical personnel to an

medical treatment facility.

Chapter 4

4-2

BRIGADE

4-4.

respon

unit is

evacua

threat

U.S. a

detain

DCP.

operat

capabi

rates t

not the

techni

and U

Woun

Legend:

DCP

DHA

POC

SIF

TIF

Note. All per

practices and

facilities.

E COMBAT T

Detainee oper

nsible for detai

s responsible fo

ates detainees t

to detainees as

armed forces

nees. The captu

(See figure 4

tions at the DC

ility within the

typical during

e officer in ch

cal oversight i

U.S. and interna

nded or injured

detaine

detaine

point o

strateg

theate

rsonnel, includ

procedures w

TEAM AND B

rations begin a

inee operation

or ensuring the

to the DCP wh

ssociated with

can fulfill leg

uring unit typic

4-2.) The milit

CP unless the

e BCT (for ex

counterinsurge

arge of a DCP

is exercised so

ational laws. H

detainees may

FM 3-

ee collection p

ee holding area

of capture

gic internment f

r internment fa

Figure 4-1

ding those from

when conductin

BELOW

at the BCT or

s might be a t

e humane treat

hen transportati

any ongoing c

gal and policy

cally releases d

tary police pla

re are multipl

xample, during

ency operation

P, the BCT PM

o that detainee

High-value deta

y need to be tak

-39.40

oint

a

facility

acility

. Detainee flo

m other gover

ng detention o

armored cava

eam or squad

tment and prop

ion is available

conflict or ope

y requirement

detainees to the

atoon leader s

e DCPs and t

g extended sta

ns). In instance

M advises BCT

s are treated h

ainees are typic

ken directly to

ow

rnment agencie

r interrogation

alry regiment l

leader. The se

per handling of

e. This evacuat

ration and to p

ts for the trea

e custody of th

erves as the o

the requiremen

ability operatio

es where a mi

and subordina

humanely and

cally taken dire

a medical treat

12

es, must adhe

n operations w

level. At the P

enior member o

f detainees. Th

tion is conduct

place them in a

atment and ad

he military poli

officer in char

nts exceed the

ons and high d

ilitary police p

ate commander

within the par

ectly from the P

tment facility.

2 February 201

ere to DOD

within DOD

POC, the perso

of the capturin

he capturing un

ted to reduce th

location wher

dministration o

ce operating th

rge for detaine

military polic

detainee captur

platoon leader

rs, ensuring th

rameters of AR

POC to the TIF

10

on

ng

nit

he

re

of

he

ee

ce

re

is

hat

Rs

F.

12 Feb

4-

de

sp

MB

bu

4-

th

ac

cu

m

4-

tim

el

Th

co

en

ac

bruary 2010

L

A

B

D

D

H

M

P

T

-5. The DCP

etention, interr

pecial troops b

Military police

CT. These eff

uilding and sus

-6. The milita

he DCP. The

ccording to U.

ustody and c

multinational pe

-7. Soldiers w

mes. The med

lements from th

he MI comma

ounterintelligen

nsuring the pro

ctivities throug

Legend:

AO

BCT

DCP

DHA

HVD

MTF

POC

TIF

P is austere. I

rogation, and m

battalion or any

personnel at t

forts may rang

staining the DC

ary police plato

military polic

.S. policy rega

control of det

ersonnel condu

who provide m

dical elements

he MI compan

ander is respo

nce staff office

oper use of doc

gh technical c

area of oper

brigade com

detainee co

detainee ho

high-visibilit

medical trea

point of cap

theater inter

Figure 4-2. P

t may be relo

medical operat

y other militar

the DCP coord

ge from ensurin

CP.

oon leader exe

e platoon ens

arding humane

tainees. This

ucting intelligen

medical support

from the med

ny of the brigad

onsible for con

er (S-2X) for t

ctrinal approac

hannels. The

FM 3-39.40

rations

mbat team

llection point

olding area

ty detainee

atment facility

ture

rnment facility

POC to TIF d

ocated based o

ions. The milit

ry police plato

dinate and syn

ng proper med

rcises control o

sures that inte

e treatment. In

responsibility

nce and medica

t or conduct in

dical company

de special troo

nducting interr

the control of

ches and techn

medical unit i

Capture

0

etainee flow

on operational

tary police pla

on task-organi

nchronize effor

dical support a

over all person

lligence and m

n addition, the

y includes ov

al operations w

nterrogation op

y of the suppo

ps battalion co

rogations, coo

interrogations

niques, and pro

is responsible

, Initial Detent

w

l needs and n

atoon that is or

ized to the uni

rts with the va

at the DCP to

nnel and units w

medical opera

military polic

verseeing joint

within the DCP

perations may

ort battalion an

ome and go as

ordinating with

and other inte

oviding the con

for conductin

tion, and Scre

normally consi

rganic to the b

it operates the

arious units wi

engineer supp

while they are w

ations are cond

ce platoon mai

t, interagency

P.

not be present

nd the interro

the mission di

h the HUMIN

elligence opera

ntrol of interro

ng medical act

eening

4-3

ists of

brigade

DCP.

ith the

port in

within

ducted

intains

y, and

t at all

ogation

ctates.

NT and

ations,

ogation

tivities

Chapter 4

4-4 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

within the DCP and establishing priorities over those activities. The units incorporate technical direction

from higher headquarters to ensure adherence to applicable U.S. laws and regulations, international laws,

execution orders, FRAGOs, and other operationally specific guidelines.

4-8. The BCT PM serves as the technical advisor on detainee operations for the BCT or subordinate

commander and military police platoon leaders. The BCT coordinates for the transportation and security of

detainees to the DHA. Detainee evacuation depends on the availability of transportation and the completion

of time-sensitive MI exploitation. The BCT PM and logistics staff officer (S-4) coordinate transportation

with the supporting sustainment brigade and coordinate military police escort with the MEB or higher

headquarters.

Note. The standards used to process detainees at the DCP are the same as those for the DHA.

DIVISION ECHELON

4-9. While larger than a DCP, the DHA is also a temporary tactical holding area. Under rare

circumstances, a DHA may be moved based on operational needs. At the division level, a military police

company from a military police battalion, typically assigned or attached to the division MEB, normally

operates the DHA within the division AO. When an MEB is not assigned to the division, a military police

company assigned to a higher echelon military police battalion/brigade may operate the DHA. The senior

military police commander, in coordination with the division PM and G-2, advises the division commander

on detainee operations and recommends local policy and procedures for the division commander’s approval

and publication. The PM at each echelon and military police command structure provides technical

guidance, through established technical channels, to military police units conducting detainee operations as

directed by the CDO.

4-10. In some instances, a DHA may be established within a BCT AO. In this case the BCT organic

military police platoon may be tasked to supplement the operation of the DHA. Depending on the tactical

situation and availability of military police, nonmilitary police units may be tasked to operate the DHA.

The division PM must advise the division commander and subordinate PMs to ensure that technical

oversight is exercised and that detainees are treated humanely and within the parameters of ARs, U.S. and

international laws. The division PM, SJA, and G-2 advise the division commander on all aspects of

detainee operations and recommend local policy and procedures for the division commander’s approval and

publication. The PM provides technical guidance to units conducting detainee operations.

4-11. The military police company commander who is assigned the DHA mission serves as the DHA

commander and exercises tactical control over personnel and units not assigned while they are operating

within the DHA. The DHA commander ensures the humane treatment, evacuation, custody, and control

(reception, processing, administration, internment, and safety) of detainees; protection measures; and the

operation of the internment facility. Units typically operating within the DHA include medical elements

from the medical support command supporting the division and MI elements from the battlefield

surveillance brigade, MI battalion. The MI unit is responsible for conducting interrogations. It also

prioritizes effort (through technical direction from higher headquarters), conducts other intelligence

operations, ensures the proper use of doctrinal approaches and techniques, and provides technical guidance

for interrogation activities. The medical unit is responsible for conducting medical activities within the

DCP and establishing priorities over those activities. The unit provides technical authority over those

activities to ensure adherence to applicable U.S. laws and regulations, international laws, execution orders,

FRAGOs, and other operationally specific guidelines. Once transportation is available and MI personnel

have completed interrogating detainees at the division level, the detainees are evacuated to the TIF.

ECHELONS ABOVE DIVISION

4-12. The theater level will typically include one or more TIFs that are centrally or regionally located. The

military police commander who is designated as the CDO varies, depending on the number of TIFs in an

operation area (OA), the size of the TIFs, the number of detainees, the size of the units operating within the

TIFs, and the complexity of the detainee operation. The number of TIFs is determined by the number of

detainees. There are many possible task organizations for detainee operations at this level. However, two

Capture, Initial Detention, and Screening

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 4-5

basic scenarios provide the foundation situations. The scenarios are an OA with a single TIF or multiple

small TIFs or an OA with multiple TIFs (one is large).

4-13. The TIF is normally operated by an I/R battalion. It is considered a semipermanent facility at the

theater level. The units operating within and in support of the TIF are generally constant. The TIF

commander exercises tactical control over units/elements operating within the TIF for the humane

treatment, evacuation, custody, and control (reception, processing, administration, internment, and safety)

of detainees; protection measures; and the operation of the internment facility. In an OA with a single TIF

or multiple small TIFs, the military police brigade commander is typically designated as the CDO and may

require augmentation to perform CDO functions.

Note. In some cases, another military police officer (brigade commander, deputy brigade

commander) could serve as the TIF commander. A TIF commander will not normally also be

designated as the CDO.

4-14. In an OA with multiple TIFs (one or more are large) where an MPC is present in the theater, the

MPC commander is normally designated as the CDO. It may be appropriate to designate the military police

brigade commander as the CDO if an MPC is not present or if the CDO is required to report directly to a

joint force commander instead of an Army forces commander. Designating the MPC commander as CDO

in this latter case would result in the MPC commander reporting to the joint force commander for detainee

operations and to the Army forces commander for other military police operations, possibly degrading the

unity of command.

4-15. In both cases, the primary units operating in the TIF are an I/R battalion assigned to a military police

brigade, all or a portion of an MI battalion organic to a theater intelligence brigade, and a medical element

(perhaps a medical treatment facility). Units and personnel not assigned to the I/R battalion are under the

tactical control of the TIF commander for the humane treatment, evacuation, custody, and control

(reception, processing, administration, internment, and safety) of detainees; protection measures; and the

operation of the internment facility while operating in the TIF.

4-16. The MI unit is responsible for conducting interrogations, prioritizing the interrogation effort through

technical direction from its intelligence chain, and conducting other intelligence operations to ensure the

proper use of doctrinal approaches and techniques and for providing technical guidance for interrogation

activities. The medical unit is responsible for conducting all medical activities within the DCP and

establishing priorities over those activities. The units maintain technical authority over those activities to

ensure adherence to applicable U.S. laws and regulations, international laws, execution orders, FRAGOs,

and other operationally specific guidelines.

DETAINEE PROCESSING

4-17. Detainee processing begins when U.S. armed forces capture an individual. It is accomplished at the

POC for security, control, intelligence, and the welfare of detainees while in evacuation channels. All

detainee processing must be accomplished with care to collect critical intelligence effectively, preserve

evidence, maintain accountability, and protect detainees from danger or harm.

4-18. Detainee processing starts at the POC, continues at the DCP and DHA, and is completed at the TIF.

Each subsequent location builds on processing completed at the previous location until the detainee is fully

processed. Table 4-1, page 4-6, depicts the functions that are essential to performing detainee processing

across the spectrum of operations, from the POC to the TIF or until the detainee is released.

Chapter 4

4-6 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

Table 4-1. Detainee operations functional overview

SIF

Actions

Handle the detainee using the

search, tag, report, evacuate,

segregate, and safeguard

technique.

Transfer custody of the

detainee using DD Form

2708, and annotate the ISN.

Maintain accountability.

􀂃 Transfer custody of

evidence and personal

property using

DA Form 4137.

􀂃 Conduct an inventory of the

detainee’s property, and

record it on DA Form 4137.

Move the detainee while the

detainee is restrained.

Report/investigate detainee

abuse.

Conduct a medical evaluation

to identify, document, and

treat wounds, injuries, and

illnesses.

Initiate strategic interrogation.

Evacuate or release the

detainee.

Formally inprocess the

detainee to the internment

facility using the DRS.

Maintain biometric information

in the DRS.

Coordinate with the NDRC.

Provide enhanced shelter and

cover for the detainees.

Report new detainees on DA

Form 2674-R.

Maintain the detainee’s

medical records if not

completed.

Provide preventive care.

Ensure that the facility meets

cleanliness and sanitation

standards.

TIF

Handle the detainee using the search,

tag, report, evacuate, segregate, and

safeguard technique; and return the

detainee’s protective equipment.

Transfer custody of the detainee using

DD Form 2708.

Maintain accountability.

􀂃 Transfer custody of evidence and

personal property using

DA Form 4137.

􀂃 Conduct an inventory of the

detainee’s property, and record it on

DA Form 4137.

Move the detainee while the detainee

is restrained.

Report/investigate detainee abuse

incidents.

Conduct a medical evaluation to

identify, document, and treat wounds,

injuries, and illnesses.

Move or release the detainee.

Confirm the detainee’s category (use

an Article 5 tribunal as necessary).

Collect biometric information and

enter data in the DRS.

Issue the detainee an ISN, and enroll

the detainee in the DRS.

Report new detainees on

DA Form 2674-R.

Cross-reference the detainee’s

DD Form 2745 number with the

detainee’s ISN on all records.

Provide enhanced shelter and cover

for the detainee.

Develop and maintain the detainee’s

medical records if not completed.

Provide preventive care.

Ensure that the facility meets

cleanliness and sanitation standards.

Provide for hygiene maintenance.

Anticipate ICRC queries and visits.

Use approved compliance techniques

to ensure behavioral control.

DHA

Handle the detainee using

the search, tag, report,

evacuate segregate, and

safeguard technique; and

return the detainee’s

protective equipment.

Transfer custody of the

detainee using

DD Form 2708.

Maintain accountability.

􀂃 Transfer custody of

evidence and personal

property using

DA Form 4137.

􀂃 Conduct an inventory

of the detainee’s

property, and record it

on DA Form 4137.

Move the detainee while

the detainee is restrained.

Report/investigate

detainee abuse.

Conduct a preliminary

medical screening to

identify, document, and

treat wounds, injuries, and

illnesses as appropriate.

Continue HUMINT/

counterintelligence

screening.

Conduct a detailed MI

interrogation.

Continue tactical

interrogation, and start

operational interrogation.

Evacuate or release the

detainee.

Continue categorization.

Collect biometric

information.

Provide shelter and cover

for the detainee.

DCP

Handle the detainee using

the search, tag, report,

evaluate, segregate, and

safeguard technique; and

return the detainee’s

protective equipment.

Transfer custody of the

detainee using

DD Form 2708.

Maintain accountability.

􀂃 Transfer custody of

evidence and personal

property using

DA Form 4137.

􀂃 Conduct an inventory of

the detainee’s property,

and record it on

DA Form 4137.

Move the detainee while

the detainee is restrained.

Report/investigate

detainee abuse incidents.

Conduct a preliminary

medical screening to

identify, document, and

treat wounds, injuries, and

illnesses as appropriate.

Perform a more detailed

HUMINT/

counterintelligence

screening.

Continue tactical

interrogation, and start

operational interrogation.

Conduct an initial

HUMINT/

counterintelligence

interrogation (if MI

personnel are not present,

conduct tactical

questioning according to

the CCIR).

POC

Process the detainee

according to the “5 Ss

and T” technique and

return the detainee’s

protective equipment.

Restrain/control the

detainee.

Establish and maintain

accountability.

􀂃 Remove weapons and

equipment from the

detainee, and annotate

them on DD Form

2745.

􀂃 Remove the detainee’s

personal items, and

annotate them on

DA Form 4137

(Evidence/Property

Custody Document) if

circumstances permit.

􀂃 Identify items of

possible intelligence

value.

􀂃 Record event

circumstances

(DA Form 2823 [Sworn

Statement] is

recommended).

Move the detainee, using

restraints.

Report/investigate

detainee abuse incidents.

Provide first aid for

wounds and injuries.

Conduct initial screening.

Capture, Initial Detention, and Screening

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 4-7

Table 4-1. Detainee operations functional overview (continued)

SIF

Actions (continued)

Anticipate ICRC queries and

visits.

Use approved compliance

techniques to ensure behavioral

control.

Develop and employ physical

security and antiterrorism and

protection measures.

Anticipate media attention, and

conduct media operations.

Organization

Normally a military police brigade

with joint assets.

Legend:

5 S and T search, silence, segregate, speed, safeguard, and tag

CCIR commander’s critical information requirements

DA Department of the Army

DCP detainee collection point

DD Department of Defense

DHA detainee housing area

DRS detainee reporting system

HUMINT human intelligence

ICRC International Committee of the Red Cross

ISN internment serial number

MI military intelligence

NDRC National Detainee Reporting Center

POC point of capture

SIF strategic internment facility

TIF theater internment facility

TIF

Develop and employ physical

security and antiterrorism measures.

Anticipate media attention, and

conduct media operations.

Normally an I/R battalion.

DHA

Develop and maintain the

detainee’s medical records

if not completed.

Provide preliminary

preventive care as

appropriate.

Provide for basic hygiene

as appropriate.

Anticipate ICRC queries

and visits.

Use approved compliance

techniques to ensure

behavioral control.

Provide dedicated security

forces.

Normally a military police

company.

DCP

Evacuate or release the

detainee.

Conduct initial

categorization.

Collect biometric

information on DD Form

2745 and, if desired, on

supporting locally

produced and approved

forms.

Provide shelter and cover

for the detainee.

Normally a military police

platoon.

POC

Conduct an initial

HUMINT/

counterintelligence

interrogation (if MI

personnel are not

present, conduct tactical

questioning according to

the CCIR.

Evacuate or release the

detainee.

Capturing unit.

Chapter 4

4-8 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

4-19. Processing is not bound by a traditional linear-time model or specific time constraints. The model

accommodates operational changes in current OEs. Detainees can be evacuated from any direction and

point and from the POC to any DCP. They can also be evacuated directly to a DHA. Regardless of where

they are evacuated from, they will continue to be processed until complete.

Note. Some functions performed at the POC (for example, search, accountability, and custody

transfer) must be repeated as the detainee is processed from the POC through each subsequent

level.

4-20. The goal is to efficiently move detainees through processing. However, at each point between the

POC and TIF, leaders must make a deliberate decision whether to retain and evacuate detainees to the next

level or release them. The decision to retain or release detainees must be made based on an assessment of

the circumstances of the detainee’s capture, their intelligence value, and/or evidence that they committed a

crime and on additional direction from the chain of command. Each location may provide additional

processing and screening criteria that should be included in the assessment and decision to retain or release.

POINT OF CAPTURE

4-21. Detainees pose significant operational risks that can hinder mission success in numerous ways. Most

detainees are captured during a combat engagement and will most likely have weapons with unused

ammunition and explosives. Detainees must be disarmed and secured to ensure that no further harm can be

inflicted on them or U.S. armed forces. Noncompliant detainees require greater control measures that may

become resource-intensive. It is critical that all Soldiers involved in combat operations receive training on

detainee operations (to include detainee treatment) and procedures conducted at the POC.

4-22. Upon capturing detainees, Soldiers must monitor and control their emotions and monitor those of

fellow Soldiers. Perhaps only moments earlier, these very detainees may have tried to kill, killed, or

wounded fellow Soldiers. Soldiers must rely on the Army values and strictly adhere to U.S. military policy

and the published ROE. Under no circumstances, can Soldiers allow themselves or others to retaliate or

otherwise allow harm to befall detainees under U.S. armed forces control.

4-23. The POC represents the most vulnerable point at which Soldiers will process detainees. It often

requires Soldiers to disarm, search, and guard detainees in an unsecured environment among other potential

combatants, sympathizers, or counterinsurgents. Small units at the POC will probably not have enough

resources and manpower to provide for a large number of detainees, but still must begin processing

detainees while waiting for the arrival of additional resources and transportation. Here, leaders and Soldiers

may have to assess the risks between providing security against potential attacks and other combatants or

sympathizers in the area and providing enough security to control the detainees.

4-24. The POC is where most detainee abuse allegations occur; it is the point where emotions following

enemy contact may run high and where there is a need to collect immediate intelligence information that

may prevent additional casualties. Leaders and Soldiers must monitor unit and individual stress to prevent

violations of U.S. military policy.

4-25. The POC is the first decision point at which a detainee will be released or transferred to the next

echelon. Soldiers performing operations in which detainees are taken into custody should be aware of all

considerations and requirements when making this decision. Once the decision is made, the information in

table 4-2 should be applied.

Capture, Initial Detention, and Screening

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 4-9

Table 4-2. POC processing standards

Requirements Actions

Search1 Search and inspect detainees and their possessions, to include clothing, shoes, and

headgear.

Inspect

protective

equipment

Inspect personal protective equipment. Once all items have been searched and deemed

safe by U.S. and multinational forces, return them to the detainee. For this operation,

protective gear such as helmets and CBRN protective clothing and equipment will remain

with the individual.

Conduct

property

accountability

Document detainee property using DA Form 4137. Any property returned to the detainee

must be signed for using DA Form 4137.

Coordinate with interrogation/intelligence teams (if available) to determine which confiscated

items have intelligence value. Personal items (diaries, letters from home, family pictures)

may be taken by interrogation/intelligence teams for review.

Tag

Ensure that DA Form 2823, DA Form 4137, DD Form 2708, and DD Form 2745 are

complete before detainees are evacuated.

Enter the following information on DD Form 2745 (locally produced forms may be used to

supplement, but do not replace, DD Form 2745):

Date and time of capture.

Capturing unit.

POC.

Circumstances of capture.

Report Report the number of detainees by category and gender at each POC through appropriate

command channels. This aids in determining transportation and security requirements.

Segregate Ensure that detainees are segregated.

Safeguard Provide first aid and medical treatment, as available, for wounded and sick detainees.

Evacuate2 Complete detainee processing. Once processing is complete, evacuate detainees from the

POC through appropriate channels as humanely and quickly as possible.

Release3 Complete detainee processing. Once processing is complete, and if directed by appropriate

command authority, release detainees as humanely and quickly as possible.

Notes:

1Conduct same-gender searches when possible. If mixed-gender searches are necessary for speed or security,

conduct them in a respectful manner and avoid any action that could be interpreted as sexual misconduct. To

prevent allegations of sexual misconduct, the on-site commander/leader must provide appropriate supervision,

with more mature and experienced personnel conducting mixed-gender searches.

2Units designated to receive detainees at the DCP will prepare a DD Form 2708 (with a list containing each

detainee’s name attached) and provide a copy of the paperwork to the escort.

3The decision to release an individual at the POC may be made by the senior-ranking person on the ground,

based on command directives and guidance. Once a detainee is processed into a DCP or DHA the senior

echelon commander holds release authority (typically, the battalion commander or brigade commander,

respectively).

Legend:

CBRN chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear

DA Department of the Army

DCP detainee collection point

DHA detainee housing area

DD Department of Defense

POC point of contact

Chapter 4

4-10 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

DETAINEE PROCESSING KIT

4-26. Detainee processing kits enable capturing units at the POC to properly secure; quickly, efficiently,

and safely process; and quickly move detainees to the DHA away from the POC. The platoon leader will

distribute necessary additional items or equipment based on mission requirements and mission variables.

4-27. At a minimum, a detainee processing kit should be maintained and contain the following items:

􀁺 Disposable restraints.

􀁺 Disposable restraint removers.

􀁺 Latex or vinyl search gloves.

􀁺 Plastic trash bags for detainee property.

􀁺 Plastic bags for evidence.

􀁺 Plastic document protectors for important papers.

􀁺 String, twine, or 550 cord.

􀁺 Duct, packing, or adhesive tape.

􀁺 Blindfold material.

􀁺 Unit SOP for handling and processing detainees and evidence.

􀁺 Visual language cards.

􀁺 Paper, envelopes, and tape (various sizes).

􀁺 Digital camera and video camera (with backup batteries).

􀁺 Explosive-residue detection kit.

􀁺 DD Forms 2708, DD Forms 2745, and any supporting locally approved and produced capture

tags.

􀁺 Multilingual version of DA Forms 2823 and DA Forms 4137 as appropriate for the location.

􀁺 Colored, permanent markers and chalk.

􀁺 Event log (simple Microsoft® Office Word or Microsoft Office Excel document).

􀁺 Sketch pad (anything can suffice).

􀁺 Meal, ready to eat boxes, for documents/files.

􀁺 Voice recording device (optional).

Note. Units may add extra items as needed to the detainee processing kit based on mission

variables.

TACTICAL UNIT PREPARATION

4-28. Critical operational planning considerations for the POC and detainee operations include the

following:

􀁺 Ensure that operations are consistent with Army values and U.S. policy.

􀁺 Expedite detainee evacuation according to military necessity.

􀁺 Preserve, document, and control evidence and items that may be of intelligence value.

􀁺 Support tactical questioning and interrogation requirements.

􀁺 Deescalate events at the POC.

􀁺 Ensure that Soldiers are trained and rehearsed on the ROE and RUF.

􀁺 Prevent attempts to escape, disrupt operations, or harm U.S. armed forces.

􀁺 Provide adequate resources.

4-29. When planning tactical-level operations that may include capturing detainees—

􀁺 Plan for detainee processing regardless of the mission. Consider—

􀂄 Using the latest intelligence for capture estimates.

􀂄 Using detainee processing kits to process detainees at the POC.

􀂄 Planning security to provide protection against external threats.

Capture, Initial Detention, and Screening

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 4-11

􀂄 Planning for transportation and resource requirements.

􀂄 Establishing DCPs and DHAs.

􀁺 Brief the Soldiers on the detainee mission. Consider—

􀂄 Establishing search, security, and escort teams.

􀂄 Ensuring that search team members (designated search personnel, guards, and interpreters)

clearly understand their roles and responsibilities.

􀂄 Reviewing the ROE and RUF and reinforcing the treatment of detainees according to

military policy.

􀁺 Brief the Soldiers on how to reach a decision of detaining or releasing an individual. The

current CCIR will assist in determining whether to detain. Other indicators to determine if

an individual should be detained include—

􀂄 The detainee shows hostility toward detention personnel.

􀂄 The detainee dropped his weapon and attempted to escape.

􀂄 There are physical differences in appearance between the detainee and other captured

detainees.

􀂄 There is a language difference between the detainees in the group (that reflects educational

or regional differences within the group).

􀂄 Multiple identification documents were found on the detainee.

􀁺 Rehearse detainee operations, from the POC to transfer or release. Consider having Soldiers

rehearse—

􀂄 Capture, search, security, and escort functions.

􀂄 The ROE and RUF.

􀂄 Scenarios that will build Soldiers’ skills and confidence.

4-30. Leaders at the POC must review the circumstances of an individual’s capture, the confiscated items,

and the individual’s intelligence and evidentiary value to provide a thorough assessment. Accordingly,

sufficient information should be reported up the chain of command so they can make an informed decision

on whether to retain or release the individual.

4-31. The capturing unit may perform tactical questioning. Tactical questioning is considered direct

questioning (by DOD personnel) of a captured or detained person to obtain time-sensitive tactical

intelligence (at or near the POC) that is consistent with applicable laws. Documentation of the event of

capture is best transcribed on DA Form 2823; however, if time or circumstances do not permit, other means

(note paper) may be used.

4-32. The military police platoon that is organic or task-organized to the BCT can provide the capturing

unit with subject matter expert skills in collecting, processing, and evacuating detainees from immediate

danger as soon as possible. Certain detainees with significant intelligence value could be required to remain

close to the POC pending the exploitation of time-sensitive intelligence information by trained HUMINT

and counterintelligence collectors.

DETAINEE PROCESSING TECHNIQUE

4-33. Upon capture, Soldiers must process detainees using the “search, silence, segregate, speed,

safeguard, and tag (5 Ss and T)” technique. This technique provides a structure to guide Soldiers in

conducting detainee operations until they transfer custody of detainees to another authority or location.

Complete the “5 Ss and T” technique as follows:

􀁺 Search. Neutralize a detainee and confiscate weapons, personal items, and items of potential

intelligence and/or evidentiary value.

􀁺 Silence. Prevent detainees from communicating with one another or making audible clamor such

as chanting, singing, or praying. Silence uncooperative detainees by muffling them with a soft,

clean cloth tied around their mouths and fastened at the backs of their heads. Do not use duct

tape or other adhesives, place a cloth or either objects inside the mouth, or apply physical force

to silence detainees.

Chapter 4

4-12 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀁺 Segregate. Segregate detainees according to policy and SOPs (segregation requirements differ

from operation to operation). The ability to segregate detainees may be limited by the

availability of manpower and resources at the POC. At a minimum, try to segregate detainees by

grade, gender, age (keeping adults from juveniles and small children with mothers), and security

risk. MI and military police personnel can provide additional guidance and support in

determining the appropriate segregation criteria.

􀁺 Speed. Quickly move detainees from the continuing risks associated with other combatants or

sympathizers who may still be in the area of capture. If there are more detainees than the

Soldiers can control, call for additional support, search the detainees, and hold them in place

until reinforcements arrive.

􀁺 Safeguard. Protect detainees and ensure the custody and integrity of all confiscated items.

Soldiers must safeguard detainees from combat risk, harm caused by other detainees, and

improper treatment or care. Report all injuries. Correct and report violations of U.S. military

policy that occur while safeguarding detainees. Acts and/or omissions that constitute inhumane

treatment are violations of the law of war and, as such, must be corrected immediately. Simply

reporting violations is insufficient. If a violation is ongoing, a Soldier has an obligation to stop

the violation and report it.

􀁺 Tag. Ensure that each detainee is tagged using DD Form 2745. Confiscated equipment, personal

items, and evidence will be linked to the detainee using the DD Form 2745 number. When a DA

Form 4137 is used to document confiscated items, it will be linked to the detainee by annotating

the DD Form 2745 control number on the form.

Note. Segregation is not intended to be used as an interrogation technique. (See FM 2-22.3.) In a

detention facility, segregation should only be used for security reasons or to separate groups

required to be grouped by the Geneva Conventions (grade, nationality, family).

4-34. To ensure accountability, each detainee is tagged by the capturing unit using DD Form 2745.

Military police at DCPs and DHAs check each tag for—

􀁺 Date and time of capture.

􀁺 Capturing unit.

􀁺 POC.

􀁺 Circumstances of capture.

4-35. Decisions regarding a detainee’s current and future status are based on the initial processing at the

POC. Proper processing ensures that U.S. armed forces can take the appropriate action to release, detain,

transfer custody, prosecute, or adjudicate detainees.

CUSTODY AND ACCOUNTABILITY OF PROPERTY, EVIDENCE,

AND INTELLIGENCE INFORMATION

4-36. The accountability of detainees, detainee property, and items with evidentiary or intelligence value

begins at the POC by documenting the information on DD Form 2745. Locally approved and produced

forms may be used to supplement the DD Form 2745, but they do not replace the DD Form 2745. The DD

Form 2745, and any supplemental forms are kept together with (preferably attached to) the detainee. The

DD Form 2745 number is used to link the detainee to all confiscated property. The DD Form 2745 number

is also used to link the detainee to other records such as property accountability forms, medical conditions,

treatment records, interrogation data, and custody transfer records. The DD Form 2745 number is the only

number used to account for a detainee and the detainee’s property until an ISN is assigned at a TIF. DD

Form 2745 is a permanent part of the detainee’s record and the property custody and accountability system

even after the detainee is issued an ISN.

Note. An ISN is normally issued as soon as possible, typically upon processing at a TIF/SIF,

according to DOD policy.

Capture, Initial Detention, and Screening

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 4-13

4-37. DD Form 2745 is a three-part, perforated form with an individual serial number. It is constructed of

durable, waterproof, tear-resistant material with reinforced eyeholes at the top of Parts A and C. Part A is

attached to the detainee’s clothing with wire, string, or another type of durable material. The capturing unit

maintains Part B in its records. Part C is attached to the confiscated property so that the owner can be

identified later.

4-38. Everything confiscated from a detainee (weapons, personal items, items of intelligence and/or

evidentiary value) must be documented on DA Form 4137 and linked to the detainee by annotating the

form with the DD Form 2745 number. Always transport the detainee and the confiscated items to ensure

that both are available to MI personnel during screening and tactical interrogation. Further documentation,

such as a photograph taken of the detainee and the detainee’s property at the POC, allows for the increased

ability to prosecute criminal detainees in courts of law. While photographs greatly enhance the possibility

of future prosecution, they are only taken for official purposes and must be guarded from unauthorized use

or release. (See AR 190-8.) If a detainee is suspected of committing, being involved in, or having

knowledge of terrorist acts, crimes against humanity, war crimes, or other crimes, the PM and legal advisor

must become involved with the case immediately. It is also imperative that an uncontaminated, unbroken

chain of evidence be maintained to ensure a fair hearing if the detainee is brought to trial.

4-39. Proper and accurate documentation of the capture circumstances (DD 2745 and, if desired, a locally

produced and approved supplemental form) provides information to support continued assessments on

whether to detain or release the detainee; to make determinations on the detainee’s status (CI, RP, or enemy

combatant); to prepare for criminal proceedings; and/or to, ultimately, transfer custody of the detainee.

Proper documentation also provides an official historic record of the events surrounding the capture of a

detainee, which may prove invaluable to counter future false claims (such as the loss of personal property).

Documentation initiates the chain of custody for evidence required to prosecute detainees who are

suspected of committing crimes.

4-40. All Soldiers should possess the required detainee processing kit, which contains the items essential

for the safe and proper processing of a detainee. The kit contains essential forms and expendable equipment

to restrain a detainee and establish accountability for the detainee and their confiscated items. If time or the

situation does not allow for the use of DA Form 4137 to document confiscated items, items are placed in

the large resealable bag included in the detainee processing kit. The detainee’s DD Form 2745 number is

carefully marked on the bag using a permanent marker. The property inventory can then be transferred later

to DA Form 4137 at the DCP.

RETAINED ITEMS

4-41. Retained items are items that detainees may keep during their captivity. (Initially, all items are

confiscated.) Retained items are generally divided into two groups. The first group consists of items taken

during the reception portion of inprocessing, and they may be returned later during processing. It contains,

but is not limited to—

􀁺 Military mess equipment (except knives and forks).

􀁺 Helmets.

􀁺 CBRN protective suits and masks.

􀁺 Clothing.

􀁺 Badges of grade and nationality.

􀁺 Military decorations.

􀁺 Identification cards and tags.

Chapter 4

4-14 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

4-42. The second group consists of items that detainees may keep at all times. It contains, but is not limited

to—

􀁺 Religious literature (within reason).

􀁺 Personal items that have sentimental value (such as rings and pictures).

Note. Allow the detainees to retain their own rations in the early stages of detention.

CONFISCATED ITEMS

4-43. Confiscated items are weapons, ammunition, and military equipment other than those items allowed

for personal protection. Medications in a detainee’s possession are confiscated and placed in a plastic bag

that is clearly marked. Medical personnel determine if detainees are permitted to retain their medication on

their person for emergency treatment (such as an inhaler). All other medications are administered by

medical personnel as required and/or directed. Some items (potential weapons, documents of intelligence

value) should always be confiscated when searching detainees.

4-44. Military police coordinate with the MI HUMINT and counterintelligence collectors to determine

which confiscated items are of evidentiary and/or intelligence value. Personal items such as diaries, letters

from home, and family pictures may be taken by the MI teams for review but are later returned to the

military police so that they can be returned to their owners. Items with evidentiary value must be marked

(for example, engraved) in such a manner that the item can be positively linked to the detainee and to the

supporting statements rendered by the detainee or witnesses of the suspected criminal activity. Evidence

documented on DA 4137 must be transported to a centralized storage facility that has procedures in place

regarding proper accountability, storage, and security until final disposition.

4-45. Per AR 190-8, currency is only confiscated on the order of a commissioned officer. DA Form 4137 is

used as a receipt for currency. Confiscated currency may be impounded, retained as evidence of a crime, or

retained for specific intelligence purposes. In any case, currency must be particularly safeguarded and

promptly evacuated into appropriate security channels until final and proper disposition is determined.

4-46. Impounded items are not returned to detainees during detention because they make escape easier or

compromise U.S. security interests. Items normally impounded are cameras, radios, and currency. (For a

more in-depth discussion about confiscated and impounded property, see AR 190-8 and DFAS-IN 37-1.)

4-47. Property should be bundled or placed in bags to keep it intact and separated from other detainees’

possessions. Accounting for property is not only important for returning items and preventing claims

against the U.S. government, but also to link detainees to their property for intelligence exploitation.

Property accountability is critical to possible criminal proceedings by the HN. Military police––

􀁺 Use DA Form 4137 as a receipt for confiscated and impounded property.

􀁺 Prepare DA Form 4137 for signature by the detainee and the receiver for any currency and/or

negotiable items.

􀁺 List currency and negotiable items on DA Form 4137, but treat them as impounded property and

possibly counterfeit material.

􀁺 Keep original receipts with the property during evacuation.

􀁺 Give detainees a copy of DA Form 4137 as a receipt for their property.

􀁺 Instruct detainees (in their own language, if possible) to keep the receipts to expedite the return

of their property when they are released.

􀁺 Have MI personnel sign for property on DA Form 4137 and sign for detainees on DD Form

2708.

􀁺 Ensure that confiscated property is cleared by MI teams and returned to supply.

􀁺 Coordinate with the supported S-2X to ensure that items kept by MI personnel for intelligence

value are forwarded through MI channels.

Capture, Initial Detention, and Screening

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 4-15

􀁺 Evacuate property retained by the detainee when the detainee is moved to the next detention

level.

􀁺 Maintain controlled access to confiscated and impounded property.

DETAINEE MOVEMENT

4-48. When detainees have been processed and are ready for movement, leaders—

􀁺 Report detainee status through military police channels to the CDO.

􀁺 Request transportation, rations, and water from logistics channels.

􀁺 Ensure that DD Forms 2708 for detainees are ready for the escort guard’s signature.

􀁺 Ensure that property taken from detainees for security or intelligence reasons is properly tagged

and given to the guards who are moving the detainees to a DCP or DHA.

Note. All movements at or after the TIF are documented and executed using the Detainee

Reporting System.

4-49. Prior to movement and when possible, detainees should be given clear, brief instructions in their own

language. Military necessity may require delays in movement. When this occurs, ensure that there is an

adequate food supply; potable water; and appropriate clothing, shelter, and medical attention available.

4-50. From the POC, detainees can be moved by a number of methods. Prior to movement ensure the

detainees and transportation asset are searched for weapons or contraband. Develop a manifest for use as an

official receipt of transfer and as a permanent record to ensure accountability of each detainee until release.

The manifest should contain the following:

􀁺 Each detainee’s—

􀂄 Name, grade, and status.

􀂄 DD Form 2745 control number.

􀂄 Nationality and their power served.

􀂄 Physical condition.

􀁺 The transport vehicle and destination.

4-51. Maintain control and accountability of detainees and their property until releases or transfers are

received by the appropriate authorities. Joint inventories of pertinent documentation and confiscated items

must be completed before any transfer or release. Confiscated items should be transported along with the

detainee, annotated on a DA Form 4137, and identified by the DD Form 2745 control number. The

DD Form 2745 control number should also be noted on the DA Form 4137. Strict accountability will be

maintained throughout all movement.

4-52. Before movement, an interpreter should be used to brief detainees on—

􀁺 Actions to take upon hearing the word “Halt.”

􀁺 The need to remain silent at all times.

􀁺 Actions to take during an emergency (such as a delay, crash, or enemy attack).

􀁺 Signals used to direct detainee movement.

􀁺 Responses to escape attempts according to the ROE and RUF.

4-53. Detainees should not be daisy-chained during transport. In addition, restraining detainees to fixed

structures or objects while in transport is prohibited unless specifically approved by the facility

commander.

Note. Restrained detainees will always be assisted on and off any mode of transportation to

prevent injury.

Chapter 4

4-16

METH

FOOT

4-54.

detain

occur,

used f

WHEELE

4-55.

possib

detain

coveri

Condu

securit

BUS

4-56.

allow

are use

CARGO T

4-57.

Tightl

fixed

multip

HODS OF T

Movement by

nees from the P

ensure that de

for uncooperati

ED VEHICLE

Movement by

ble, avoid usin

nees inside whe

ings when poss

uct a search o

ty vehicles sho

During bus m

detainees to st

ed, escort secu

TRUCK TRA

The use of ta

y position deta

objects. Soldie

ple cargo truck

TRANSPO

foot is the leas

POC to the DC

etainees are fu

ive detainees.

y vehicle is the

ng team vehic

eeled vehicles b

sible. Guards s

of the vehicle

ould be conside

movement, plan

tand, sit, or lie

urity vehicles m

NSPORT

arp-covered ve

ainees along th

ers should not

s are used, esco

Figu

FM 3-

ORTATIO

st preferred tra

CP. Distances d

ully ambulatory

e most commo

cles (such as

by covering ve

should always

for potential

ered for front, r

nners should p

e on the floor.

may also be nec

Figure 4-4.

ehicles is anot

he bench seat w

t allow detaine

ort security veh

ure 4-5. Move

-39.40

ON

ansportation me

do not normally

y and have app

on and most r

high-mobility

ehicle window

be placed to t

weapons or c

rear, and flank

plan for two d

Lock doors fro

cessary.

Movement b

ther method o

without restrai

ees to stand, s

hicles may also

ement by car

ethod. It is ofte

y exceed 5 mil

propriate footg

eliable method

y multipurpose

ws and other op

the rear of veh

ontraband bef

security.

detainees per s

om external th

by bus

of transporting

ining them to t

it, or lie on th

o be necessary

rgo truck

12

en used, as nec

les. If moveme

gear. Movemen

d of transporti

e wheeled veh

penings with ta

hicles with open

fore loading d

seat. (See figu

hreats. When m

g detainees. (S

the bus infrast

he floor of the

y.

2 February 201

cessary, to mov

ent by foot mu

nt by foot is no

ing detainees.

hicles). Conce

rps and windo

n tops or back

etainees. Esco

ure 4-4.) Do no

multiple vehicle

See figure 4-5

tructure or othe

e vehicle. Whe

10

ve

ust

ot

If

al

w

ks.

ort

ot

es

5.)

er

en

12 Feb

RAIL

4-

Th

de

vu

ra

4-

an

ws

e

L

HELI

4-

co

de

ad

en

ba

bruary 2010

L

-58. Movemen

he disadvantag

etainees requir

ulnerable at cr

ailcars.

-59. During m

nd at stations o

when possible,

earched before

oading and sea

ICOPTER

-60. The critic

ommander is i

etainees will b

dditional traini

ntails different

attlefield.

Note. Do

nt of detainees

ges to moveme

re additional t

ritical sites du

movement, posi

or other stoppin

and always po

e boarding deta

ating arrangem

cal planning f

in charge of t

e enforced. (Se

ng and rehears

t ROE. An adv

not use firearm

Fig

by rail is rare

ent by rail are t

transportation

uring transport.

Figure 4

ition mobile se

ng points if po

osition guards

ainees, and det

ments are based

factor to reme

that aircraft an

ee figure 4-7.)

sals, is weather

vantage to air m

ms aboard an ai

gure 4-7. Mov

FM 3-39.40

and only avail

that trains are e

to rail station

. The preferred

4-6. Movemen

ecurity teams a

ossible. Concea

at the rear of

tainees should

on the size and

ember during

nd will likely

Some of the d

r-dependent, re

movement is th

ircraft.

vement by CH

Capture

0

lable in industr

easily disrupted

ns or other sto

d method of r

nt by rail

at critical urba

al detainees us

open-top railca

never be restr

d configuration

air transport

dictate how t

disadvantages t

equires a highe

he speed with

H-47 and UH

, Initial Detent

rialized locatio

d by improvise

opping points,

rail transportati

an crossing site

ing railcars an

ars. Railcars sh

rained to the r

n of railcars.

by helicopter

the transportat

to air movemen

r guard-to-deta

which a detain

H-60

tion, and Scre

ons. (See figure

ed explosive de

and the miss

ion is via pass

es, bridge cros

nd window cov

hould be thoro

railcar infrastru

is that the a

tion and secur

nt are that it re

ainee ratio, and

nee is moved o

eening

4-17

e 4-6.)

evices,

sion is

senger

ssings,

verings

oughly

ucture.

aircraft

rity of

equires

d often

off the

Chapter 4

4-18

AIRPLAN

4-61.

aircraf

variati

in mos

includ

consid

Soldie

officer

detain

NE

Movement by

ft. An example

ions based on

st situations. V

de, but are no

derations. The

ers escorting d

rs and membe

nees and ensure

y airplane has

e of transport

the mission va

Variations that

t limited to, e

empty seats s

detainees, and

ers of the cock

e that they are b

Figur

FM 3-

similarities t

by C-130 is p

ariables, but th

will affect the

elevation, fuel

shown in this

aircraft crew

kpit denial ele

better positione

re 4-8. Movem

-39.40

o movement b

provided in figu

he basic relatio

e maximum nu

l load, passeng

example may

members. On

ement leave th

ed to watch and

ment by C-13

by helicopter

ure 4-8. This

onships and po

umber of detain

ger collective

be further fil

ce the aircraft

heir seats to c

d respond to de

30 aircraft

12

and other po

example is bu

sitioning shou

nees transporte

weight, and

led with addit

t is airborne, s

conduct roving

etainee actions

2 February 201

tential types o

ut one of sever

ld be applicab

ed on an aircra

other necessar

tional detainee

selected conta

g patrols of th

s.

10

of

ral

le

aft

ry

es,

act

he

Capture, Initial Detention, and Screening

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 4-19

DETAINEE RELEASE

4-62. Commanders responsible for detainee operations must understand the proper authority for the release

of detainees at any echelon. (See chapter 9.) When a release is approved, the commander must—

􀁺 Ensure that detainees are segregated, outbriefed, and medically screened before release.

􀁺 Determine the receipt or transfer location.

􀁺 Determine the movement routes to the transfer location, and coordinate all routes through the

appropriate combatant commanders.

􀁺 Make public notification of release and/or transfer only in consultation and coordination with the

proper authority due to operations security concerns.

􀁺 Ensure that releasable confiscated personal property accompanies the detainees.

􀁺 Conduct an inventory of personal property and identify any discrepancies.

􀁺 Ensure that the detainees sign property receipts.

􀁺 Provide the detainees with appropriate and adequate food, clothing, and equipment for safe

transition and movement.

This page intentionally left blank.

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 5-1

Chapter 5

Detainee Operations

Combat operations and stability operations in the war on terrorism continue to result

in the detention of criminals, combatants, and civilians as military forces seek to

support emerging democracies, mitigate the threat from terrorists, and quell

insurgencies. A common lesson is the requirement to prepare for and conduct

detainee operations as an integral part of full spectrum operations. Modern military

actions, whether in a contiguous or noncontiguous environment characteristic of the

war on terrorism, result in the capture of many and varied detainees. The war-onterrorism

detainee differs significantly from traditional EPWs of past conflicts and

presents a potentially different and greater type of security threat during processing,

escorting, and handling.

COMMAND AND CONTROL

5-1. The synchronization and clear understanding of C2 at all echelons is critical to the overall mission

success. C2 clarifies key commander roles and responsibilities from POC to the Army service component

command level. Although policy and joint doctrine updates are pending, this FM lays the groundwork for,

and is nested with, current and emerging policy and joint doctrine regarding C2 during detainee operations.

RESPONSIBILITIES AT ECHELONS OF COMMAND

5-2. At each location and echelon of command conducting detainee operations, a commander must be

responsible for those operations and exercise commensurate command authority to meet legal and

operational requirements. Commanders at all units must ensure that detainees are accounted for and treated

humanely. Elements not assigned to the commander executing detainee operations will be placed under

tactical control or another appropriate command and support relationship to the internment commander for

the humane treatment, evacuation, custody, and control (reception, processing, administration, internment,

and safety) of detainees and the operation of the DCP, DHA, or internment facility. Tactical control

provides authority for controlling and directing the application of force or capability for an assigned

mission or task. It is intended for temporary situations and for specific tasks and missions that are normally

explicitly stated. The MI commander is responsible for conducting interrogation operations (including

prioritizing the effort) and controlling interrogation or other intelligence operations through technical

channels.

5-3. At the theater Army level, the commander responsible for detainee operations is designated as the

CDO. The senior military police commander normally serves as the CDO. The CDO does normally not

serve as a detention facility commander. The CDO develops local policy and procedures for the

commander’s approval and dissemination and provides input to operation orders to ensure the uniform

application of detainee operations policy and procedures at subordinate echelons. MI and medical units

performing their assigned functions within a detainee facility establish and maintain a support chain

through technical direction from their respective technical chain.

5-4. A military police commissioned officer should serve as the officer in charge of all U.S. DCPs unless

no military police officer is available due to the operational situation. If a military police officer is not

available to perform duties as the officer in charge of a DCP, the designated officer in charge must

coordinate with the echelon PM for technical guidance regarding the treatment and processing of detainees

to comply with Army regulations and U.S. and international laws. All DHAs and internment facilities will

be commanded by a military police officer. However, this commissioned officer does not establish medical

and interrogation priorities. The commander/officer in charge is responsible for the oversight of detainee

Chapter 5

5-2 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

operations and must have unfettered access to all areas and operations. The commander/officer in charge

provides technical direction to subordinate echelons.

5-5. The commander/officer in charge for detainee operations makes detainees available to authorized

intelligence personnel for interrogation to the maximum extent possible, commensurate with requirements

for humane treatment, custody, evacuation, protection, and administration. The commander/officer in

charge is responsible for ensuring that policy and technical procedures for intelligence and medical

operations are enforced through technical channels. The commander/officer in charge coordinates with the

MI unit commander who is responsible for conducting interrogation operations. The intelligence staff

maintains control through technical channels for interrogation operations to ensure adherence to applicable

laws and policies and ensure the proper use of doctrinal approaches and techniques. Applicable laws and

policies include U.S. laws, the law of war, relevant international laws, relevant directives (including

DODD 2310.01E and DODD 3115.09), DODIs, operation orders, and FRAGOs. The officer in charge is

also responsible for joint, interagency, and multinational personnel who are conducting detainee operations

in U.S. facilities within an assigned AO.

Note. Non-DOD agencies must observe the same standards for the conduct of interrogation

operations and the treatment of detainees as do Army personnel. The officer in charge of

detainee operations possesses the authority over these personnel and is obligated to terminate or

deny access to the facility and/or the detainees, as necessary, to stop or prevent inhumane

treatment or a loss of custody and control. All personnel who observe or become aware of

violations of Army interrogation operation standards will immediately report the infractions to

the commander/officer in charge. For personnel who are not subject to the detainee operations

chain of command and others who have been denied access to the facility or detainees, the

officer in charge will report such access denial up the chain of command for resolution.

PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS

5-6. Detainee operations involve a wide array of operational and sustainment support to ensure

compliance with U.S. and international laws. Proper planning before operations commence is vital and

includes positioning military police, engineer, and other essential support element assets and construction

materials early in the time-phased force deployment list. Commanders must also recognize that conditions

for the successful execution of detainee operations are historically set in the planning phase of operations.

To this end, commanders should establish planning mechanisms that ensure the effective consideration of

potential detainee-related issues and the development of plans and procedures to respond to these issues as

early in the planning process as feasible. In addition, training requirements, proper procedures, and an

enhanced security plan all go into developing and maintaining a location where detainees are held and

treated in a humane manner.

5-7. The planning should focus across the doctrine, organization, training, materiel, leadership and

education, personnel, and facilities (DOTMLPF) domains to ensure that all requirements are met.

Synchronization with adjacent staff elements and commands is another important element that must be

considered.

5-8. Food sanitation, personal hygiene, and field sanitation standards must be met to prevent diseases and

ensure the cleanliness of the facility. (See AR 190-8.) These standards are as follows:

􀁺 Provide adequate space within housing units to prevent overcrowding.

􀁺 Provide sufficient showers and latrines for detainees, and ensure that showers and latrines are

cleaned and sanitized daily.

􀁺 Teach detainees working in the dining facility the rules of proper food sanitation, and ensure that

they are observed and practiced.

􀁺 Dispose of human waste properly to protect the health of detainees and U.S. armed forces

associated with the facility according to the guidelines established by preventive medicine.

􀁺 Provide sufficient potable drinking water and food service purposes. At a minimum, detainees

should receive the same amount of water that is afforded U.S. military personnel.

Detainee Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 5-3

􀁺 Provide sufficient water for bathing and laundry.

􀁺 Provide necessary materials for detainee personal hygiene.

􀁺 Train U.S. military personnel on the proper disposal of garbage (dining facility and personal) so

as not to breed insects and rodents that can contribute to health hazards.

􀁺 Establish measures against standing water within the facility.

􀁺 Conduct pest control activities as required.

􀁺 Conduct medical, occupational, and environmental health surveillance.

5-9. Planning for detainees requires extensive and continuous coordination with supporting organizations.

The construction of detainee holding facilities must meet health, well-being, and security requirements.

Detainee operations may require support from all classes of supply, specifically—

􀁺 Class I items are required for detainees and military police personnel. Detainees are entitled to a

sundry pack.

􀁺 Class II clothing is required for detainees, taking into consideration religious beliefs and

accoutrements.

􀁺 Class III items may be focused on power production with some vehicular requirements.

􀁺 Class IV supplies are be required and coordinated with engineer personnel to ensure that specific

construction requirements are met.

􀁺 Nonlethal Class V supplies, such as small arms ammunition, are required for security personnel.

􀁺 Class VI items are required and supplied to detainees.

􀁺 Transportation is a critical requirement for detainee movement.

INTELLIGENCE AND INTERROGATION

5-10. Collecting intelligence from detainees will support intelligence operations and be valuable to

operational success. It is critical to plan for adequate HUMINT collectors to interrogate detainees and meet

intelligence and other information requirements. Interrogations may occur at all echelons (POC to the

TIF/SIF). At the TIF/SIF, interrogations will normally occur at a colocated JIDC. Only qualified HUMINT

personnel who have been trained and certified to perform interrogations will interrogate detainees.

5-11. HUMINT collectors screen all arriving ones to determine which detainees have information that may

be of immediate tactical intelligence value to the maneuver commander. Military police facilitate control

during screening.

5-12. To facilitate collecting enemy tactical information, MI personnel will collocate interrogation teams at

the internment facility. This provides MI personnel with direct access to detainees and their equipment and

documents. Military police and MI personnel coordinate to establish operating procedures that include the

accountability of detainees.

5-13. An interrogation area is established away from the receiving and processing line so that MI personnel

can interrogate detainees and examine their equipment and documents. If detainees or their equipment

and/or documents are removed from the receiving and processing line, account for them on DD Form 2708

and DA Form 4137. Military police will escort detainees to and from the detainee building within the

internment facility and will guard detainees during interrogations.

5-14. Interrogations of prisoners must be monitored, except as provided for under DODD 3115.09, even if

questioning is being carried out by joint, interagency, or multinational personnel. If the monitored party

does not adhere to DOD policies and procedures, the monitor will immediately terminate the interrogation.

Additionally, the monitor will ensure that no recording which contains credible evidence of a suspected or

alleged violation is destroyed.

5-15. The use of physical or mental torture or coercion of any kind is absolutely prohibited. Detainees are

not threatened, insulted, or exposed to unpleasant or disparate treatment because of their refusal to answer

questions. MWDs, contracted dogs, or any other dog in use by a government agency will not be used as

part of an interrogation approach nor used to harass, intimidate, threaten, or coerce a detainee for

Chapter 5

5-4 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

interrogation purposes. Failure to adhere to these outlined actions constitutes a serious violation of

international laws and the UCMJ. All violations must be stopped by the monitor and reported immediately.

5-16. Intelligence representatives from the G-2X, J-2X, C-2X, and/or MI unit will provide interrogation

expertise to the CDO staff. The HUMINT and counterintelligence representative will advise the CDO on

all HUMINT and counterintelligence policy and operations.

5-17. Military police and MI personnel have associations with detainees, but each has different roles and

responsibilities. According to U.S. policy, military police provide custodial care (to include subsistence,

hygiene facilities, and accountability procedures), internment security, detainee escorts, and facility

protection. MI personnel perform interrogation operations by using approved interrogation techniques. (See

FM 2-22.3.) The execution of interrogation operations is coordinated with the detention facility commander

to ensure visibility on detainee movement and accountability. Military police will not be directly or

indirectly involved in interrogation operations or in setting conditions for interrogations beyond the

responsibilities for monitors that are stated above. Military police may support MI personnel by providing

detainee escorts and/or additional security (for example, for combative detainees) as requested. (See table

5-1.)

Table 5-1. Military police versus HUMINT responsibilities

Military Police HUMINT

Major

Functions

Performed

from POC

through

Evacuation

Process and restrain/control the

detainee.

Conduct liaison with military and

civilian agencies.

Transfer custody and maintain

accountability of the detainee,

evidence, and property.

Collect biometric information.

Move the detainee while he/she is

restrained.

Report/investigate detainee abuse.

Screen and question detainees at

traffic control points and checkpoints.

Question contacts, local civilians, and

detainees.

Conduct liaison with military and

civilian agencies.

Report information obtained.

Ensure that detainee abuse is

reported.

Support document and media

exploitation.

Internment

Facility

Tasks

Detain and guard I/R populations.

Conduct reception and processing

operations.

Coordinate for Class I, II, and VIII

supplies.

Coordinate NGO, private

organization, and interagency visits.

Ensure that detainee abuse is

reported.

Transport detainees within the

internment facility to the interrogation

area.

Maintain security during interrogation

operations.

Debrief guards.

Screen detainees for PIR and IR.

Provide linguist support when

possible.

Observe detainees under military

police control.

Ensure that detainee abuse is

reported.

Conduct interrogations.

Report information obtained.

Cross-cue other intelligence

disciplines as needed.

Support document exploitation.

Legend:

HUMINT human intelligence

IR information requirements

NGO nongovernmental organization

PIR priority information requirements

POC point of capture

Detainee Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 5-5

5-18. Standard military police security, police intelligence operations, and I/R functions are the only

involvement military police have in the interrogation process. Military police will—

􀁺 Exercise overall responsibility for the safety of detainees and HUMINT collectors, even in cases

where detainees are in temporary custody of MI personnel or other agency personnel for

interrogation.

􀁺 Never participate in the interrogation of detainees, set conditions for future interrogation

operations, or provide or allow MWDs to be used to intimidate detainees in an effort to collect

information.

􀁺 Maintain custody and control of the detainees.

􀁺 Provide observations of detainee actions and interactions to their chain of command and

HUMINT personnel as appropriate.

5-19. MI personnel coordinate the implementation of the approved interrogation plan with the detention

facility commander (or the security officer in charge at lower echelons) to synchronize interrogations. The

detention facility commander/security officer in charge will also review interrogation plans with MI

interrogators to develop or enhance appropriate safeguards and ensure humane treatment. Military police,

guards, and/or security personnel are not responsible for reviewing, validating, or implementing

interrogation plans. All military police noncommissioned officers (NCOs) and officers involved in detainee

operations must be trained to understand interrogation policies, techniques, and legal limits to be capable

monitors of interrogation activities and identify potential law and policy violations. Commanders must

coordinate with MI and SJA to ensure that training includes the most current information and command

guidance regarding approved interrogation activities. Military police also refer to FM 2-22.3 to identify

general, approved interrogation techniques. The detention facility commander may coordinate with MI

personnel to determine the best way for them to support interrogations without actually setting the

conditions for interrogation activities.

5-20. Military police work closely with MI interrogation teams at the DCP to determine if detainees and

their equipment and weapons are of intelligence value. This process is accelerated when HUMINT and

counterintelligence collectors observe detainee arrival and in processing. If HUMINT collectors are

language-qualified, they may be used as interpreters during this phase. Before detainees are interviewed by

MI personnel, military police ensure that they have a DD Form 2745 attached to their clothing and are

accounted for on DD Form 2708.

5-21. Military police follow strict guidelines concerning access to detainees, while ensuring that detainees

are available for interrogation by approved HUMINT collectors. Accompanied and unaccompanied access

to detainees must be coordinated and approved in advance by the military police commander (or the

commander’s designated representative) who is responsible for detainees. When a HUMINT collector

coordinates detainee interrogations, military police escort detainees to the interrogation site and verify that

the HUMINT collector has been given authorized access to the detainee. Depending on security concerns,

the HUMINT collector may request that escorting military police remain at the interrogation site until (to

ensure positive control or depart from) detainees are ready to be returned to their living areas. If escorting

military police remain at the interrogation site, their functions are to maintain security, account for

detainees, and maintain the safety of detainees and other personnel at the site. If positive control is not

possible, detainees are signed over to the HUMINT collectors on DD Form 2708.

5-22. Commanders may consider implementing a standard practice in which detainees are medically

screened before and after interrogations. This will ensure that a detainee’s medical condition is always

documented during all phases of internment.

5-23. Non-DOD personnel will coordinate with the military police and MI commander to sign for

detainees that they want to question and will follow the same procedures established for DOD personnel. In

all instances, non-DOD agencies are required to observe the same standards for the conduct of interrogation

operations and treatment of detainees as do Army personnel.

5-24. HUMINT collectors will not turn over the detainee to anyone other than the escorting military police.

Specifically, HUMINT collectors will not allow another government agency to assume custody directly

from them. The HUMINT collector must return the detainee to the custody of the escorting military police,

Chapter 5

5-6 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

and the agency seeking custody of the detainee will then be required to receive custody of the detainee

from the escorting military police. Likewise, HUMINT collectors will not assume custody of a detainee

directly from another government agency, but will direct that agency’s personnel to return the detainee

directly to the positive control of the escorting military police.

5-25. Military police may provide HUMINT collectors with information pertaining to the detainee’s

behavior and overall demeanor while in the TIF or SIF (such as a detainee’s behavior during recreation and

the type of people the detainee interacts with). Before turning the detainee over to a HUMINT collector for

interrogation, the military police escort should inform the HUMINT collector of the detainee’s behavior

and demeanor during the detainee’s movement to the interrogation site.

5-26. Military police keep records on detainees who appear to be leaders, create disturbances, and

participate in hunger strikes. They observe patterns of behavior or communication within the detainee

population that indicate unruly behavior. This type of information can be useful for HUMINT collectors

during the interrogation process.

5-27. Any information provided to HUMINT collectors by military police should also be provided to the

organic unit intelligence officer. Military police provide passive intelligence collection support through

organic unit intelligence channels by reporting observations acquired in the course of their normal custodial

and security duties.

5-28. Military police may provide incentives in support of interrogation operations if the incentives—

􀁺 Are requested by HUMINT personnel and have the MI commander’s concurrence.

􀁺 Are coordinated with, and approved by, the detention facility commander.

􀁺 Do not violate standards of humane treatment.

􀁺 Do not violate detainee custody and control guidelines or facility security guidelines.

5-29. The commander may approve positive incentives at the local level. Any reduction in incentives or

privileges must be approved by the first general officer in the detainee operations chain of command. The

removal of incentives from detainees undergoing interrogation must be coordinated with the officer in

charge of the interrogation element before removing the incentive.

Note. As long as incentives do not violate detainee custody or control or facility security, they

may be used. For example, if MI personnel request that military police provide an incentive to

the detainee (such as specialty food), but the detainee is acting inappropriately, that facility

commander may deny the incentive. This response reduces the impact of reinforcing improper

behavior. Additionally, denying a HUMINT personnel request for positive incentive will be

coordinated with the MI commander and HUMINT personnel. Providing and withdrawing

incentives does not affect the standards of humane treatment.

MEDICAL SUPPORT

5-30. Detainees will receive medical care that is consistent with the standard of medical care that applies

for U.S. military personnel in the same geographic area. Medical personnel will provide detainees with the

same care rendered to U.S. military personnel in the theater, which is generally a higher level of care than

what is available locally. Medical support and the level of care available during detainee operations will

vary based on the location of the facility, the situation, and the availability of qualified medical personnel

and resources. The levels of care may be characterized as follows:

􀁺 Level I and II care includes—

􀂄 Emergency and essential dental care.

􀂄 Daily (sick call) routine care.

􀂄 Monthly health assessments.

􀂄 Simple laboratory work.

􀂄 Optometry.

􀂄 Portable radiology.

Detainee Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 5-7

􀁺 Level III care normally includes (in addition to Level I care)—

􀂄 An intensive care unit.

􀂄 An operating room.

􀂄 A radiology unit and a full lab.

5-31. Medical care at a DCP is provided according to necessity and is limited to emergency medical care

only. DHA medical care is limited, but may include Levels I and II care. A TIF must provide at least Level

II care and may be capable of Level III care. A hospital with the capabilities to support detainee operations

is normally found at a SIF. (See appendix I for more information on medical support to detainee

operations.)

5-32. Medical personnel are required to identify, treat, and document existing medical conditions and

injuries of detainees. Distinguishing scars, marks, and tattoos will be documented by medical personnel and

entered into the Detainee Reporting System by the facility Detainee Reporting System operator at theater

level facilities for identification purposes. Medical personnel also prepare medical documentation, generate

and control the disposition of medical records, and manage the release of medical information.

5-33. All medical screenings, examinations, and/or treatments conducted at prior locations, such as the

DCP or DHA, will be available for review and inclusion in the detainee’s medical record. All information

that the Level I or Level II medical treatment facility documented on DD Form 1380 (U.S. Field Medical

Card), Standard Form (SF) 558 (Medical Record–Emergency Care and Treatment [Patient]), and SF 600

(Health Record–Chronological Record of Medical Care), and/or other medical forms will accompany the

detainee throughout the levels of medical care. Many times, these forms contain important information

regarding the detainee’s health status immediately after capture. Each entry helps provide a chronological

picture of the detainee’s medical condition during the time of the initial detention. In addition, the medical

treatment facility may have taken useful photographs of injuries that were healing or were already healed

by the time the detainee arrived at the TIF.

5-34. Commanders must consider the following when establishing medical care at the internment facility:

􀁺 A credentialed health care provider examines detainees monthly and records their weight on DA

Form 2664-R (Weight Register [Prisoner of War]). The Detainee Reporting System requires

weight data from the medical community.

􀁺 The general health of detainees, their nutrition, and their cleanliness are monitored during

inspections.

􀁺 The detainees are examined for contagious diseases (especially tuberculosis), lice, louse-borne

diseases, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), and sexually transmitted diseases.

􀁺 All medical treatment facilities must provide immunizations for, and isolation of, detainees with

communicable diseases.

􀁺 Retained medical personnel and detainees with medical training are used to the fullest extent

possible in caring for sick and wounded detainees.

􀁺 Detainees who require a high level of care are transferred to military or civilian medical

installations where the required treatment is available.

􀁺 Military police escort detainees to medical treatment facilities and remain with them until

medical examinations are complete.

􀁺 Detainees interned at the TIF receive Level II or higher medical care as required (including

dental and optometric care).

Note. Details of medical operations specific to the DCP, DHA, TIF, and SIF are provided in

each location discussion. (See appendix H and AR 190-8.)

5-35. All Behavioral Science Consultation Team members are authorized to make psychological

assessments of the character, personality, social interactions, and other behavioral characteristics of

interrogation subjects and to advise authorized personnel performing lawful interrogations regarding such

assessments. Those who provide such advice may not provide medical care for detainees, except in an

emergency when another health care provider cannot respond adequately. All behavioral science

Chapter 5

5-8 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

consultation team members serving in behavioral science consultant positions should receive structured

training on their roles and responsibilities while functioning in this capacity. In addition, MI personnel

should clearly understand the defined roles, responsibilities, and limitations of behavioral science

consultants.

5-36. Military police will provide security, retain custody, and maintain control of detainees during all

medical interactions, to include simple examinations. Detainee health care personnel will not provide

detainee security, custody, or control for even brief instances, nor will there ever be the perception that

health care personnel provide such functions (for example, they will not carry handcuffs or disposable

restraints). Detainees are entitled to receive, and medical personnel will try to allow, some level of privacy

consistent with security requirements. The medical staff finds contraband on a detainee during the course of

a medical examination, they will give it to appropriate security personnel.

5-37. Military police also provide behavioral control. Any detainee who fails to follow orders or rules can

be disciplined appropriately by military police. Medical personnel should not discipline or participate in the

discipline of detainees. They will immediately report any problems to the onsite military police authority.

5-38. Medical interactions must always involve military police overwatch, whether inside or outside the

compound. As a rule, medical personnel will not carry weapons within the detention compound. (This is for

their safety and is generally dictated by the MPC.) Since most outpatient care occurs inside the detention

compound, military police must be vigilant in protecting the safety of medical personnel. Even the most

friendly or helpful detainee may be harboring the desire to harm a Soldier, even if that Soldier is a medical

provider.

5-39. Military police or other internment facility personnel will never have routine access to open medical

records, and a detainee’s medical information will never be used during interrogation. Medical personnel

will provide military police medical information required in the Detainee Reporting System. Further,

medical personnel must keep military police and MI personnel apprised of any medical conditions that

detainees have when could affect the conduct of detainee interrogation operations. For example, military

police and MI personnel should know that a detainee is diabetic to prevent harm that might result from

changes in the detainee’s diet. Because the internment facility military police chain of command is

ultimately responsible for detainee care and treatment and the welfare of assigned personnel, they require

and should receive adequate and appropriate medical information to keep apprised of detainee medical

conditions. (See appendix H.) For example, detainees who are suspected of having infectious diseases

should be separated from other detainees. Guards and other personnel who come into contact with such

detainees should be informed about their health risks and apprised on how to mitigate those risks. When

transferring detainees from one facility to another, sealed medical records may be transported by military

police who are escorting them.

5-40. Any detainee refusing food for 72 hours is considered to be on a hunger strike. Military police will

refer detainees who are refusing food to medical personnel for evaluation and possible treatment.

5-41. Medical personnel will immediately report allegations or suspicions of abuse to military police or

CID personnel, but will not conduct investigations. When physical, sexual, or emotional abuse is alleged or

suspected, medical personnel will immediately report the situation to the military police and the supporting

CID unit. It is the role of CID personnel and/or the military police are responsible for investigating

allegations, collecting evidence (such as photographs), and identifying perpetrators.

DENTAL SUPPORT

5-42. The scope of dental services available to detainees is determined by the detainee operations medical

director according to established theater policy. Operational dental support (emergency and essential) is

normally available within a joint operations area. Comprehensive dental care is normally provided in a

support base, but not in a deployed setting. Internment facilities do not have organic dental personnel or

equipment. Depending upon the anticipated dental workload, dental assets may be colocated with the

internment facility. If dental assets are not colocated with the internment facility, coordination with the

supporting dental facility is required. The internment facility must provide the required guard support for

detainees who are being transported to the supporting dental facility.

Detainee Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 5-9

SPECIFIC DETAINEE SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS

5-43. There are numerous requirements for support and care of detainees within U.S. military control. The

following paragraphs provide details regarding selected detainee support requirements. These requirements

and their implementation should be addressed within unit SOPs. (See paragraph 5-103.)

MAIL AND CORRESPONDENCE

5-44. Detainees may be permitted to send and receive correspondence. They may also address complaints

(in writing) to U.S. military authorities and the protecting power. CIs may be denied communication rights

in cases where absolute military security requires. Commanders should consult with their supporting SJA

on a case-by-case basis to determine privileges afforded to detainees.

5-45. There are no restrictions on the number of letters, cards, or parcels detainees may receive. Detainees

will be permitted to send no more than two letters and four cards monthly, in addition to the capture cards

provided for in Article 70, GPW. Letters and cards from detainees sent by ordinary mail are postage free.

5-46. Detainees will not send maps, sketches, or drawings in outgoing correspondence. They will not be

permitted to mail or receive registered, certified, insured, or cash-on-delivery mail. Detainees may not write

letters for others who are able to write. If a detainee is unable to write, the detention facility commander

may permit another person to write a message for him/her. The person writing the message will

countersign.

5-47. Detainees may be authorized to receive individual parcels and collective shipments containing the

following items if they do not impede security procedures within the facility:

􀁺 Foodstuffs.

􀁺 Medical supplies.

􀁺 Articles of a religious, educational, or recreational nature.

5-48. Detainees will not be permitted to mail parcels. Any parcels received for transferred persons will be

forwarded immediately.

5-49. Correspondence procedures are as follows:

􀁺 Outgoing letters and cards will be secured by using locked boxes or similar means.

􀁺 Only authorized U.S. military personnel will handle mail. Detention facility commanders will

designate a U.S. Soldier to supervise the opening of all mail pouches containing incoming letters

and cards for detainees. These items will be carefully examined by the U.S. Soldier before

delivery to detainees. The contents of all incoming parcels will be examined at the facility by a

U.S. officer in the presence of the addressee or the named representative.

􀁺 The detention facility commander may request that parcels be examined by a censorship element

when considered necessary. The articles in each parcel will be removed. The wrappings, the

outer container, and any extraneous items found in the parcel will not be given to the detainee.

Examination will be close enough to reveal concealed articles and messages; however, will

avoid undue destruction of parcel contents.

5-50. A censorship policy of detainee mail may be instituted by the theater commander as follows:

􀁺 Outgoing letters and cards may be examined and read by the detention facility commander or a

designated representative.

􀁺 Mail will be returned to the sender to rewrite portions that contain obvious deviations from

regulations, and a copy will be provided to the supporting counterintelligence element.

􀁺 Outgoing letters and cards will be sent, unsealed, directly from the facility to the theater

commander’s designated censorship element. All incoming letters and cards that arrive at a

facility without having been censored will be sent to the designated censorship element before

delivery to detainees.

Chapter 5

5-10 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

5-51. Letters and cards addressed to persons other than representatives of a protecting power or to U.S.

military authorities will not—

􀁺 Contain complaints or criticism of any governmental agency or official.

􀁺 Refer to events of capture.

􀁺 Compare camps.

􀁺 Contain quotations from books or other writings.

􀁺 Contain numbers, ciphers, codes, music symbols, shorthand, marks, or signs other than those

used for normal punctuation.

􀁺 Contain military information on the number of detainees.

5-52. Should any such correspondence be discovered, it will be turned over to the supporting

counterintelligence element.

TELEGRAMS AND TELEPHONE CALLS

5-53. Detainees may send and receive telegrams as determined by the detention facility commander. The

cost of sending the telegram is deducted from the detainee’s account. Detainees are prohibited from making

or receiving telephone calls. (See AR 190-8 for more information on sending and receiving telegrams and

telephone communications.)

DETAINEE REPRESENTATION

5-54. A limited system of representation will improve communications between U.S. armed forces and the

detainees, thus improving control. According to AR 190-8 and the Geneva Conventions, the senior detainee

officer assigned to each facility is recognized as the senior detainee representative, unless the senior

detainee representative is declared incompetent or incapacitated by U.S. authorities. Enlisted detainees may

elect an enlisted representative if there is no officer representation at the facility. In officer detainee

compounds within internment facilities, one or more advisors are chosen by the interned officers to assist

the senior representative. An internment facility of a mixed population of officers and enlisted Soldiers will

have one or more enlisted advisors elected to assist the detainee officer representative.

5-55. Within current and future OEs, it is highly likely that large numbers of civilian detainees and

members of armed groups with no recognized grade structure will be detained. At a minimum, CIs and

detainees with no formal leadership will be authorized to elect a committee of representatives every 6

months or upon the vacancy of a representative position.

5-56. Elected and appointed representatives must have the same nationality, customs, and language as

those they represent. Each group of detainees interned in separate internment compounds (because of

language, customs, or ideology) may have an elected representative.

5-57. The primary duties of elected detainee representatives are to promote the spiritual, physical, and

intellectual well-being of the detainees they represent. Representatives may be given the freedom of

movement within security requirements. They do not have the authority to discipline prisoners, but may be

allowed to—

􀁺 Inspect work details.

􀁺 Receive supplies.

􀁺 Communicate with—

􀂄 U.S. armed forces authorities.

􀂄 Protecting powers. (Protecting powers will periodically inspect the internment facility and

interview the detainees regarding the conditions of their internment and welfare and the

protection of their rights under international laws.)

􀂄 The ICRC and its delegates.

􀂄 Medical commissions.

􀂄 Other organizations authorized to assist detainees.

􀁺 Use postal and other appropriate facilities (within constraints previously described).

Detainee Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 5-11

5-58. Representatives should not perform any other work that interferes with their duties as representatives.

Each representative is elected by secret ballot and serves a term of up to 6 months.

5-59. Detainees are permitted to consult freely with their representative and, in turn, the representative is

allowed to represent them before—

􀁺 The ICRC.

􀁺 Protecting powers.

􀁺 U.S. armed forces authorities.

􀁺 Other relief or aid organizations (NGOs and IOs) authorized to represent detainees.

5-60. The detention facility commander is designated as the final approval authority for each elected

detainee representative. If the detention facility commander disapproves of an elected member, the reasons

are stated in writing and forwarded through channels to the TDRC, NDRC, and protecting powers. If the

commander dismisses a representative, the detainees are permitted to elect another representative. After the

approval process is complete, the representatives may assume their duties. Each elected representative may

appoint assistants. The assistants are also subject to the approval of the detention facility commander.

5-61. Medical and chaplain personnel are classified as RP and will receive, at a minimum, the benefits and

protection afforded EPWs by the GPW. (See chapter 1.) The detainee operations medical director and (or

designated representative) or the foreign national medical officer at each internment facility is responsible

for the activities of retained medical personnel. Senior retained medical officers and chaplains have the

right to correspond and consult with the detention facility commander on all questions concerning their

duties.

EMPLOYMENT AND COMPENSATION

5-62. Basic policies and procedures for the administration, employment, and compensation of detainees in

the custody of the U.S. armed forces are discussed in AR 190-8. This regulation also implements the

provisions of the Geneva Conventions that relate to the treatment of CIs who are interned by the U.S. in the

occupied territory of their country.

VISITATION

5-63. Detainee visitations are a deliberate operation, resource-intensive, and a significant IO builder. The

detention facility commander may grant visitation privileges depending upon the detainee’s conduct and

disposition while in detention. Visitation must be formally requested and scheduled with the fixed facility

detainee visitation office by the person(s) wishing to visit with a detainee. Scheduled visitation is based on

the number of visitations that may be accommodated for a specific visitation day. Visitors requesting to

visit with a detainee must provide or obtain their own transportation to the fixed facility on the specific day

that a visitation is scheduled. Visitation staff and guard forces must know in advance who was scheduled

for visitation, and security measures must be put in place. Visitations take place within the site and require

the following security measures before visitors can be granted access:

􀁺 Visitors are only allowed to arrive and request permission to enter through a specific gate. They

must check in with the U.S. guards manning the visitation security gate access point.

􀁺 Guard forces must verify that personnel requesting visitation are scheduled and that they provide

a legitimate form of identification before access is granted. Upon verification of identity and

scheduled visitation for that particular day, visitors move to the visitor holding area that

immediately follows the visitor access point.

􀁺 Once inside the facility, the visitor’s identification is checked a second time by the visitation

staff. Visitation staff members used interpreters to explain visitation procedures to visitors.

Visitors are required to submit to physical searches and biometrics enrollment using the

Biometrics Automated Toolset before they are allowed to move to the next phase of visitation

processing. If a visitor refuses to be searched or fails biometrics enrollment/verification, the

visitor should not be authorized to visit the detainee and should be escorted off the compound by

security personnel. Additionally, if a visitor refuses to complete inprocessing requirements, the

visitation staff records it.

Chapter 5

5-12 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀁺 Once biometrics enrollment and verification is complete, visitors, are seated in a lobby and

provided a visitor orientation.

􀁺 When detainees are removed from fixed facility compounds, detainee ISNs are verified by the

compound guard commander, and the detainee’s ISN is entered into the Detainee Management

System. As detainees are removed from compounds, they are secured and then escorted to the

bus that transports them to the visitation area.

􀁺 Separate bus or truck guards are used to control the detainees after they are placed on vehicles.

When all detainees are on buses or trucks, they are transported to the visitation area under escort.

Escorts are used to prevent detainees from talking to or intimidating each other, coordinating, or

planning any subversive action against guard forces.

􀁺 At the visitation area, guards remove detainees from buses and escort them to a secure holding

area out of sight of visitors. When all detainees are in the secure compound and an accurate

headcount of detainees is complete, they are searched a second time by guard forces who are

conducting the escort. Detainees are left in the secure holding area, under guard, until removed

and escorted to the building where the visitation takes place. Guards escort all detainees

receiving visitations in the same building at the same time.

􀁺 Generally, only eight to ten detainees are allowed to conduct visitations in the same building at a

time. Three visitation buildings are used at a time for visitations. The guard-to-detainee coverage

is mission variable-dependent but averages one guard to every six detainees. HN corrections

officers assist in guarding and observing visitations in each individual visitation building.

Detainees are escorted into the visitation building and seated by position on the visitation roster.

Once seated and briefed on visitation rules, guards escort the visitors and position them across

from the visited detainee. The visitation building is split down the middle by a wall with open

window cutouts to allow visitors and detainees to sit across from, and maintain view of, one

another.

􀁺 During the visitation session, visitors are not allowed to have any physical contact with the

detainee or pass anything through the opening without the expressed consent of the guards. Any

detainee caught attempting to have physical contact or take something from a visitor without

proper consent is immediately removed from the visitation site, searched, and escorted back to

the holding area.

Note. Detainee visitors are not be allowed to interact with, view, or overhear conversations of

MI personnel (and their associated colleagues) or any other U.S. or multinational person who is

waiting to interact with, or detainees. When planning the layout of interrogation rooms (visiting

booths and areas in the immediate vicinity of corridors leading to and from these areas)

commanders and staffs must keep detainee visitors isolated from other individuals who are

working in the I/R facility, specifically MI personnel and their associated colleagues. Finally,

when establishing an SOP for interrogations and detainee visits, consideration for precluding the

interaction of detainee visitors and MI personnel and their associated colleagues are carefully

addressed.

5-64. Visitations normally last between 1 and 2 hours, depending on the number of visitations scheduled.

While detainees are conducting visitations, guard forces strictly monitor visitation events and

conversations. Guards and interpreters should observe detainee or visitor verbal and nonverbal actions.

Additionally, guards should look for gestures that may be used as codes or actions that may be symbolic of

some sort of clandestine communications method.

Note. Guard forces and fixed-facility staff reserve the right to end visitation sessions any time

the threat environment within the fixed facility increases for any reason. In the event this occurs,

detainees are to be placed back into the holding area and visitors are escorted back to the

visitation processing center and then offsite through the visitation gate.

5-65. Following visitation, detainees are placed back in a holding area and searched. At the same time,

visitors are returned to the visitation reception area, searched, and escorted to the gate for release from the

Detainee Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 5-13

compound. Throughout the entire visitation process, detainees and visitors must be treated with precise

respect and courtesy. Local customs are upheld as much as possible, unless they become an issue with

security requirements set forth by the detainee visitation policy.

DETAINEE DEATHS

5-66. In the event of a detainee’s death, the commander of the internment facility or hospital (if the death

did not occur in a facility, the commander of the unit that exercised custody over the detainee) will

immediately report the death to the U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Command or another appropriate

military criminal investigative organization. Upon the initial determination of death, the location will be

protected as a crime scene until released by the U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Command. If the U.S.

Army Criminal Investigation Command cannot immediately respond to the location of the death,

photographs will be taken of the body and the scene before moving and/or transporting the body. These

photographs will be provided to the U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Command or another appropriate

military criminal investigative organization. The remains will be secured and unaltered pending instructions

from the U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Command or another appropriate military criminal

investigative organization. The remains will not be washed, and all items on or in the body will be left

undisturbed, except for weapons, ammunition, and other items that pose an imminent threat to the living.

These items will be secured, if necessary, for personal safety reasons by an appropriate authority and

preserved for assessment by the U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Command or another appropriate

military criminal investigative organization. The body will not be released from U.S. custody without

written authorization from the U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Command or another appropriate military

criminal investigative organization. The investigating military criminal investigative organization will

contact the Office of the Armed Forces Medical Examiner, which will determine whether an autopsy will

be performed. In the case of detainee’s death, it is presumed that an autopsy will be performed, unless an

alternative determination is made by the Office of the Armed Forces Medical Examiner. Medical

determination of the cause and manner of a detainee’s death is the sole responsibility of the Office of the

Armed Forces Medical Examiner or another physician designated by the Office of the Armed Forces

Medical Examiner.

5-67. If a detainee dies at the POC, U.S. armed forces are still obligated to process the detainee through

medical channels and processes. This obligation is based on the detainee actually being in the custody of

U.S. armed forces. Detainees who die before processing into a TIF will not be assigned an ISN.

5-68. In the event of a detainee’s death, obtain a DD Form 2064 (Certificate of Death [Overseas]) or an

authenticated roster of the dead and the exact location (grid coordinates) of the grave. Commanders and

Soldiers must take into account the local customs regarding death and burial. In some cases, a detainee who

dies while in U.S. custody must be buried within a specific timeline according to the customs of that

detainee. Failure to take this into account may disrupt any positive relations established by U.S. armed

forces and the local population. Such an accounting does not supersede the commander’s responsibility to

ensure that the remains are available for the required autopsy and death investigation.

5-69. When a detainee in U.S. custody dies, the attending medical officer will immediately furnish the

detention facility commander or hospital commander (or the commander of the unit that exercised custody

over the detainee if the death did not occur in a facility) with the—

􀁺 Detainee’s full name.

􀁺 Detainee’s ISN/capture tag (mandatory).

􀁺 Date, place, and circumstances of the detainee’s death.

􀁺 Initial assessment as to whether the detainee’s death was, or was not, the result of the deceased’s

own misconduct.

􀁺 The initial assessment as to the cause of death.

5-70. Notifications of all detainee deaths will immediately be reported from the detention facility

commander to the CDO. The CDO will notify the regional combatant commander, who will notify the

Secretary of Defense through the CJCS. Parallel notification through normal chains of command and

technical channels will also be performed. The TDRC will be notified and will report the death to

Chapter 5

5-14 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

Headquarters, DA, as a serious incident report per AR 190-45. The data listed in paragraph 5-47 will be

included in the serious incident report. All supplemental reports will clearly reference the original message

with the original date-time group.

5-71. The attending medical officer, together with the appropriate detention facility commander or hospital

commander, will complete DD Form 2064 (Certificate of Death Overseas) and SF 600. These forms are

used for all detainees who die while in U.S. custody or control and are the only authorized forms. The

deceased’s full 13-digit ISN will be included in the block labeled “Name of Deceased.” All relevant

information known at the time will be included on the DD Form 2064. The medical officer and the

commander will sign the completed DD Form 2064 and SF 600. The DD Form 2064 and SF 600 will be

annotated to reflect that the final medical determination of the cause and manner of death is solely the

responsibility of the Office of the Armed Forces Medical Examiner, except in circumstances when an

autopsy is not conducted (that is, a request is made for no autopsy by family members), and that when the

Office of the Armed Forces Medical Examiner determines the cause of death, a supplemental report will be

made as soon as possible. The required distribution of a completed SF 600 is as follows:

􀁺 Give the original to the NDRC within 72 hours of signature.

􀁺 Give one copy to the surgeon general within 72 hours of signature.

􀁺 Give one copy to the TDRC within 48 hours of signature.

􀁺 Place one copy in the detainee’s personnel file.

􀁺 Give one copy to the civil authorities responsible for recording deaths in that particular state

within 72 hours of signature if a detainee dies in the United States.

5-72. The U.S. Army Criminal Investigation Command or another appropriate military criminal

investigative organization is solely responsible for investigating all cases of death or serious injury caused

or suspected to have been caused by guards, sentries, other detainees, or any other person. Once the U.S.

Army Criminal Investigation Command or another appropriate military criminal investigative organization

has completed the official investigation, the Office of the Armed Forces Medical Examiner is responsible

for completing a final DD Form 2064 that will include a statement that “death was (or was not) the result of

the deceased’s own misconduct” in the block labeled “Circumstances Surrounding Death Due to External

Causes.”

5-73. The NDRC will notify the ICRC of all detainee deaths. The NDRC will maintain detainee

DD Forms 2064 for the period of hostilities or occupation, for the duration of any other military operation,

or as otherwise directed. When authorized, the NDRC will archive detainee DD Forms 2064.

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

5-74. During the conduct of hostilities, the U.S. and its citizens (to include U.S. armed forces) operating in

support of those operations are bound by the law of war, which encompasses all international laws and

applicable customary international laws and treaties and international agreements to which the U.S. is a

party. (See DODD 2311.01E and Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Instruction [CJCSI] 5810.01C.)

5-75. Multiservice directives such as AR 190-8, Chief of Naval Operations Instruction 3461.6, Air Force

Instruction (AFI) 31-304, and Marine Corps Order 3461.1 address legal considerations when conducting

detainee operations. In addition, DODD 2310.01E outlines legal issues regarding the reception, treatment,

processing, and release of detainees. The Geneva Conventions are the primary references for conducting

detainee operations.

PUBLIC AFFAIRS

5-76. Public affairs planning requires an understanding of the information needs of Soldiers, the Army

community, and the public in matters related to detainees and the facility. The public affairs officer also

facilitates media efforts to cover operations by expediting the flow of complete, accurate, and timely

information. In the interest of national security and the protection of detainees from public curiosity,

detainees will not be photographed or interviewed by the news media.

Detainee Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 5-15

5-77. When conducting civil-military operations, U.S. armed forces must—

􀁺 Provide technical advice and assistance in the areas of continuous community relations and

information strategies.

􀁺 Plan positive and continuous community relations programs to gain and maintain public

understanding, goodwill, and support for military operations.

􀁺 Provide liaison and coordinate with other U.S. government agencies; HN civil and military

authorities concerned with I/R operations; and NGOs, IOs, and international humanitarian

organizations in the operational area.

􀁺 Coordinate with the SJA concerning advice given to commanders about ROE for dealing with

detainees.

􀁺 Providing technical advice and assistance in the reorientation of detainees.

5-78. The following general principles are applicable to the administration of internment facilities and may

be applicable to all types of detainees:

􀁺 Use detainees for the internal maintenance and operation of the internment facility as much as

possible.

􀁺 Use properly captured or seized (pursuant to the law of war) enemy supplies and equipment

(excluding weapons and ammunition) to the maximum extent possible. Additional items may

include computers, cell phones, personal digital assistants, and pagers. Supplies and equipment

have changed from a strictly military nature to include the type of items normally found at a

civilian market. Consultation with the DOD Office of the General Counsel is recommended for

further clarification.

STRATEGIC REPORTING

5-79. Commanders must be aware of detainee reporting requirements and must plan accordingly. The

timely and accurate reporting of data through the Detainee Reporting System is critical to ensuring detainee

accountability and compliance with U.S. and international laws. The NDRC is the executive agent and

archive for all detainee information, while the TDRC functions as the field operations agency and data

collection point for the NDRC. The TDRC reports all detainee data directly to the NDRC. Internment

facility commanders are responsible for the initial entry and maintenance of detainee personnel records in

the Detainee Reporting System.

5-80. Once an ISN is assigned, further documentation and reporting will use only the ISN number (no

other numbering system will be used). Before issuing an ISN, only the DD Form 2745 number will be used

to identify the detainee. Blocks of ISNs are issued to the TDRC. ISNs are used to link detainees with

biometric data (for example, DNA data, personal property, medical information, and issued equipment).

5-81. Planning consideration must also be given to detainee identification bands. These color-coded bands,

issued to each detainee based on grade or detainee status, permit the rapid and reliable identification of

each detainee.

5-82. Expect detainees to exchange or tamper with the bands to confuse accountability efforts. Periodic

routine inspections of randomly selected identification bands should take place in the mess line, during

compound inspections, or at any other opportune time. A 100 percent check of identification bands during

daily head counts will aid in finding identification band discrepancies and correcting potential

accountability problems early.

TRANSFER AND TRANSITION

5-83. The detention facility commander, according to applicable procedures, will oversee the transfer or

release of a detainee from a DCP or a DHA. All proposed transfers or releases are reviewed by the legal

advisor to ensure compliance with applicable laws and policies and are approved by the appropriate

authority. Unless prohibited by command policies, immediate release of detainees may be made at the POC

based on the decision of the appropriate authority on the ground. The decision is based on criteria

established by higher headquarters.

Chapter 5

5-16 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

5-84. The permanent transfer or release of detainees from the custody of U.S. armed forces to the HN,

other multinational forces, or any non-DOD U.S. government entity requires the approval of the Secretary

of Defense or a designee. The permanent transfer of a detainee to a foreign nation may be governed by

bilateral agreements or may be based on ad hoc arrangements. Detainees may only be transferred according

to the requirements of applicable international laws and policies.

5-85. U.S. armed forces must be trained and logistically supported to conduct transfer and release

operations. The joint force commander—

􀁺 Ensure that all transfer and/or release operations are conducted according to applicable laws and

policies.

􀁺 Determines air, land, or sea transportation requirements for transfer and release operations from

the POC through the unit responsible for that joint operations area.

􀁺 Establishes the C2 relationship between all elements involved in transfers and/or release

operations.

􀁺 Ensures that notification is made of the transfer and release of a detainee to the NDRC.

􀁺 Develops detainee policies regarding transfer and release operations according to applicable

laws and policies.

􀁺 Coordinates with appropriate commanders and staffs to ensure that transfer and release

operations are disseminated throughout the joint operations area.

5-86. Senior military police leaders must plan detainee operations and continually ensure that are

conducted in a manner which enables the conditions for the later transition of detainees to indigenous

justice and penal systems. As the transition from combat to stability operations occurs, military police I/R

personnel will most likely shift their focus to more complex/unique I/R skills that are required to support

strategic penal system development. I/R trained Soldiers must anticipate conducting operations and training

with indigenous forces to increase their capability and to achieve long-term strategic objectives.

Commanders plan for the movement of detainees and their property throughout the operational area and

maintain strict accountability of both throughout all movements.

LIAISON WITH EXTERNAL AGENCIES

5-87. These interests and support activities of these agencies include ensuring that proper and humane

treatment is given, protecting the rights of others, and ensuring that provisions for subsistence are present

for persons affected by I/R operations.

5-88. During the course of detention operations, U.S. commanders will encounter representatives from

these agencies attempting to assert a role in protecting the interests of detainees. Upon initiation of

detention operations, commanders must anticipate that these organizations will request access to and/or

information about detainees and will continue to do so throughout the operation. Commanders should seek

guidance through operational command channels before responding to such requests, before initiating

detention operations, or as soon thereafter as possible. In the absence of mission-specific guidance, all such

requests for access or information should flow via the established chain of command to the Office of the

Secretary of Defense. Commanders must also be cognizant of the special status of the ICRC and facilitate

ICRC access to detainees for interviews, assistance, and reporting.

Note. Appendix D addresses background information about various types of government

agencies, IOs, NGOs, and international humanitarian organizations who have an interest in I/R

operations.

SECURITY REQUIREMENTS

5-89. Security planning must be continuous and complete to reflect current intelligence relating to the

nature and characteristics of the individuals under custody and control. Specific planning must be

completed to ensure that capabilities are available to prevent and thwart group disobedience, uprisings,

outbreaks, and escapes. Planners must provide for an immediate response that is capable of meeting any

Detainee Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 5-17

internal or external threat to the security of the specific facility. Military police should never forfeit their

ability to maintain positive control.

5-90. The physical construction of the DCP, DHA, or TIF and the presence of guard personnel create the

most obvious means of providing security, internally and externally. The use of existing structures is ideal

for conducting detainee operations. The facility commander plans for and executes effective perimeter

security operations for the internment facility. Planners should enforce a double-barrier system along

external perimeters (sally ports, access control points). At a sally port, where there are two means of entry,

both entry points should never be open at the same time. Security forces should implement random security

and search measures inside cells and in other areas where detainees congregate. Military police should

strictly enforce weapons discipline by adhering to weapons clearing and turn-in procedures.

5-91. Military police leaders will regularly rehearse contingency response plans and appropriate ROE and

RUF. Military police will always maintain positive control of the detainee during internal escorts. During

minor medical situations, guards will not normally transfer positive control of the detainee over to medical

personnel. Detainees will remain restrained, as appropriate, during medical evaluations.

5-92. To the maximum extent possible, places of detention will be protected from the hazards of the

battlefield. To protect detainees, commanders must manage the control of captured protective equipment

that could be used to meet detainees requirements. The commander also ensures that detainees derive the

same benefit from protection measures as do members of the detaining force when planning protection

measures.

5-93. The adherence to the RUF is a necessary element in maintaining order. Personnel assigned the

mission of providing control of detainees and security of the internment facility should be issued and

trained on the RUF specific to that mission. Theater ROE will remain in effect for defending the internment

facility from an external threat.

Note. Personnel will not carry weapons inside designated areas such as compounds, confined

spaces, or cells. At the commander’s direction, NLWs may be carried within compounds.

5-94. A weighted effort must be considered when computing the guard-to-detainee ratio and leader

requirements. Most escape attempts, discipline problems, and similar issues occur at night, or during the

hours or darkness. Senior NCOs and officers will maintain a noticeable and continuous presence during

night operations. The computation for guard-to-detainee ratio is not a fully defined or established number.

There are many indicators or factors that must be applied when determining such a ratio at any echelon

where detainee operations may occur. These factors include, but are not limited to—

􀁺 The operational variables.

􀁺 The number of detainees at the location.

􀁺 The type of detainees at the location (violent, compliant).

􀁺 The number of trained guard force personnel.

􀁺 Additional competing mission priorities.

􀁺 The number of supporting personnel required to maintain and sustain the level of security

needed, including reaction force personnel, basic subsistence personnel (food and supply), and

other augmentation as needed.

􀁺 Infrastructure configurations that may lead to adding or deleting guard personnel, may include

the type and amount of lighting available, the type of cells or compounds, the physical security

aspects of the facility (concertina wire, razor wire), and the C2 structures.

􀁺 Any intrusion type technologies, adopted and implemented, that may lead to adding or deleting

guard personnel.

􀁺 Supporting materials (loud speakers, radios) that would assist in maintaining security at a

location.

Chapter 5

5-18 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

NOTICE OF PROTECTION

5-95. A copy of a notice of protection in the detainees’ language is posted in every compound to protect

persons from acts of violence, bodily injury, and threats of reprisals at the hands of fellow detainees. The

notice will read as follows: “Detainees who fear that their lives are in danger or that they will suffer

physical injury at the hands of other detainees will immediately report the fact personally to any U.S.

military personnel of this internment facility without consulting the detainee representative.” From that

time on, the facility commander ensures adequate protection by segregation, transfer, or other means. The

notice will also state the following: “Detainees who mistreat fellow detainees will be punished,” (this is

signed by the commanding officer). If some detainees are unable to read, this notice should be read to them

to ensure that they understand their protective rights.

USE OF RESTRAINTS

5-96. Restraints include a broad spectrum of approved devices that are used to control, secure, restrict, or

immobilize a detainee’s movement. Always apply the minimum level of restraint necessary to control the

detainee. Restraints will only be applied to mitigate the risks associated with controlling the detainee while

processing, escorting, or transporting or to prevent the detainee from self-harm.

5-97. Restraint measures will only be used to control a detainee’s movement or to prevent self-destructive

or threatening behavior. When necessary, restraints are used on detainees for medical or psychiatric

purposes.

5-98. The special restraint (for example, restraint chairs)of detainees requires the TIF commander’s prior

approval under nonemergency situations. For emergency situations, the guard commander or sergeant of

the guard has the authority to authorize the use of restraint chairs; however, the facility commander must be

notified immediately. A maximum of 2 hours in a restraint chair may be authorized by the sergeant of the

guard or guard commander. The facility commander can authorize an additional hour for a total of 3 hours

prior to returning the detainee to his cell. Apply the following guidelines when using restraints:

􀁺 Use restraints at all times when in contact with or when handling, escorting, or transporting

detainees.

􀁺 Inspect restraints on a routine basis to ensure that they are secure without restricting circulation.

􀁺 Remove restraints when detainees are placed in a detention cell or another adequate space.

􀁺 Use restraints within a detention cell only at the direction of the commander to protect detainees

from self-harm. If restrained in a cell, detainees must—

􀂄 Be constantly monitored to mitigate a potential risk self-harm.

􀂄 Be segregated in an appropriate environment.

􀁺 Do not routinely restrain detainees to fixed structures or fixed objects.

Note. Securing leg irons to the floor to limit movement during interviews/interrogations may be

authorized by the first general or flag officer in the chain of command. When transporting, an

approved vehicle safety device is the only authorized method to secure the detainee to the

vehicle.

􀁺 Ensure that detainees are secured with seat belts on aircraft or restrained according to

instructions from the flight commander.

􀁺 Do not daisy-chain (chaining two or more detainees together in a serial configuration)detainees.

􀁺 Do not use the following to control detainees:

􀂄 Leashes.

􀂄 Hoods.

Note. Blindfolds should be limited to situations requiring operations security. Blindfolds may

include goggles; sleep masks; or a soft, clean cloth fastened around the head.

Detainee Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 5-19

􀂄 Chains to chain a detainee against the floor, wall, or other structure.

􀂄 Stress positions (to restrain a person in a purposefully uncomfortable, awkward, or

unnatural position).

􀂄 Restraints as a form of punishment or retribution.

5-99. Commanders at all echelons should establish requirements to document the circumstances that

required restraints, the type of restraints used, and the length of time the restraints were used during the use

of force. This information should be kept in the detainee’s disciplinary record. Medical personnel are

required to monitor the frequency and consequences when restraints are applied to detainees during the use

of force (for example, during forced cell extraction or while using a restraint chair).

RULES FOR THE USE OF FORCE AND RULES OF ENGAGEMENT

5-100. Military police commanders ensure that Soldiers understand the RUF and ROE established by

higher headquarters for their particular mission. Because the RUF and ROE vary depending on the types of

detainees and the specific OE, the military police commander develops or adjusts existing SOPs to follow

the guidance that has been provided. The military police commander must balance the physical security of

the facility with mission accomplishment and the protection of deployed U.S. armed forces. (See appendix

G.)

5-101. Restrictions on combat operations and the use of force must be clearly explained in the RUF and

understood and obeyed at all levels. Soldiers study the RUF, are trained in the use of force, and are checked

by their leaders to ensure that they understand the guidance for the use of force for their mission.

TRAINING

5-102. Individual and collective training are the key ingredients that build and sustain Soldier confidence

and unit cohesion. As much as practicable, rigorous MI and military police collective training is conducted

to replicate the detainee operations environment. Training for receiving and processing detainees should

include, but is not limited to—

􀁺 Humane treatment of detainees according to the Geneva Conventions, the law of war, and U.S.

policies.

􀁺 The “5 Ss and T” technique of processing.

􀁺 Procedures for securing all documents, maps, overlays, unusual equipment, or other items of

potential intelligence value and accounting for them on the detainee’s DD Form 2745.

􀁺 Procedures for conducting a search of the detainee before and after every movement from one

location to another.

􀁺 Procedures for reporting suspicious and/or unusual behavior or activities by an individual or

groups of individuals (such as passive resistance and/or not getting frustrated or angry) through

the chain of command.

􀁺 Procedures for identifying English-speaking detainees and reporting them to MI personnel when

in a non-English-speaking country.

􀁺 Principles of the law of war, FM 27-10, the Geneva Conventions, UN conventions, and foreign

national laws and customs.

􀁺 Supervisory and human relations techniques.

􀁺 Methods of self-defense.

􀁺 RUF, ROE, and rules of interaction (ROI).

􀁺 Firearms qualification and familiarization.

􀁺 Public relations.

􀁺 First aid.

􀁺 Stress management techniques.

􀁺 Facility regulations and SOPs.

􀁺 Intelligence and counterintelligence techniques.

Chapter 5

5-20 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀁺 Cultural customs and habits of detainees.

􀁺 Simple training in the language of detainees.

􀁺 Training in NLWs.

􀁺 Training focused on the specific application of counterinsurgency operations, to include—

􀂄 Counterinsurgency fundamentals.

􀂄 Counterinsurgency as it affects detention operations.

􀂄 Intelligence preparation of the battlefield and the linkage of police intelligence operations to

that process.

STANDING OPERATING PROCEDURES

5-103. Detainee operations require comprehensive SOPs that address specific requirements from the POC

to the TIF. SOPs should include, but are not limited to—

􀁺 Establishment of a DCP, DHA, or TIF.

􀁺 “5 Ss and T” technique of processing.

􀁺 Detainee security escort procedures.

􀁺 ROE and/or RUF.

􀁺 Detainee policies.

􀁺 Quick-reference cards.

􀁺 Application and use of miscellaneous rules and forms. (See appendix G.)

􀁺 Roles and responsibilities for support functions, to include:

􀂄 Custodial care.

􀂄 Interrogation.

􀂄 Medical.

􀂄 Legal.

􀂄 Interpreter.

􀂄 Contractor.

􀂄 CA.

􀂄 PSYOP.

􀂄 Emergency services.

􀂄 Mail and postal.

􀁺 Detainee files documentation and access (such as personnel, intelligence, investigative, and

medical files).

􀁺 Detainee Reporting System database maintenance and biometrics use.

􀁺 Property and evidence custody and accountability.

􀁺 Establishment of multifunctional boards with representation from military police, MI, SJA,

medical personnel, NGOs, and/or the HN as appropriate. The multifunctional board SOP should

contain procedures for adjudicating relevant detainee matters that include, but are not limited to,

procedures for—

􀂄 Transfer of custody.

􀂄 Release or detain decisions.

􀂄 Tribunals.

􀂄 Judicial proceedings.

􀂄 Adjudication for violations occurring within the facility.

􀂄 Changes in ROE.

􀂄 Repatriation.

􀁺 Changes in detainee management (compliance measures such as behavioral modification,

disciplinary actions, segregation, restraints, and rewards programs).

Detainee Operations

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 5-21

􀁺 Integration of new technologies (new restraints, behavioral control techniques, search tools, and

equipment training).

􀁺 Community relations.

􀁺 Media considerations.

􀁺 ICRC and NGO communications.

􀁺 Lock and key control.

􀁺 Badge access.

􀁺 Work orders.

􀁺 TIF control center operations.

􀁺 Intelligence collection plan.

􀁺 Entry control.

􀁺 Guard force procedures, to include—

􀂄 Guard force rotation.

􀂄 Cell extractions and/or sorting procedures.

􀂄 Inter-facility and intrafacility escorts.

􀂄 Alarm responses.

􀂄 Roving guards.

􀁺 Compound control teams.

􀁺 MWDs.

􀁺 Detainee movement, such as—

􀂄 Detainee sick call and/or medical care.

􀂄 Interrogation.

􀁺 Appropriate use of segregation, restraints, blindfolds, and muffles.

􀁺 Methods of communicating Geneva Convention protections and detainee rules.

􀁺 Detainee feeding and hydration (caloric intake, culturally sensitive foods).

􀁺 Detainee head count and ISN verification.

􀁺 Facility and/or cell shakedowns (to search for weapons or contraband).

􀁺 Detainee death and burial procedures.

􀁺 Inspection of materials entering and exiting the DCP, DHA, compounds, and cells.

􀁺 Destruction procedures for confiscated items and weapons that pose a risk.

􀁺 Recurring inspections and/or inventories (recurring procedures for document disposition, alarm

checks, property accountability, safety).

􀁺 Special housing units for disciplinary actions, protective custody, or special needs.

􀁺 Suicide risks.

􀁺 NLWs use.

􀁺 Quick-reaction forces and/or backup forces.

􀁺 Contingency response procedures for—

􀂄 Escape attempts.

􀂄 Detainee disturbances and/or riots.

􀂄 Detainee-on-detainee violence or attempted suicide.

􀂄 Uncooperative detainees.

􀂄 Medical emergencies.

􀂄 Hunger strikes.

􀂄 Area and/or facility fires and evacuation.

􀂄 Weather and/or limited-visibility conditions (dust storms, fog, hurricanes).

􀂄 External attacks or other threats.

Chapter 5

5-22 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀂄 Crime scenes (murders, suicides, undetermined deaths).

􀂄 Allegations or suspicions of detainee abuse.

􀁺 Serious incident reporting.

􀁺 Detainee social, intellectual, and religious activities as deemed appropriate by the commander.

􀁺 Detainee visitation program.

􀁺 Detainee correspondence program.

􀁺 Detainee special programs (educational, religious, recreational, safety, agricultural,

employment).

􀁺 Detainee work programs, including—

􀂄 Employment restrictions.

􀂄 Disability compensation.

􀂄 Rules and procedures for contract employment.

􀂄 Employment and compensation of EPWs.

􀁺 Canteen operations.

􀁺 TIF operations training, including—

􀂄 An introduction to detainee operations.

􀂄 Communication with detainees (cultural awareness).

􀂄 An introduction to the Geneva Conventions and U.S. policies on the humane treatment of

detainees.

􀂄 Familiarization with stress management procedures.

􀂄 An introduction to HIV and universal precautions to take with HIV-positive detainees.

􀂄 Advanced use-of-force criteria for I/R and interrogation operations.

􀂄 An introduction to frisk, cell, and area search procedures.

􀂄 Restraint application.

􀂄 Personal safety awareness.

􀂄 Defensive tactics.

􀂄 Forced cell move procedures.

􀂄 Response procedures for bombs and/or bomb threats.

􀂄 Emergency procedures for fires, escapes, and disorders.

􀂄 Cell block operations.

􀂄 An introduction to accountability procedures.

􀂄 Security and control activities.

􀂄 Familiarization with special compound operations.

􀂄 An introduction to main gate operations.

􀂄 Visitation operations.

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-1

Chapter 6

Detainee Facilities

Detainee facilities, an important planning consideration, are treated in the same basic

fashion as any base camps. The same basic planning considerations are taken into

account. Some detainee facilities will be subordinate to a larger base camp but they

may also be at a separate location. While the basic planning criterion for all base

camps are valid for detainee facilities, there are specialized considerations that must

be added to those baseline criterion. This chapter highlights some of the critical

considerations for planning, constructing, and operating detainee facilities. (For more

on the construction of detainee facilities, see Engineer Publication [EP] 1105-3.1,

FM 3-34.400, and JP 3-34.)

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

6-1. The military police staff should plan the expeditious construction of facility requirements that are

considered shortfalls, such as those facilities that cannot be resourced from existing assets. In these

circumstances, the appropriate service, HN, alliance, or coalition should perform construction during

peacetime to the extent possible. Contracting support should be used to augment military capabilities. If

time constraints prevent new construction from being finished in time to meet mission requirements, the

PM (in conjunction with the engineer coordinator) should seek alternative solutions. Expedient construction

(rapid construction techniques such as prefabricated buildings or clamshell structures) should also be

considered since these methods can be selectively employed with minimum time, cost, and risk.

6-2. The combatant commander specifies the construction standards for facilities in the theater to

optimize the effort expended on any given facility, while ensuring that the facilities are adequate for health,

safety, and mission accomplishment. Figure 6-1, page 6-2, shows the bed-down and basing continuum that

is used to describe the standard of facilities that will be constructed to support operational needs, and it

highlights the requirement for early master planning efforts to facilitate transition to more permanent

facilities as an operation develops.

6-3. The combatant commander determines what facilities are needed to satisfy operational requirements.

Facilities are grouped into six broad categories that emphasize the use of existing assets over new

construction. To the maximum extent possible, facilities or real estate requirements should be met from

these categories in the following order of priority:

􀁺 U.S.-owned, -occupied or -leased facilities (including captured facilities).

􀁺 U.S.-owned facility substitutes, pre-positioned in the theater.

􀁺 HN, multinational support where an agreement exists for the HN, multinational nations to

provide specific types and quantities of facilities at specified times, in designated locations.

􀁺 Facilities available from commercial sources.

􀁺 U.S.-owned facility substitutes stored in the United States.

􀁺 Construction of facilities that are considered shortfall after an assessment of the availability of

existing assets.

6-4. Figure 6-1 highlights the basic continuum that is used to determine the standard of facility that will

be constructed to support operational needs. The actual determination will be made by the combatant

commander who is responsible for the operational area where the construction will occur.

Chapter 6

6-2 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

Legend:

NLT no later than

OPLAN operation plan

Figure 6-1. Bed-down and basing continuum

SITE PLANNING AND SELECTION

6-5. The combatant commander must consider a plan for detainee operations and the construction of

facilities early in the operational plan. This provides the timely notification of engineers, selection and

development of facility sites, and procurement of construction materials. Military police coordinate the

location with engineers, sustainment units, higher headquarters, and the HN. The command should analyze

the wide array of logistical and operational requirements that will be necessary to conduct detainee

operations. The first requirement is to ensure that the correct number and type of personnel and

construction material are on the ground, well in advance of the start of hostilities, to conduct the operation.

The second requirement is to identify, collect, and execute a logistics plan that will support detainee

operations throughout the joint operations area. The failure to properly consider and correctly evaluate all

factors may increase the logistics and personnel efforts required. If an I/R facility is improperly located, the

entire internee population may require relocation when resources are scarce. When selecting a site for a

facility, considerations include—

􀁺 Locations where detainee labor can most effectively be used.

􀁺 Distance from other elements from which additional external security could be drawn upon if

required.

􀁺 Potential threats from the internee population to logistics operations in the proposed location.

􀁺 Threat and boldness of guerrilla activity in the area.

􀁺 Attitude of the local civilian population.

Maximized Use of Existing Facilities

Organic

Contingency Enduring

Initial Semipermanent

Temporary Permanent

Initial 90 days 6 months 2 years 5 years 10 years

Transition

Camps mature out of contingency

to enduring standards.

May occur anywhere in the 6-

month to 5-year planning period.

Demands early master planning.

Master

planning

Planning for potential enduring bases and conditions for

transition to be addressed in the OPLAN.

Planning for enduring bases to begin NLT 90 days into the

operation.

Planning may be performed reachback or in a collaborative

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-3

􀁺 Accessibility to support forces and transportation to the site for support elements.

􀁺 Proximity to probable target areas (airfields, ammunition storage).

􀁺 Classification of internees to be housed at the site.

􀁺 Type of terrain surrounding the site and its conduciveness to escape.

􀁺 Distance from the main supply route to the source of sustainment support.

􀁺 Mission variables.

􀁺 Availability of suitable existing facilities (to avoid unnecessary construction).

􀁺 Presence of swamps, vectors, and other factors (water drainage) that affect human health.

􀁺 Existence of an adequate, satisfactory source of potable water. (The supply should meet the

demands for consumption, food sanitation, and personal hygiene.)

􀁺 Availability of electricity (portable generators can be used as standby and emergency sources of

electricity).

􀁺 Distance to work if internees are employed outside the facility.

􀁺 Availability of construction material.

􀁺 Soil drainage.

􀁺 Health protection for detainees and forces manning the site.

􀁺 Other environmental considerations as appropriate.

6-6. Detainee facilities must also include structural features conducive to humane treatment. Features may

include—

􀁺 Adequate room to lie down and stand up without touching the walls.

􀁺 Ceiling.

􀁺 Proper ventilation.

􀁺 Sufficient lighting.

􀁺 Protection from the elements.

􀁺 Proper cover in case of a direct or indirect attack.

􀁺 Security structure capabilities.

􀁺 Medical support capabilities, to include a special management unit/area (see appendix I).

􀁺 Food and potable water availability.

􀁺 Field sanitation (latrine) facilities.

􀁺 Locations to process detainees.

􀁺 Tactical questioning or interrogation locations.

􀁺 Custodial care (feeding, hydration) locations and capabilities.

􀁺 Class I storage (dry and refrigeration).

􀁺 Tribunal tent/building.

􀁺 Visitation area.

􀁺 Guard operations area.

6-7. The type of construction necessary depends on the climate, anticipated permanency of the facility,

number of facilities to be established, availability of labor and materials, and conditions under which the

detaining power billets its forces in the area. Use local, vacant buildings if this is viable to reduce the

requirements for engineer construction materials and personnel. Use detainees and local sources of

materials to modify and construct structures as appropriate. In the absence of existing structures, tents are

the most practical means for housing detainees. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Theater Construction

Management System contains basic plans, specifications, and material requirements for detainee facilities

based on the anticipated detainee population. The plans can easily be modified for temperate, frigid, tropic,

and desert climates. The Theater Construction Management System also provides specifications and

material requirements for the facilities when the dimensions and/or population requirements are supplied.

The standard for facilities is to provide quarters as favorable as those provided for U.S. forces, making

allowances for the habits and customs of the detainees. At no time should the facilities prejudice the health

or safety of detainees.

Chapter 6

6-4 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

6-8. When constructing a facility, planning considerations may include, but are not limited to—

􀁺 Clear zones. As appropriate, mission variables determine the clear zone surrounding each

facility that houses detainees. Construct at least two fences (interior and exterior) around the

detainee facility and ensure that the clear zone between the interior and exterior fences is free of

vegetation and shrubbery.

􀁺 Guard towers. Locate guard towers on the perimeter of each facility. Place them immediately

outside the wall or, in case of double fencing, where they permit an unobstructed view of the

lane between the fences. The space between towers must allow overlapping observation and

fields of fire. During adverse weather, it may be necessary to augment security by placing fixed

guard posts between towers on the outside of the fence. Towers must be high enough to allow an

unobstructed view of the compound and low enough to permit an adequate field of fire. The

tower platform should have retractable ladders and should be wide enough to mount crew-served

weapons. Another consideration involves using nonlethal capabilities from guard towers.

􀁺 Lights. Provide adequate lighting, especially around compound perimeters. Illuminating walls

and fences discourages escapes, and illuminating inner strategic points expedites the handling of

problems caused by detainees. Lights should be protected from breakage with an unbreakable

glass shield or a wire mesh screen. Ensure that lights on the walls and fences do not interfere

with the guards’ vision. Provide secondary emergency lighting.

􀁺 Patrol roads. Construct patrol roads for vehicle and foot patrols. They should be adjacent to

outside perimeter fences or walls.

􀁺 Sally ports. A sally port is required to search vehicles and personnel entering and leaving the

main compound. It is recommended that a sally port be placed at the back entrance to the

facility.

􀁺 Communications. Ensure that communication between the towers and the operation

headquarters is reliable. Telephones are the preferred method; however, ensure that alternate

forms of communication (radio and visual or sound signals) are available if telephones are

inoperable.

6-9. The facility layout depends on the nature of the operation, terrain, building materials, and HN

support. Each facility should contain—

􀁺 Barracks (may be general-purpose medium tents in the early stages of an operation).

􀁺 Kitchen and dining facilities.

􀁺 Bath houses.

􀁺 Latrines.

􀁺 Recreation areas.

􀁺 Chapel facilities.

􀁺 Administrative areas with a command post, an administrative building, an interrogation facility,

a dispensary, an infirmary, a mortuary, and a supply building.

􀁺 Receiving and processing centers.

􀁺 Maximum security areas with individual cells.

􀁺 Parking areas.

􀁺 Trash collection points.

􀁺 Potable water points.

􀁺 Storage areas.

􀁺 Hazardous materials storage areas.

􀁺 Generator and fuel areas.

DETAINEE COLLECTION POINT

6-10. DCPs are generally nothing more than a guarded, roped-off (with razor or concertina wire) area or a

secured building (see figure 6-2). The capture rate and the number of detainees determine the size of the

DCP. The use of existing structures (vacant schools, apartments, warehouses) is encouraged to conserve

12 Feb

re

st

av

at

ex

6-

se

de

(S

ty

6-

de

an

th

an

th

bruary 2010

esources and p

tatus is determi

vailable to take

t the DHA an

xhausted.

-11. Organic o

et up and oper

evelops and pr

See figure 6-3,

ypically under t

-12. The numb

etainees expec

nalysis and inte

he tactical situa

nd transportati

he TIF. The DC

provide protect

ined according

e them to a saf

nd TIF until th

Legen

admin

MI

MP

or task-organiz

rate a DCP. D

rovides technic

page 6-6.) Me

the tactical con

ber of military

cted and other

elligence estim

ation dictates.

on becomes av

CP is the secon

F

tion for detain

g to DOD polic

fer area (a DHA

he detainee is

d:

Figure 6-2. E

zed military po

DCPs are need

cal guidance ov

edical, HUMIN

ntrol of the mil

y police teams

mission varia

mates. DCPs ar

Detainees will

vailable for the

nd point at whic

FM 3-39.40

nees. Detainees

cy. Detainees a

A or TIF). MI

released or t

admi

milita

milita

Example of a

olice platoons o

ded when the

ver the military

NT, and counte

litary police pla

or units neede

ables. The proj

re mobile and c

l be held at the

e release or tra

ch a decision is

s are treated h

are held at the

exploitation m

the intelligenc

nistration

ary intelligence

ary police

DCP layout

or companies w

BCT is likely

y police platoo

erintelligence a

atoon or compa

ed to operate

jected number

can be set up q

e DCP until M

ansfer to the D

s made to retai

humanely and

DCP until tran

may begin at th

e value of the

t

within the BCT

y to take detai

on or company

assets operating

any operating t

a DCP is base

r of detainees

quickly, expand

MI exploitation

DHA or, in som

in or release a d

Detainee Fac

as EPWs unti

nsportation be

he DCP and co

e detainee has

T may be direc

nees. The BC

y operating the

g within the DC

the DCP.

ed on the num

is based on m

ded, and reloca

n has been exh

me cases, direc

detainee.

cilities

6-5

il their

comes

ntinue

s been

cted to

CT PM

e DCP.

CP are

mber of

mission

ated as

austed

ctly to

Chapter 6

6-6

LOCATIO

6-13.

typica

detain

route m

operat

may e

condu

(to inc

preven

availab

Legend:

BSTB

DCP

G-2

G-2X

HCT

HHC

MI

MP

PM

S-2

S-2X

SPT

TACON

ON

The general lo

ally be located

nees from obser

makes detainee

tions are occur

establish a DC

ucted in a count

clude within su

nt problems ca

bility and cove

Note. Detainee

brigade

detaine

intellige

assista

HUMIN

headqu

military

military

provos

intellige

HUMIN

suppor

tactical

Figure

ocation of a DC

d near or in th

rving activities

e delivery and

rring. For exam

CP near the

terinsurgency e

ubordinate batt

aused by the pr

er capabilities.

es can dig or b

FM 3-

e special troops

ee collection po

ence officer or

ant chief of staf

NT collection te

uarters and hea

y intelligence

y police

t marshal

ence officer or

NT and counter

rt

l control

6-3. C2 with

CP is normally

he BCT suppo

s within the B

evacuation ea

mple, during a

cordon area.

environment),

talion AOs). A

resence of deta

uild cover to p

-39.40

s battalion

oint

section

ff, HUMINT and

eam

adquarters com

section

rintelligence sta

in the BCT a

y identified in t

ort area. It is

CT support are

asier. A DCP m

cordon-and-s

During long-t

multiple DCP

DCP is seldo

ainees in the ar

protect themsel

d counterintellig

mpany

aff officer

and the DCP

the operation p

normally loca

ea. A DCP loc

may also be est

search operatio

term stability

s may need to

om set up near

rea. When sele

lves from direc

12

gence

plan or order. T

ated in an are

cated close to t

tablished wher

on, the military

operations (e

be placed acro

r the indigenou

ecting a DCP,

ct and indirect f

2 February 201

The DCP shoul

ea that preven

the main suppl

re actual comb

y police platoo

especially thos

oss the BCT A

us population t

consider shelte

fire.

10

ld

nts

ly

at

on

se

AO

to

er

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-7

DETAINEE PROCESSING

6-14. When detainees arrive at the DCP, military police use the following procedures to process them and

their possessions:

􀁺 Search. Searching includes those actions taken to neutralize a detainee and confiscate weapons,

personal items, and items of potential intelligence and/or evidentiary value.

Note. Conduct same-gender searches when possible. If mixed-gender searches are necessary for

speed and security, conduct them in a respectful manner and in the presence of an additional

witness to address claims of misconduct.

􀁺 Tag. Tagging ensures that each detainee is properly accounted for using a DD Form 2745. If the

detainees were not tagged at the POC, tag each detainee using a DD Form 2745. Each

DD Form 2745 has a unique number. The DD Form 2745 number is the official detainee

tracking number before detainees receive an ISN. The DA Form 4137, used to document

confiscated items, will be linked to the detainee by annotating the DD Form 2745 number on the

form.

􀁺 Report. Reporting the number of detainees helps to accurately determine transportation and

security requirements. Report the number of detainees to the local military police support assets

by their DD Form 2745 numbers. These support assets will assist with planning transportation,

escort security, and resource requirements. Also, report all allegations of mistreatment or

detainee abuse.

􀁺 Evacuate. Evacuating detainees moves them from the continuing risks associated with other

combatants or sympathizers who may still be in the area of capture. If there are too many

detainees to control, call for additional support, search them, and hold them in place until

reinforcements arrive. Expedite the evacuation of detainees from the DCP to the DHA or from

the DHA to the TIF according to military policy. A convoy escort will be planned based on a

risk assessment of each detainee’s status, security, and resource requirements. Ensure that

detainees are accounted for by comparing their DD Form 2745 number against the manifest

before and after each convoy operation. Evacuate detainees and confiscated items together.

􀁺 Segregate. Segregating detainees should be done according to policy and SOPs. Segregation

requirements differ from operation to operation. The ability to segregate detainees may be

limited by the availability of manpower and resources. MI personnel and military police can

provide additional guidance and support in determining appropriate segregation criteria.

Establish and maintain segregation based on mission variables. Within the DCP, detainees are

further segregated into the following categories:

􀂄 Leaders (perceived status and positions of authority).

􀂄 Hostile elements (hostile religious, political, ethnic groups).

􀂄 Security risks (agitators, radicals, uncooperative detainees).

􀂄 Civilian.

􀂄 Military.

􀂄 Military by grade (officers, NCOs, enlisted).

􀂄 Deserters. Those who surrendered from those who resisted capture.

􀂄 Minors.

􀂄 Females (if possible, keep small children with their mothers).

􀂄 Males.

􀂄 Groups of CIs, RP, and enemy combatants if known.

􀂄 Nationality.

􀂄 Suspected criminals.

􀂄 Other persons (those not in one of the above categories).

􀁺 Safeguard. Safeguarding is the obligation to protect detainee safety and ensure the custody and

integrity of confiscated items. Soldiers must safeguard detainees from combat risk, harm caused

Chapter 6

6-8 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

by other detainees, and improper treatment or care. All detainees are presumed to be EPWs at

this stage after capture. The GPW requires that EPWs and other detainees be respected and

protected from harm. Report all injuries. Correct and report violations of U.S. military policy

that occur while safeguarding detainees. Acts and/or omissions that constitute inhumane

treatment are violations of the law of war and, as such, must be corrected immediately. Simply

reporting violations is insufficient. If a violation is ongoing, a Soldier has an obligation to stop

the violation and report it.

6-15. Military police at a DCP ensure that a DD Form 2745 is attached to detainees arriving without them.

Capturing units may need to be directed to complete DD Forms 2745 before detainees are accepted into the

DCP. Military police must ensure that each DD Form 2745 is complete and attached to the correct detainee.

Criminal prosecution of a detainee depends on collected evidence and statements. Military police must—

􀁺 Complete DD Form 2745 with at least the minimum information listed (also listed on the back

of Part C of the form).

􀁺 Make a statement on DA Form 2823 if the detainee arrived without an attached DD Form 2745.

􀁺 Instruct the detainee not to remove or alter the attached DD Form 2745.

􀁺 Annotate the DD Form 2745 number and the detainee’s name on a manifest.

􀁺 Identify and ensure that supplemental forms are processed with DD Form 2745.

6-16. Military police must not speak to detainees except to give orders or directions. Do not let detainees

talk to or signal each other during the processing phase at any echelon. This prevents them from plotting

ways to counter security, planning escapes, or orchestrating other undesirable activities. Detainees who

refuse to be silent may require a muffle (an item used to prevent speech or outcry without causing injury to

the detainee, such as cloth) in certain tactical situations.

DANGER

Use a muffle only as long as needed, and ensure that the muffle

does not harm the individual.

6-17. Safeguard detainees from obvious targets such as ammunition sites, fuel facilities, or

communications equipment. To safeguard detainees according to the GWS, GPW, GC, and U.S. policies,

Soldiers must—

􀁺 Provide first aid and medical treatment for wounded or sick detainees. Wounded and sick

detainees are evacuated separately through medical channels using the same assets as those used

to medically evacuate U.S. and multinational forces.

􀁺 Provide detainees with food and water. These supplies must be equal to those given to U.S.

armed forces and multinational forces. (See FM 27-10.)

􀁺 Ensure that firm, humane treatment is given.

􀁺 Allow detainees to use their protective equipment in case of hostile fire or a CBRN threat.

􀁺 Protect detainees from abuse by anyone, including other detainees and local civilians.

􀁺 Report all acts or allegations of inhumane treatment through military police channels and

immediately stop or prevent them. (See AR 190-45.)

HUMAN INTELLIGENCE SUPPORT

6-18. At DCPs, HUMINT collectors should debrief military police who are in regular contact with

detainees. HUMINT collectors should coordinate this debriefing through the military police chain of

command. Information collected in this manner may provide valuable insight that can aid the collector in

formulating approach strategies. Military police should be debriefed in such a way that it does not interfere

with their mission; this debriefing does not constitute a tasking. In the absence of HUMINT or

counterintelligence assets, the intelligence staff officer, S-2/G-2, should perform this function. HUMINT

liaison with the military police chain of command is vital to gain its support and ensure that HUMINT

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-9

collection will not interfere with military police operations. Joint patrols containing military police and

HUMINT collectors can also be mutually beneficial in many situations.

6-19. HUMINT collectors use the biometrics automated toolset to collect biometric data for intelligence

purposes during screening operations at all echelons when available. While the biometrics automated

toolset is not a Detainee Reporting System accountability tool, it is used to collect much of the same data as

the Detainee Reporting System.

6-20. While in the DCP, MI units are under tactical control of the military police platoon leader (or

company commander). The platoon leader is the officer in charge for detainee operations and is responsible

for the humane treatment, evacuation, and custody and control (reception, processing, administration,

internment, and safety) of detainees; security; and the operation of the internment facility. The MI unit

commander is responsible for conducting interrogation operations (including prioritizing the effort) and

controlling the technical aspects of interrogation and other intelligence operations. The intelligence staff

maintains control over interrogation operations through technical channels to ensure adherence to

applicable laws and policies, ensure the proper use of doctrinal approaches and techniques, and provide

technical guidance for interrogation activities. They receive technical guidance and priorities from the

operational management team or G-2X. The military police platoon leader will not establish intelligence

priorities for HUMINT or counterintelligence personnel. HUMINT and counterintelligence personnel

should only remain involved with activities that concern intelligence gathering, unless their involvement is

necessary to ensure the humane treatment or security of detainees.

MEDICAL SUPPORT

6-21. Medical care at the DCP is provided according to necessity and limited to emergency medical care

only. Medical personnel assigned to the military police unit normally treat detainees at the DCP. Detainees

requiring more than first aid, combat lifesaver, or Level I medical care are transported to a location where

they can receive the appropriate level of care. The BCT PM and/or military police platoon leader must

coordinate with medical personnel within the BCT to ensure that proper and timely medical care for

detainees is available. Moreover, military police exercise tactical control of medical personnel while

operating within the DCP. (See appendix I.)

6-22. Medical personnel will promptly report suspected detainee abuse to the proper authorities as outlined

in the medical policies developed for detainee operations. Generally, information pertaining to medical

conditions and the care provided to patients, including medical care for detainees, is handled with respect to

patient privacy. Under U.S. and international laws, there is no absolute confidentiality of medical

information for any person, including detainees.

SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS

6-23. The DCP is normally located within the brigade footprint. Therefore, military police should

thoroughly brief the units in the brigade on the location of the DCP and recommended actions to take in the

event of a detainee escape. Additional security measures to implement at the DCP include—

􀁺 The presence of an enhanced guard force when detainees are inprocessed, outprocessed,

medically examined, and in the custody of HUMINT collectors.

􀁺 The use of MWDs as a show of force and to deter escape attempts.

WARNING

MWDs will not be used to intimidate detainees or take part in

interrogation operations.

Chapter 6

6-10

DETAI

6-24.

intellig

to hou

basic h

LF

G

M

P

6-25.

figure

of an I

6-26.

tactica

6-27.

collect

DHA

exploi

moved

sites a

INEE HOL

A DHA is a te

gence exploita

use detainees.

hygiene faciliti

Legend:

FM

GP

MI

PSYOP

Military police

6-5.) The prim

I/R or military

Military polic

al interrogation

Detainees are

tors are norma

until transpor

itation may be

d to a TIF, or

at which a decis

LDING A

emporary locat

ation. It genera

(See figure 6-

ies, and medica

F

e assigned to t

mary units oper

police battalio

ce, MI, medic

n and HUMINT

treated as EPW

ally available a

rtation become

gin at the DC

is no longer o

sion is made to

FM 3-

AREA

tion used to fie

ally consists of

-4.) Basic infra

al care.

field manual

general purpo

military intellig

pyschological

Figure 6-4. E

the military po

rating a DHA m

on. (See append

al, and legal

T/counterintell

Ws until their

at the DHA to

es available to

P. MI exploita

f intelligence v

o detain or rele

-39.40

eld-process an

f a semiperman

astructure elem

ose

gence

operations

Example of a

olice brigade, o

may include a

dix B.)

assets (typical

igence screenin

status is deter

o support this d

o take them to

ation continues

value. The DH

ase a detainee.

nd house detain

nent structure t

ments include

DHA

or possibly the

variety of mili

lly colocated)

ng.

rmined accordi

determination.

o a safer area

s at the DHA

HA is the third

.

12

nees and provid

that is designe

shelter and/or

MEB, operate

itary police un

at the DHA

ing to DOD po

Detainees wil

a (another DH

until the detai

d point within t

2 February 201

de resources fo

d and resource

r cover, latrine

e the DHA. (Se

nits under the C

should provid

olicy. HUMIN

ll be held at th

HA or TIF). M

inee is release

the hierarchy o

10

or

ed

es,

ee

C2

de

NT

he

MI

d,

of

12 Feb

LOCA

6-

is

th

co

w

tr

bruary 2010

Legen

BDE

BFSB

C&E

CS

DHA

G-2

G-2X

HCT

MI

MDSC

MP

OMT

OPCO

PM

TECHC

ATION

-28. The DHA

s present in the

he receipt, car

onducted in a c

within subordin

ansportation ar

nd:

C

ON

CON

Fig

A is established

e division AO.

re, and evacua

counterinsurge

nate BCT AO

rteries that exp

F

briga

battle

colle

civil s

detai

intell

assis

coun

HUM

milita

medi

milita

opera

opera

provo

techn

gure 6-5. C2 w

d with the divis

The DHA is n

ation of detain

ency environm

Os) may be

pedite further m

FM 3-39.40

ade

efield surveillan

ction and explo

support

inee housing a

igence officer o

stant chief of st

nterintelligence

MINT collection

ary intelligence

ical deploymen

ary police

ational manage

ational control

ost marshal

nical control

within the div

sion’s AO. The

normally locate

nees. During

ment, multiple D

required. DH

movement of pe

nce brigade

oitation

rea

or section

taff, HUMINT a

team

nt support comm

ement team

vision and D

e best location

ed in a safe, an

long-term stab

DHAs placed a

HAs should b

ersonnel and su

and

mand

DHA

may be within

nd secure area

bility operatio

across the divi

be established

ustainment req

Detainee Fac

n the MEB AO

that is accessib

ns, especially

ision AO (to in

d adjacent to

quirements.

cilities

6-11

if one

ble for

those

nclude

main

Chapter 6

6-12 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

ADDITIONAL PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS

6-29. When establishing a DHA or expanding a DCP to provide extended detainee processing and

housing, commanders must consider design options, including—

􀁺 Building an outer perimeter using an earthen berm, fence, or rolled concertina or razor wire to

contain the operation.

􀁺 Providing the following secure areas:

􀂄 An entry point (with double barriers) into the DCP and/or DHA.

􀂄 A reception area for custody transfer operations.

􀂄 An administrative area.

􀂄 A medical support area.

􀂄 An interrogation area and/or facility.

􀂄 A centralized property room (for evidence, found property, and confiscated property).

􀂄 Open compounds for housing multiple detainees by segregation designation.

􀂄 Single-cell units for disciplinary segregation.

􀁺 Establishing small compounds for segregation. The compound design should include the

following, depending on the availability of resources:

􀂄 Towers or other fixed locations that provide for mutual support.

􀂄 Shelters within each compound if detainees are being housed there. (Hard facilities are

preferred, but tents are the minimum requirement.)

􀂄 Communications between towers and adjacent compounds.

􀂄 Lights that are capable of illuminating and flooding compounds.

􀂄 Compounds that are free of rocks and other debris.

􀂄 Latrines and personal hygiene points that are separate from detainee living areas, but with

easy access from the compounds.

􀁺 Developing individual cells or confinement spaces to provide additional segregation for violent

or uncooperative detainees, high-value detainees, or detainees who are vulnerable to harm by

other detainees as the situation allows.

6-30. The commander must—

􀁺 Stock appropriate cleaning supplies to sanitize areas and/or facilities.

􀁺 Provide adequate clothing and footwear.

􀁺 Provide three adequate meals and sufficient hydration daily to maintain good health.

􀁺 Provide appropriate medical care and preventive medicine as available.

􀁺 Post information on the applicable protections afforded under the Geneva Conventions and

detainee rules in the local language. (This information should be posted in a conspicuous

location.)

6-31. A sufficient guard force should be established based on the location and facility structural design,

number of detainees, segregation requirements, and detainee threat and risk levels. Accordingly, a guard

force should consist of, at a minimum, a sergeant of the guard, tower and static guards, roving guards,

escort guards, and a reaction force.

6-32. When conducting HUMINT collection in the DHA, military police should—

􀁺 Locate the site where screeners can observe detainees as they are segregated and processed. It

should be shielded from the direct view of the detainee population and far enough away so that

detainees cannot overhear screeners’ conversations.

􀁺 Select a site that will accommodate operation, administrative, and interrogation areas. Lights

should be made available for night operations.

􀁺 Ensure that guards are available and that procedures for escorting and securing detainees during

the interrogation process are outlined in the SOP.

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-13

􀁺 Notify screeners about any detainees that will be moved and when they will be moved.

􀁺 Ensure that accountability procedures are implemented and that the required forms are available.

6-33. Military police operating the DHA have tactical control over HUMINT collectors, medical

personnel, and other personnel who operate inside the DHA and are responsible for the humane treatment,

evacuation, custody, and control (reception, processing, administration, internment, and safety) of

detainees; security; and the operation of the internment facility. For HUMINT support at the DHA, the MI

unit commander is responsible for conducting interrogation operations (including prioritizing the effort)

and controlling the technical aspects of interrogation and other intelligence operations. The intelligence

staff maintains control through technical channels over interrogation operations to ensure adherence to

applicable laws and policies, ensure the proper use of doctrinal approaches and techniques, and provide

technical guidance for interrogation activities. Applicable laws and policies include U.S. laws, the law of

war, relevant international laws, relevant directives (including DODD 2310.01E and DODD 3115.09),

DODIs, execution orders, and FRAGOs. The military police company or battalion commander will not

establish intelligence priorities for HUMINT and/or counterintelligence personnel, nor should the military

police commander compel HUMINT and/or counterintelligence personnel to involve themselves in

nonintelligence activities. The detainee operations medical director is designated by the medical

deployment support command commander to provide technical guidance for the medical aspects of

detainee operations conducted throughout the joint operations area.

HUMAN INTELLIGENCE SUPPORT

6-34. To facilitate collecting enemy tactical information, MI personnel may colocate HUMINT and

counterintelligence teams at the DHA to screen arriving detainees and determine which of them are of

immediate tactical intelligence value to the maneuver commander. This provides MI personnel with direct

access to detainees and their equipment and documents. Military police and MI personnel coordinate to

establish operating procedures that include the accountability of detainees. An interrogation area is

established away from the receiving and processing line so that MI personnel can interrogate detainees and

examine their equipment and documents. If a detainee or the detainee’s equipment and/or documents are

removed from the receiving and processing line, they are accounted for on DA Form 4137 and DD Form

2708.

6-35. HUMINT collectors screen detainees at the DHA by observing them from an area close to the

dismount point or processing area, looking for anyone who is a potential source of tactical and operational

information. As each detainee passes, MI personnel examine the DD Form 2745 and look for branch

insignias or other clues which indicate that a detainee has information to support command priority

intelligence and information requirements. They also look for detainees who are willing or attempting to

talk to guards; intentionally joining the wrong group; or displaying signs of nervousness, anxiety, or fear.

6-36. Military police assist the HUMINT collectors by identifying detainees who may have answers that

support priority intelligence and information requirements. Because military police are in constant contact

with detainees, they see how certain detainees respond to orders and see the types of requests that are made.

The military police ensure that searches requested by MI personnel are conducted out of the sight of other

detainees and that guards conduct same-gender searches when possible.

6-37. MI screeners examine captured documents, equipment, and, in some cases, personal papers (journals,

diaries, letters). They look for information that identifies a detainee and the detainee’s organization,

mission, and personal background (family, knowledge, experience). The knowledge of a detainee’s

physical and emotional status or other information helps screeners determine the detainee’s willingness to

cooperate.

6-38. HUMINT collectors at the DHA provide input to assist in the decision to release or detain an

individual. If the decision is made to detain the individual, arrangements are then made to transport the

detainee to a TIF for formal processing into the Detainee Reporting System, including the issuance of an

ISN.

Chapter 6

6-14 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

MEDICAL SUPPORT

6-39. Medical personnel organic to maneuver units or the brigade support medical company may be

required to provide emergency medical treatment or evacuation on an area support basis at a DHA. (See

appendix I.)

6-40. The medical screening that can be accomplished at a DHA is limited. The purpose of this medical

screening is to ensure that the detainees do not have significant wounds, injuries, or other medical

conditions (such as severe dehydration) that require immediate medical attention and/or evacuation.

Medical personnel screen for conditions that could deteriorate before transfer to a TIF. This screening does

not include the use of diagnostic equipment, such as X rays or laboratory tests, because these resources are

not available at a DCP or DHA. Any injuries or medical treatment provided during screening is entered on

the DD Form 1380. The detainee’s DD Form 2745 number is used as the identification number on the

DD Form 1380. If the detainee is not to be evacuated through medical channels, provide one copy of the

DD Form 1380 to the detaining unit for inclusion in the detainee’s medical record, which will be initiated

and maintained at the TIF. When an ISN is assigned at the TIF, it will be used for detainee identification in

the detainee’s medical records folder.

6-41. Detainees whose medical conditions require hospitalization are treated, stabilized, and evacuated to a

supporting medical treatment facility. The DD Form 1380 is sent with detainees for inclusion in their

medical records, which are established at the Level III hospital.

6-42. The initial care provided to detainees at Levels I and II will be documented on DD Form 1380. Once

detainees are evacuated to a higher level of care, the appropriate medical record folder containing the

required demographic information will be initiated. All medical documentation and medications from

screening examinations or treatment at prior locations, such as the DCP, should be available for review and

inclusion in the medical record.

6-43. The DHA is a temporary holding area; however, temporary can be a relative term. If the DHA

remains in the same location for an extended period, improvement to the field sanitation areas (such as

latrines and showers) should be undertaken, rather than relying solely on field-expedient facilities as done

at the DCP. Medical personnel and/or units could also be attached to provide an expanded sick call

capability.

6-44. Inprocessing medical screenings are only conducted at the TIF. However, DHA medical personnel

can document preexisting injuries with medical photography, if appropriate, and forward this

documentation with the detainees for later inclusion in their medical records initiated at the TIF. At the

DHA, medical encounters may be documented on SF 600. If used, forward it with detainees upon transfer

to the TIF for inclusion in their medical records.

SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS

6-45. The DHA, like the DCP, is a temporary holding area for detainees. Nevertheless, the security

considerations remain the same at any echelon where detainees are held. The temporary nature of the DHA

does not negate the responsibility of military police and other forces to plan for and establish security.

Attempted escapes and proper protective measures for the forces and detainees inside the DHA must

always be prime planning considerations.

FIXED DETAINEE INTERNMENT FACILITIES

6-46. Fixed detainee internment facilities include TIF and SIF facilities, each of which encompass many

regulatory and doctrinal solutions. Detainees are selectively assigned to appropriate advanced internment

facilities that best meet the needs of the detaining power and the detainee. Detainees (such as enemy

combatants) that hold violent opposing ideologies are interned in separate facilities in an effort to isolate

them from the general population and preempt any unforeseen problems. Once they have been assigned to a

facility, they may be further segregated because of nationality, language, or other reasons.

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-15

DETAINEE REPORTING SYSTEM

6-47. The Detainee Reporting System is the mandated detainee accountability database for all DOD

agencies. Key functions of the Detainee Reporting System at the TIF/SIF include—

􀁺 Assigning ISNs.

􀁺 Documenting detainee transfers, releases, and repatriations.

􀁺 Recording detainee deaths.

􀁺 Recording detainee escapes.

6-48. The timely and accurate reporting of data through the Detainee Reporting System is critical to

ensuring detainee accountability. As detainees are collected and processed, the Geneva Conventions require

that such information be forwarded to the appropriate authorities. Failure to do so may bring unwanted

scrutiny on the U.S. government for neglecting its duties under international laws.

6-49. The NDRC is designated by the OPMG to receive and archive all detainee information. The NDRC

provides detainee information to the protecting power or ICRC (to fulfill U.S. obligations under the Geneva

Conventions); various agencies in the DA, DOD, and Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI); and the U.S.

Congress. The NDRC’s principal responsibility is to ensure the collection, storage, and appropriate

dissemination of detainee information as required by AR 190-8 and DODD 2310.01E. The NDRC directs

the development of a Detainee Reporting System and issues blocks of ISNs to the TDRC.

6-50. The TDRC functions as the field operations agency for the NDRC, and it reports all detainee data

directly to the NDRC. The TDRC is responsible for maintaining information on all detainees and their

personal property within an assigned theater of operations. It obtains and stores information concerning all

detainees in the custody of U.S. armed forces (including those captured by U.S. armed forces and

transferred to other powers for internment or those received from other powers for internment [temporarily

or permanently]). The TDRC serves as the theater repository for information pertaining to detainee

accountability and ensures the implementation of DOD policy. It provides initial blocks of ISNs and

replenishes blocks of ISNs (as needed) to units performing detainee operations in the theater. The TDRC

requests additional blocks of ISNs from the NDRC. The TIF requests ISNs from the TDRC and forwards

all information concerning the detainees to the TDRC.

6-51. All locations to which the TDRC issues ISNs should send information concerning the detainee back

to the TDRC. A detainee’s ISN is used detainee’s internment as the primary means of identification. It is

used to link the detainee with biometric data (such as fingerprints, iris image, and DNA), personal property,

medical information, and issued equipment.

INTERNMENT SERIAL NUMBERS

6-52. The ISN is the DOD-mandated identification number used to account for and/or track detainees. (See

figure 6-6, page 6-16.) Once an ISN is assigned, it is used on all documentation, including medical records.

The ISN is generated by the Detainee Reporting System. The Detainee Reporting System is the only

approved system for maintaining detainee accountability. It is the central data point system used for

reporting to the national level and sharing detainee information with other authorized agencies. ISNs are

normally issued within 14 days of capture, regardless of where detainees are held, or according to

applicable policy. The ISN is comprised of the—

􀁺 Capturing power (a two-digit alpha character code representing the capturing power). Only

country codes found in the Defense Intelligence Agency manual (DIAM) 58-12 are used.

􀁺 Theater code (a one-digit number representing the command/theater under which the detainee

came into U.S. custody).

􀁺 Power served (a two-digit alpha character code representing the detainee’s power served [the

country the detainee is fighting for]). Only country codes found DIAM 58-12 are used.

􀁺 Sequence number (a unique six-digit number assigned exclusively to an individual detainee).

The Detainee Reporting System assigns these numbers sequentially. If a detainee dies, is

released, is repatriated, is transferred, or escapes, the detainee’s number is not reissued during

the same conflict.

Chapter 6

6-16 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀁺 Detainee classification (a two- or three-digit alpha character code representing the detainee’s

classification). Current classifications are CI, RP, and enemy combatants. Enemy combatants are

further divided into EPWs and members of armed groups.

Figure 6-6. ISN

6-53. The detainee information is reported through the TDRC to the NDRC. The TDRC is normally

colocated with the CDO. Once the Detainee Reporting System creates an ISN, no component may be

changed or corrected at the theater level without approval from the NDRC. All changes to ISNs must be

requested in writing and approved by the NDRC. U.S. armed forces must accurately account for detainees

and issue ISNs when required.

6-54. When required by laws and/or policies, the NDRC provides detainee information (POC, country of

origin, injury status, internment status) to the ICRC to satisfy the obligations of the Geneva Conventions.

The ICRC uses this detainee information to give the detainee’s status to the detainee’s government.

Commanders should try to standardize the tracking of detainees from the POC through the issuance of an

ISN. The number found on DD Form 2745 is the only authorized tracking number that may be used before

the assignment of an ISN. After an ISN is assigned, previously completed documents should be annotated

with the assigned ISN. For example, medical channels should use the DD Form 2745 number at first and

then use the ISN once an ISN is issued to the detainee. The Detainee Reporting System cross-references the

ISN and the DD Form 2745 number for administrative purposes.

6-55. If a detainee is inadvertently issued a second ISN ( clerical error, recapture) the processing personnel

will contact the NDRC, which will correct the sequence. No gaps are permitted in the official records and

numbering of detainees.

DETAINEE IDENTIFICATION BAND

6-56. The requirements for identifying a detainee by name and ISN are many and varied. Among the more

common reasons are—

􀁺 Periodically verifying detainee rosters against the actual compound population.

􀁺 Identifying compound work details.

􀁺 Matching detainees with their individual medical records.

􀁺 Checking the identities of detainees to be transferred or released against actual transfer rosters.

􀁺 Tracking detainees through medical channels.

US9AF-000234RP

Capturing power

Theater code Power served

Sequence number

Detainee

classification

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-17

6-57. The detainee identification band permits the rapid and reliable identification of each detainee.

Identification bands enhance facility administration and operation. The Detainee Reporting System can

create identification bands that show the ISN number, name, and photo of the detainee. If the Detainee

Reporting System is not available, record the detainee’s ISN and last name on the identification band and

secure it to the detainee’s left wrist. If appropriate bands are not available, use a medical wristband or

something similar.

6-58. When the identification band has serious deterioration or the ISN and name are obscured, replace it

with a new one. Periodic random checks of detainee identification bands will detect fair wear and tear and

any efforts to destroy the bands. When inspecting for fair wear and tear, also look for any evidence of

detainees exchanging bands. Such exchanges are entirely possible and should be expected; however, the

removal of an identification band by the original wearer will result in damage which is easily detected.

When positive identification is essential, such as for transfer or hospitalization, examine the identification

band carefully for the evidence of removal from another detainee. Additionally, conduct periodic routine

inspections of randomly selected identification bands in the mess line, during compound inspections, or at

other opportune times to help detect any attempt to tamper with or exchange an identification band.

THEATER INTERNMENT FACILITY

6-59. The TIF is a permanent or semipermanent facility (normally located at the theater level) that is

capable of holding detainees for extended periods of time. A TIF is a long-term internment facility that is

operated according to all applicable laws and policies. The JIDC is normally within the TIF. It is possible

that detainees and/or enemy combatants may bypass a DCP or DHA and be transferred directly to the TIF.

In such cases, all processing that would have taken place earlier must be accomplished immediately on

arrival at the TIF. Military police units task organized to the I/R battalion will be based on the specific

requirements of the TIF. (See appendix B.)

6-60. The TIF is the first location where detainees may be held for extended periods of time. The

infrastructure and design standards associated with the TIF reflect long-term detention and facilitate and

ensure humane treatment throughout a detainee’s stay in the facility. (See appendix J for more information

on internment facility design.)

6-61. Key organization elements in the TIF may include a joint security group, JIDC, detainee hospital,

joint logistics group, joint internment operations group, CA unit, and psychological unit. Special staff

considerations may include a joint visitor’s bureau, chaplain, inspector general, SJA, public affairs,

surgeon, forensic psychologist, forensic psychiatrist, medical plans and operations officer, environmental

health officer, and PM and/or security forces.

6-62. Dedicated teams may be organized and employed to identify and mitigate threats within the facility.

These teams, configured with specific capabilities based on requirements determined from current mission

variables, will likely include bilingual bicultural advisors, intelligence officers, counterintelligence agents,

and others as needed. The teams may be required for each major compound within the TIF or SIF.

6-63. The military police operating the TIF have tactical control over HUMINT collectors, medical

personnel, and other personnel who conduct operations at the TIF for the humane treatment, evacuation,

custody, and control (reception, processing, administration, internment, and safety) of detainees; security;

and the operation of the internment facility. For HUMINT support at the TIF, the JIDC commander is

responsible for conducting interrogation operations (including prioritization of effort) and controlling the

technical aspects of interrogation or other intelligence operations. The intelligence staff maintains control

over interrogation operations through technical channels to ensure adherence to applicable laws and policy,

ensure the proper use of doctrinal approaches and techniques, and provide technical guidance for

interrogation activities. Applicable laws and policies include U.S. laws, the law of war, relevant

international laws, relevant directives (including DODD 3115.09 and DODD 2310.01E), DODIs, execution

orders, and FRAGOs. The military police commander will not establish intelligence priorities for the

HUMINT and/or counterintelligence personnel. HUMINT and/or counterintelligence personnel should only

remain involved with activities that concern intelligence gathering. The detainee operations medical

director is designated by the medical deployment support command commander to provide technical

Chapter 6

6-18

guidan

(See fi

nce for the me

igures 6-7 and 6

L

A

C

C

G

I

M

M

M

M

O

P

T

T

T

edical aspects

6-8.)

Legend:

ARFOR

CDO

CSG-2

G-2X

/R

MDSC

METT-TC

MI

MP

OPCON

PM

TACON

TECHCON

TIF

Figure 6-7.

FM 3-

of detainee op

Sample TIF C

or multip

-39.40

perations cond

Army forces

commander,

intelligence o

assistant chie

and counterin

internment an

medical deplo

command

mission, enem

weather, troo

available, tim

civil considera

military intellig

military police

operational co

provost mars

tactical contro

technical con

theater intern

C2 in the the

ple small TIFs

ducted through

detainee opera

officer or sectio

ef of staff, HUM

ntelligence

nd resettlemen

oyment suppor

my, terrain and

ops and suppor

me available, an

ations

gence

e

ontrol

hal

ol

ntrol

nment facility

eater with sin

s

12

hout the joint

ations

n

MINT

t

rt

d

rt

nd

ngle

2 February 201

operations are

10

ea.

12 Feb

6-

af

pr

de

PLAN

6-

am

de

bruary 2010

-64. Choosing

ffect its ability

riority. Failure

etainees are wi

NNING CONS

-65. Planning

mount of suppo

etainee operati

Legend:

ARFOR

CDO

G-2

G-2X

I/R

MDSC

MI

MP

MPC

OPCON

PM

TACON

TECHCON

TIF

Figure 6-8.

locations for

y to receive s

e to consider

ithout the right

SIDERATIONS

for operations

ort, ranging fro

ions. Proper p

F

. Sample TIF

TIFs is critica

supplies. Rece

resupply proc

ts and privilege

S

at the TIF is

om medical to

planning befor

FM 3-39.40

Army forces

commander

intelligence

assistant ch

counterintel

internment a

medical dep

military intel

military polic

military polic

operational

provost mar

tactical cont

technical co

theater inter

C2 in the th

multiple TIF

al during the p

iving supplies

edures could

es required und

a much greate

engineer, is tim

re operations c

s

r, detainee ope

officer or secti

hief of staff, HU

ligence

and resettleme

ployment suppo

lligence

ce

ce command

control

rshal

trol

ontrol

rnment facility

eater with an

lanning phase.

s through all s

result in an e

der U.S. policie

r challenge tha

me-consuming

commence is

erations

on

UMINT and

ent

ort command

n MPC and

. The location

supply classes

extended perio

es and internati

an at lower ech

g and critical to

vital. The pla

Detainee Fac

of each facilit

s is a top com

od of time in

ional laws.

helons. Plannin

o ensuring succ

anning should

cilities

6-19

ty will

mmand

which

ng the

cessful

focus

Chapter 6

6-20 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

across the DOTMLPF domain to ensure that all requirements are met. Synchronization with adjacent staff

elements and commands is another important element.

6-66. At a minimum, training for operations at a TIF should include the following:

􀁺 Introduction to detainee operations.

􀁺 Detainee Reporting System training.

􀁺 Communications with detainees (cultural awareness).

􀁺 Introduction to the Geneva Conventions and U.S. policies on the humane treatment of detainees

and DCs.

􀁺 Familiarization with stress management procedures.

􀁺 Introduction to HIV and universal precautions to take with HIV positive detainees.

􀁺 Advanced use-of-force criteria for I/R and interrogation operations.

􀁺 Introduction to frisk, cell, and area search procedures.

􀁺 Application of restraints.

􀁺 Personal safety awareness.

􀁺 Defensive tactics (unarmed self-defense).

􀁺 NLWs.

􀁺 Forced cell move procedures.

􀁺 Response procedures for a bomb and/or bomb threat.

􀁺 Current training support packages.

􀁺 Emergency response to fires, escapes, and disorders.

􀁺 Cell block operations.

􀁺 Meal procedures.

􀁺 Introduction to accountability procedures.

􀁺 Security and control activities.

􀁺 Familiarization with the special compound operations.

􀁺 Introduction to main gate/sally port operations.

􀁺 Written reports required to operate a TIF.

􀁺 Visitation operations.

RECEIVING AND PROCESSING DETAINEES

6-67. Interpreters may be requested from MI personnel, PSYOP personnel, multinational forces, or local

authorities. This may also require identifying and clearing trusted detainees or local nationals to act as

interpreters. Interpreters are absolutely necessary when entering required data into the Detainee Reporting

System.

Receiving Detainees

6-68. When detainees are delivered to the TIF, they are segregated from those who arrived earlier and

those who are partially processed. Military police ensure that—

􀁺 Detainees are counted and matched against the manifest. Military police must also ensure that

they have documentation for the detainees, their personal property, and anything of evidentiary

value.

􀁺 Detainees are field-processed if the capturing unit or the DCP did not previously process them.

Military police should not release the escorting unit until proper documentation is completed.

􀁺 Detainees have a completed DD Form 2745 when they arrive, which will be used at the

internment facility until they are issued ISNs.

􀁺 ISNs and the last names of the detainees are recorded on identification bands created by the

Detainee Reporting System.

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-21

􀁺 Identification bands are attached to the left wrist of each detainee using the personnel

identification banding kit (National Stock Number 8465-01-015-3245).

􀁺 Detainees’ personal property and items of evidentiary value are stored in a temporary storage

area until they are fully processed.

􀁺 Detainees are given DA Forms 4137 for any property temporarily or permanently stored in the

internment facility storage area.

􀁺 Access to the temporary storage area is controlled.

􀁺 Detainees are provided food and water.

􀁺 Detainees are provided access to sanitation facilities.

􀁺 Detainees are provided first aid or medical treatment as required.

􀁺 Detainees are held in the receiving area until they can be processed.

6-69. Body cavity searches may be conducted for valid medical reasons or when there is reasonable belief

that a security risk is present. Body cavity searches are not to be routine, are only conducted by authorized

persons (trained medical personnel) according to DOD policy, and are subject to the following conditions:

􀁺 Performance of routine detainee body cavity exams or searches is strictly prohibited except

for—

􀂄 Valid medical reasons with the verbal consent of the individual.

􀂄 When there is a reasonable belief that the detainee is concealing an item that presents a

security risk.

􀁺 Examinations or searches are conducted by personnel of the same gender as the detainee if

possible.

􀁺 Examinations and searches will be conducted in a manner that respects the individual.

Note. Body cavity searches other than those performed for valid medical reasons require the

approval of the first general/flag officer in the chain of command.

6-70. Table 6-1, page 6-22, shows the nine stations that each detainee must go through to complete the

processing, the responsible individuals at each station, and actions that must be accomplished. Based on

mission variables and the commander’s decision, the stations may need to be tailored to meet the situation.

The procedures for receiving detainees are performed at stations 1 through 4, and the procedures for

processing detainees are performed at stations 5 through 9.

6-71. When detainees arrive at the TIF, they will go through an initial screening within the sally port or

holding area before a more comprehensive screening by MI personnel. This process provides HUMINT

collectors with detainee information to be used when conducting interrogation operations. Subsequently,

the detainees proceed through a templated processing and screening area that includes areas found in table

6-1, page 6-22.

Chapter 6

6-22 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

Table 6-1. Nine-station internment process

Station Purpose Responsible

Individual(s)1 Actions

1 Search Military

police

Assign each detainee an ISN to replace the DD Form 2745 number.

Ensure that accountability procedures are followed.

Sign DD Form 2708, and take custody of detainees (may use a manifest

for this), their records, and their impounded property/evidence.

Receive impounded property separately according to the Joint Travel

Regulations and Joint Federal Travel Regulations.

Conduct joint inventory with the transporting unit.

Escort detainees, their property, and accompanying evidence.

Strip-search detainees (use military police of the same gender) before

entering the processing area unless conditions prohibit it.

Remove and examine property/evidence, place it in a container or tray,

mark it with the detainee’s ISN, and take it to the temporary property

storage area (where it is held until the detainee is processed).

Prepare a receipt for the detainee’s retained property/evidence using DA

Form 4137 or field-expedient materials.

Supervise detainee movement to the next station.

2 Personal

hygiene

Military

police and

processed

detainees

(when

possible)

Allow detainees to shower, shave, and get haircuts.

Disinfect detainees, using the guidelines established by the PVNTMED

officer.

Allow detainees access to sanitation facilities.

Supervise detainee movement to the next station.

3 Medical

evaluation

Medical

personnel

and military

police

Inspect detainees for signs of illness or injury to discover health

problems or communicable diseases that may require medical

evacuation.

Provide medical and dental care according to AR 190-8.

Decide which detainees need to be medically evacuated for treatment

and to what facility.

Evaluate detainees as prescribed by theater policy.

Immunize or reimmunize detainees as prescribed by theater policy.

Initiate treatment and immunization records.

Place detainees’ ISNs on their medical records to reduce the need for

linguist support. Ensure that detainees’ names, service numbers (if

applicable), and ISNs were entered at Station 1 with the aid of an

interpreter.

Annotate in the detainee’s medical records the date and place that the

detainee was inspected, immunized, and disinfected.

Document preexisting conditions and wounds in the detainees’ medical

records. Use photographs if appropriate.

Obtain height and weight of detainees and annotate them in the DRS

and on DA Forms 2664-R.

Supervise detainee movement to the next station.

4 Personal

items2

Military

police

Issue personal comfort items (toilet paper, soap, toothbrush, and

toothpaste).

Issue clothing from one of the following sources:

The detainee’s original clothing.

Captured enemy supplies.

Normal supply channels.

Supervise detainee movement to the next station.

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-23

Table 6-1. Nine-station internment process (continued)

Station Purpose Responsible

Individual(s)1 Actions

5

Administrative

accountability

Processing

clerk

(assisted by

an

interpreter,

MI

personnel,

or others)

and military

police

Ensure that an ISN was assigned to each detainee using the DRS at

Station 1. Annotate the ISN on DD Form 2745 so that late-arriving

property can be matched to its owner.

Initiate personnel records, identification documents, DA Form 4137, and

DA Form 4237-R.

Use the DRS and/or digital equipment to generate forms and records.

Prepare forms and records to maintain accountability of detainees and

their property. (See AJP-2.5.)

Prepare forms for the repatriation or international transfer of detainees as

specified in local regulations or SOPs.

Supervise detainee movement to the next station.

6

Biometrics

collection

(photographs,

DNA data,

fingerprints,

and

iris scans)

Military

police

Fingerprint detainees using a DOD electronic biometric collection set by

recording the information required.

Prepare five-aspect photographs of each detainee using a digital camera.

Take photographs of the head, with the detainee looking forward, 45

degrees to the left and right and 90 degrees to the left and right.

Digitally upload photographs into the DRS.

Collect a DNA sample from each detainee using buccal (inside the cheek)

swabs.

Create an identification band using the DRS.

Supervise detainee movement to the next station.

7

Property/

evidence

inventory3

Military

police

Inventory and record, in the presence of the detainee, property brought

from the temporary property storage area.

Complete a separate DA Form 4137 for returned, stored, impounded, and

confiscated property.

List the property to be returned to the detainee or stored during internment

on DA Form 4137.

Give the detainee a completed copy of DA Form 4137 for property placed

in temporary storage.

Give the detainee a completed copy of DA Form 4137 as a receipt for

money placed in the detainee’s account. (See AR 190-8 and DFAS-IN

37-1.)

Return retained property that was taken from the detainee at Station 1.

Supervise detainee movement to the next station.

8 Records

review

Military

police

Review the processed records for completeness and accuracy.

Escort detainees back to the appropriate stations to correct errors if

necessary.

Allow detainees to prepare DA Form 2665-R (Capture Card for Prisoner of

War). If they are being interned at the same place where they were

processed, allow them to prepare DA Form 2666-R (Prisoner of War

Notification of Address/Prisoner of War Mail).

Have another individual (someone that is authorized by the commander)

complete DA Form 2665-R and/or DA Form 2666-R for detainees who are

unable to write.

Supervise detainee movement to the next station.

Ensure that CIs have an order of internment, with a record of any appeal

requested. Prepare an order of internment according to AR 190-8 if one

has not been completed, including appeal rights.

9

Movement

to living

area

Military

police

Brief detainees on internment facility rules and regulations.

Escort detainees to their new living areas.

Chapter 6

6-24 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

Table 6-1. Nine-station internment process (continued)

Notes.

1The number of people who perform tasks depends on the number of detainees and the time available.

2Detainees being categorized as CIs, RP, and enemy combatants are clothed according to AR 190-8.

3Property records must be maintained electronically using the DRS and on the original hard copy of DA Form 4137.

Legend:

AJP allied joint publication

AR Army regulation

CI civilian internee

DA Department of the Army

DD Department of Defense

DFAS-IN Defense Finance and Accounting Service-Indiana

DNA deoxyribonucleic acid

DOD Department of Defense

DRS Detainee Reporting System

ISN internment serial number

PVNTMED preventive medicine

RP retained personnel

SOP standing operating procedure

Initial Processing

6-72. Initial processing is the gathering of critical information from detainees. The minimum information

needed in the initial processing is—

􀁺 Complete name (first and last).

􀁺 Service number (only if classified as an EPW).

􀁺 DD Form 2745 number.

􀁺 Grade (only if classified as an EPW).

􀁺 Theater of capture.

􀁺 Power served.

􀁺 Detainee category.

􀁺 Capturing unit.

􀁺 Date of capture.

􀁺 POC (grid coordinates).

􀁺 Circumstances of capture.

6-73. The information collected during the initial inprocessing is entered into the Detainee Reporting

System. Subsequently; an ISN is then issued to the detainee.

6-74. This information, along with the information needed to assign an ISN (capturing power, theater code,

power served, sequence number, and detainee classification), is enough to move the detainee into the

internment facility where additional data can be gathered as time permits. Much of the information comes

directly from the DD Form 2745. The TDRC provides blocks of ISNs to make initial processing quick and

effective.

Full Processing

6-75. Detainees are considered fully processed when all fields in the Detainee Reporting System are

completed (this also includes fields from initial processing). Remember that detainees are only required to

give their name, grade, and service number. Items such as the city of birth and next of kin are to be

collected when possible; however, detainees are not required to provide this information.

6-76. AR 190-8 states that the NDRC is responsible for maintaining the following information and items

on detainees:

􀁺 Date of birth.

􀁺 City of birth.

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-25

􀁺 Country of birth.

􀁺 Nationality.

􀁺 General statement of health.

􀁺 Power served.

􀁺 Name and address of a person to be notified of the detainee’s capture.

􀁺 Address to which correspondence may be sent.

􀁺 Notification of capture and the date sent.

INTERNMENT FACILITY ASSIGNMENT

6-77. The initial classification of a detainee is accomplished during processing and is based on the

statements or identity papers that the detainee provides. Assignment to a specific compound within the

internment facility is further based on the assumption that the identity the detainee provided was correct.

This provides the basis for assignment to various compounds and the establishment of individual detainee

personnel files.

CLASSIFICATION AND REASSIGNMENT

6-78. Once the detainee is assigned to a facility, expect a continuing need for further reclassification and

reassignment. It may become necessary to reclassify the detainee a second time as the detainee’s identity

becomes apparent. Agitators, other detainees, or detainee leaders will eventually be uncovered by their

activities. They may then be reclassified according to their new identity or ideology and reassigned to a

more appropriate facility. Commanders at detention/internment facilities must conduct Article 5 or civilian

internee review tribunals according to the procedures in appendix D.

Note. Article 5 tribunals are conducted if there is a doubt as to EPW status or upon the

detainee’s request. CIs (including suspected members of armed groups) should receive an order

of internment, along with rights of appeal to a review board, within 72 hours of

capture/internment if possible.

6-79. The reclassification and reassignment of detainees within a facility should be anticipated. The initial

classification may be challenged by the detainees, MI personnel, or military police assets. For example, a

detainee may come forward with statements or documentation that indicates that he or she should be

reclassified, or military police and/or MI personnel may determine after observation that a detainee was

incorrectly classified.

ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESSING AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT

6-80. From the POC until a detainee arrives at a TIF, the proper accountability, processing, and

management of the detainee’s record is crucial. Failure to do so indicates a breakdown in the chain of

custody of a detainee. Moreover, it provides a perception to the media and others interested in detainee

operations (for example, the protecting power) that care, concern, and overall detainee safety and

well-being are not a prime concern to the guard force or elements conducting detainee operations. The

overall protection of the guard force, commanders, MI personnel, and medical personnel (all of whom

operate inside a TIF) is increased when the proper administrative recordkeeping is strictly enforced at the

facility.

Records Management

6-81. All documentation related to the detainee’s capture and any documents generated from the POC until

the detainee is released will be maintained in the detainee’s personnel file. If a detainee is transferred, the

original file (containing medical, disciplinary, and administrative actions) will be provided to the receiving

authority. If a detainee is released from DOD control, the original record will be sent to the TDRC.

6-82. Legal files generated for the purpose of HN prosecution will be maintained by the assigned/attached

TIF SJA. Records management regarding future prosecution will include property captured at the POC

Chapter 6

6-26 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

(annotated on DA Form 4137), written statements placing detainees at the scene where an offense/crime

was committed (DA Form 2823), and any disciplinary statements obtained on those particular detainees

throughout their detention.

Initiating Detainee Personnel Files

6-83. The I/R battalion must develop and maintain hard copies of personnel files on each detainee within

the detainee facility. At a minimum, initiate detainee personnel files with the following forms:

􀁺 DA Form 2662-R (EPW Identity Card). Completed if detainees do not hold an identification

card from their country.

􀁺 DA Form 2663-R (Fingerprint Card). Completed for detainees upon inprocessing into the

facility.

􀁺 DA Form 2664-R. Initiated upon inprocessing detainees and updated monthly.

􀁺 DA Form 4137. Used to record currency and property confiscated from detainees.

􀁺 DA Form 4237-R. Completed on detainees upon inprocessing into the facility.

􀁺 DD Form 2708. Used to account for evacuated detainees, regardless of the evacuation channel.

􀁺 DD Form 2745. Used to tag detainees who are captured. (Detainees should arrive at the site with

this form attached.)

􀁺 DA Form 2823. Used to record capture information.

Records and Reports

6-84. The commander may establish local records and reports that are necessary for the effective operation

of the facility. These reports provide the commander with information concerning the control, supervision,

and disposition of personnel housed in the facility. The commander determines the type of reports

(administrative, operational, sustainment, and intelligence) and the frequency (routine or as required).

Normal command and staff records and reports (such as DA Form 1594), worksheets, and situation maps

are also required. (See appendix G.)

6-85. Additional records and reports that are generated at the TIF may include—

􀁺 DA Form 2674-R.

􀁺 DA Form 2823.

􀁺 DD Form 2064.

􀁺 DD Form 2713 (Inmate Observation Report) (available on the Detainee Reporting System).

􀁺 DD Form 2714 (Inmate Disciplinary Report).

􀁺 DD Form 503 (Medical Examiner’s Report).

􀁺 DD Form 509 (Inspection Record of Prisoner in Segregation).

􀁺 DD Form 510 (Request for Interview).

􀁺 Memorandums for record (include incentives, incidents, or other situations not covered by other

reports or records).

􀁺 Release or transfer orders available in the Detainee Reporting System.

Disciplinary Record

6-86. Each commander is required to maintain a record of disciplinary punishment administered to

detainees. The use of DA Form 3997 (Military Police Desk Blotter) is suggested. Maintain this form at the

facility at all times, even when detainees are transferred or released.

OPERATIONS

6-87. There are many varied components of TIF operations. These may range from identifying the proper

linguists for employment to managing general security concerns within the facility. The paragraphs below

are not all-encompassing, but merely provide considerations commanders must make when developing and

implementing operations at the TIF level. Commanders must keep in mind that the primary focus of

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-27

internment facilities is detainees. Detainees should be respected and protected according to the Geneva

Conventions.

Assigned Personnel

6-88. Personnel assigned or attached to the facilities should be specially trained in the care and control of

housed personnel. Each individual should be fully cognizant of the provisions of the Geneva Conventions

and the applicable regulations as they apply to the treatment of detainees. A training program does not

occur once a deployment occurs. A proper training program begins during the mission-essential task list

development and with early training and frequent reinforcement of collective and individual tasks that

support the mission-essential task list tasks.

6-89. The necessary care and control of detainees is best achieved with carefully selected and trained

personnel. The specialized nature of duty at the different facilities requires personnel who can be depended

on to cope successfully with behavior or incidents that call for calm, fair, and immediate decisive action.

These personnel must possess the highest qualities of leadership and judgment. They are required to

observe rigid self-discipline and maintain a professional attitude at all times.

Multifunctional Boards

6-90. Establish multifunctional boards (according to AR 190-8) to assist the detention facility commander

in the decisionmaking process. The detention facility commander, in coordination with the MI commander,

will normally chair boards. Multifunctional boards provide full staff and stakeholder representation to

ensure a comprehensive review, analysis, and assessment of current functions. Boards will normally consist

of representatives from all interested stakeholders but, at a minimum, should include military police, MI,

legal, and medical representatives. Representatives may also include HN civil authorities, other government

agencies, military criminal investigative organizations, and contractors as appropriate. Boards should

incorporate a formal process based on published protocols, to include publishing minutes, reporting

findings, making recommendations to higher headquarters, adjusting current action plans, and scheduling

follow-up meetings as necessary. Multifunctional boards should convene to address a variety of

detainee-related functions, to include the following:

􀁺 Changes in a detainee’s status (by Article 5 and CI review tribunals).

􀁺 Changes in detainee policy and detainee interrogation policy.

􀁺 Changes in release, transfer of custody, and repatriation procedures.

􀁺 Receipt of detainee complaints, allegations of abuse, and investigations.

􀁺 Corrective actions based on facility and operational assessments and inspections.

􀁺 Risk assessment, mitigation, and safety programs/plans.

􀁺 Review of detainee disciplinary policies and adjudication processes.

􀁺 Changes in detainee management/environment (compliance measures, integration of new

facilities).

􀁺 Changes in ROE/RUF.

􀁺 Integration of approved new technologies and NLWs. (When dealing with detainees, the

detention facility commander should thoroughly review appropriate use, assess risks, and

provide new equipment training.)

􀁺 Establishment of ICRC or protecting power communications (does not preclude mandatory

ICRC reporting according to DOD policy).

􀁺 Monitoring and implementing of detainee facility transition plans.

Standing Orders

6-91. Standing orders at a facility are used to provide uniform and orderly administration of the facility.

Procedures, rules, and instructions to be obeyed by detainees must be published (in their language), posted

where detainees can read and refer to them, and made available to those without access to posted copies.

Detention facility commanders should ensure that standing orders are read to illiterate detainees in their

Chapter 6

6-28 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

native language. These orders should generally include rules and procedures governing the following

activities and other matters as appropriate:

􀁺 Schedule of calls. It may include, but is not limited to—

􀂄 Reveille.

􀂄 Morning roll call.

􀂄 Readiness of quarters for inspection.

􀂄 Sick call.

􀂄 Mess call.

􀂄 Evening roll call.

􀂄 Lights out.

􀁺 Announcements of hours for religious services, recreational activities, and other activities.

􀁺 Emergency sick call procedures.

􀁺 Inspection procedures.

􀁺 Field sanitation and personal hygiene standards and procedures.

􀁺 Designated smoking areas.

􀁺 Laundry procedures and operations.

􀁺 Food service and maintenance operations and procedures.

6-92. Examples of standing orders for detainees may include the following:

􀁺 Comply with rules, regulations, and orders. They are necessary for safety, good order, and

discipline.

􀁺 Immediately obey all orders from U.S. military personnel. Deliberate disobedience, resistance,

or conduct of a mutinous or riotous nature will be dealt with by force.

􀁺 Noncompliance or any act of disorder or neglect that is prejudicial to good order or discipline

will result in disciplinary or judicial punishment.

􀁺 Do not establish courts or administer punishment over other detainees.

􀁺 Do not possess knives, sticks, pieces of metal, or other articles that can be used as a weapon.

􀁺 Do not drill or march in military formation for any purpose except as authorized and directed by

the detention facility commander.

EMERGENCY ACTION PLANS

6-93. TIF personnel will establish emergency action plans to assist in operating the facility. These plans

may consist of—

􀁺 Fire drills.

􀁺 Air raid and indirect-fire drills.

􀁺 Disturbances (major/minor), including hostage situations.

􀁺 Emergency evacuations.

􀁺 Natural disaster drills, including severe weather.

􀁺 Blackouts.

􀁺 Escapes.

􀁺 Mass casualty situations.

􀁺 Defense against ground assault and response to a perimeter attack.

RULES OF INTERACTION

6-94. The ROI provide Soldiers with a guide for interacting with detainees. The following and other

directives may be included in the ROI:

􀁺 Speak to detainees only when giving orders or in the line of duty.

􀁺 Treat all detainees equally and with respect as human beings.

􀁺 Respect religious articles and/or materials.

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-29

􀁺 Treat all medical problems seriously.

􀁺 Do not discuss politics or the conflict with detainees.

􀁺 Do not make promises.

􀁺 Do not make obscene gestures.

􀁺 Do not make derogatory remarks or political comments about detainees and their causes.

􀁺 Do not engage in commerce with detainees.

􀁺 Do not give gifts to detainees or accept gifts from them.

CONTROL AND DISCIPLINE

6-95. Military police maintain positive control of detainees under their care. The clear and consistent

standards of behavior identified by the guard force will assist in maintaining discipline within the detainee

population. Embedded within those standards is the inherent right to self-defense if a situation should arise.

Through fair and humane treatment, military police can ensure that compliant detainee conditions are

established.

6-96. Maintain humane but firm control by—

􀁺 Observing rigorous self-discipline.

􀁺 Maintaining a professional but impersonal attitude.

􀁺 Coping calmly with hostile or unruly behavior or incidents.

􀁺 Taking judicious, immediate, decisive action.

6-97. Military police take positive action to establish daily or periodic routines and responses that are

conducive to good order, discipline, and control. They—

􀁺 Require compliance with policies and procedures that provide firm control of detainees.

􀁺 Use techniques that provide firm control of detainees.

􀁺 Give reasonable orders in a commanding voice, and strive to learn basic commands in the

detainees’ language to help them comply with facility standards and rules.

􀁺 Post copies of the Geneva Conventions (printed in the detainees’ language) in the compound

where detainees can read them.

􀁺 Post rules, regulations, instructions, notices, orders, and other announcements that detainees are

expected to obey in areas where they can read them. Posted information must be printed in a

language that they understand, and copies must be provided to detainees who do not have access

to posted copies.

􀁺 Ensure that detainees obey rules, orders, and directives.

􀁺 Report a detainee’s refusal or failure to obey an order or regulation.

6-98. The detention facility commander establishes the rules needed to maintain discipline and security in

each facility. They are rigidly enforced. The following are never permitted:

􀁺 Fraternizing among detainees and U.S. armed forces or civilian personnel.

􀁺 Establishing relationships between detainees and U.S. armed forces or civilian personnel.

􀁺 Photographing or videotaping detainees for other than official reasons.

􀁺 Allowing detainees to establish their own court system.

􀁺 Donating or receiving gifts or any commercial activity between persons in U.S. custody and the

U.S. armed forces.

6-99. If necessary, the military police commander or appointed officer can initiate general court-martial

proceedings against detainees using the MCM; UCMJ; and U.S. laws, regulations, and orders in force

during the time of their internment. The I/R battalion requires adequate MOS 27D personnel to accomplish

this mission. Do not deliver detainees to civil authorities for an offense unless a member of the U.S. armed

forces would be delivered for committing a similar offense. (See AR 190-8 for a complete discussion on

detainee judicial proceedings.)

Chapter 6

6-30 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

6-100. Only the internment facility commander or an appointed designee(s) may order disciplinary

punishment without prejudice to the competence of the courts or higher authority. Detainees are not

disciplined until they are given precise information regarding the offense(s) that they are accused of

committing. The accused must be given a chance to explain their conduct and to defend themselves. The

accused is permitted to call witnesses and use an interpreter if necessary. Disciplinary measures, the

duration of which will not exceed 30 days, include—

􀁺 The discontinuation of privileges that are granted over and above those provided for by the

Geneva Conventions.

􀁺 Segregation.

􀁺 A fine, not to exceed one-half of the advance pay and working pay that the detainee would

otherwise receive during a period of not more than 30 days.

􀁺 Fatigue duties (extra duty), not to exceed 2 hours per day. This duty will not be applied to

officers. NCOs can only be required to do supervisory work.

INFORMATION COLLECTION

6-101. Information collection methods relative to detainee activities may include—

􀁺 Conducting periodic and unannounced compound searches and patrols.

􀁺 Searching individual detainees on departure from and return to the internment facility.

􀁺 Training all personnel in the techniques of observing, recognizing, and reporting information

that may be of intelligence value, such as—

􀂄 Unusual activities, especially before holidays or celebrations.

􀂄 Messages being passed between groups of detainees and CIs on labor details.

􀂄 Messages being passed to or from local civilians while detainees are on labor details.

􀂄 Messages being signaled from one compound to another.

􀂄 Detainees volunteering information of potential intelligence value.

􀁺 Ensuring that actions are taken to protect detainees from reprisal by removing or transferring

them to safe facilities once they provide information.

COMPOUND OPERATIONS

6-102. For efficient compound operations, implement the following:

􀁺 Accountability procedures. These procedures are used to track the location and population of

detainees. Such measures may include scheduled and random head counts.

􀁺 Observation and disciplinary reports. These reports are used to document infractions of

facility rules.

􀁺 Juvenile segregation rules. These rules are used to protect juveniles from the adult population.

􀁺 Special housing unit/segregation procedures. These procedures are used for the detainee’s

protection and for disciplinary, medical, or administrative reasons.

􀁺 Personal property procedures. These procedures are used to ensure that detainees properly

account for and store personal property.

HEALTH AND COMFORT ITEMS

6-103. Meeting the subsistence needs of detainees is one of many measures implemented to ensure that

humane treatment is provided to them. Subsistence needs may include—

􀁺 Clothing. Proper clothing should be issued to detainees to protect them from the elements. The

use of personal clothing is encouraged when standard facility issue is not available.

􀁺 Bedding. Bedding should be provided to detainees according to AR 190-8 and established

SOPs.

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-31

􀁺 Personal-hygiene items. Personal hygiene items and activities should be provided to detainees

on a daily basis as available. Such provisions ensure a healthy environment for facility

personnel, including the security force.

􀁺 Food. The daily individual food ration for detainees will be sufficient in quantity, quality, and

variety to keep them in good health and prevent nutritional deficiency. The TIF command may

require a dietician to properly determine caloric intake for detainees.

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

6-104. The implementation of emergency procedures is important to ensure the safety and security of TIF

personnel and detainees. These procedures, developed and implemented by the TIF command, may

include—

􀁺 Risk assessments and risk mitigation measures.

􀁺 Training and certification.

􀁺 Rehearsals and adjustments to SOPs based on lessons learned and observations of effective

practices.

􀁺 After-action reviews.

􀁺 Training of newly arrived personnel on emergency procedures.

INTEGRATION OF EMERGING TECHNOLOGY

6-105. Commanders and staff may be prone to take off-the-shelf technology and incorporate it into TIF

operations. However, subsequent to higher headquarters approval, proper planning, risk

assessments/mitigation, training, certification, and indoctrination must be considered before implementing

such technologies into day-to-day operations at the TIF.

INCIDENT REPORTING

6-106. All reportable incidents—any suspected or alleged violation of DOD policy, procedures, or

applicable laws for which there is credible information—that DOD personnel or contractors allegedly

commit will be—

􀁺 Promptly reported and investigated by proper authorities.

􀁺 Remedied by disciplinary or administrative action when appropriate. On-scene commanders and

supervisors ensure that measures are taken to preserve evidence pertaining to any reportable

incident.

SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS

6-107. The military police commander should use security measures that effectively control detainees

with the minimum use of force. The same use of force that is employed for one category of detainees may

not be applicable to another. Security measures must protect housed personnel from threats outside the

facility. Maintaining a high state of discipline, a system of routines, and required standards of behavior are

all measures that enhance effective internal security and control. Security and control activities at a TIF

include—

􀁺 Accountability procedures.

􀁺 Guard force duties.

􀁺 Main gate/sally port procedures.

􀁺 Tower guard duties.

􀁺 Perimeter (mobile/foot) security.

􀁺 Reaction-force duties.

􀁺 Close-contact guard duties.

􀁺 Key control.

􀁺 Contraband control.

Chapter 6

6-32 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀁺 Detainee correspondence control.

􀁺 Escort procedures.

􀁺 Restraint procedures.

􀁺 Segregation.

􀁺 Forced cell move procedures.

6-108. Control and accountability of detainees must be maintained at all times. Policies, tactics,

techniques, and procedures must be adapted to achieve this end state.

6-109. Expect some detainees to actively cooperate with U.S. armed forces authority or assume a passive

and compliant role. Cooperative or compliant personnel may be composed, in part, of individuals with

ideologies favorable to the United States. Others, through resignation or apathy, will simply adapt to the

conditions of their internment.

6-110. Some detainees will engage in activities to embarrass and harass U.S. armed forces at every

opportunity. In the case of enemy combatants, this is to force the facility to use the maximum number of

troops to keep them away from combat missions. In addition, these activities, regardless of the type of

detainees participating, will create valuable propaganda for their cause. The leaders of this uncooperative

faction may attempt to ensure a united effort and blind obedience by all members. They will not be content

with merely planning and attempting to escape or using normal harassment tactics. The leaders will assign

duties and missions to individuals so that resistance will not stop while they are interned. Detainees will

immediately detect and fully exploit any relaxation of security.

6-111. The commander should use security measures that effectively control detainees with a minimum

use of force. Adverse actions by detainees will vary from acts of harassment to acts of violence. Detainees

may—

􀁺 Refuse to eat.

􀁺 Refuse to attend formations, refuse to work, or work in an unsatisfactory manner.

􀁺 Malinger.

􀁺 Sabotage equipment and facilities.

􀁺 Assault other detainees or guard personnel.

􀁺 Take hostages to secure concessions.

􀁺 Attempt individual escapes or mass breakouts.

􀁺 Intimidate other detainees.

􀁺 Fabricate weapons or other illegal items.

􀁺 Print and circulate propaganda material.

􀁺 Create embarrassing situations or make false accusations to influence international inspection

teams or members of the protecting powers and the ICRC.

􀁺 Instigate disturbances or riots to place the detention facility commander and staff in an

unfavorable position to gain concessions and influence custodial policies.

Intrusion Detection System

6-112. The detention facility commander should consider the use of intrusion detection systems (motion

and detection sensors) for the early detection of detainees attempting to escape from the facility. Such

systems may also be applied to external threats along the perimeter security of the facility. Additionally,

ground-penetrating radar should be considered for the detection of underground tunnels as part of a

material solution within a facility.

Security Precautions

6-113. The following are common places where detainees from different compounds and internment

facilities may use to communicate with each other:

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-33

􀁺 Internment facility dispensary and food distribution points. Messages may be hidden where

other detainees from neighboring compounds can find them. Alert observations and periodic

searches will minimize the value of these areas.

􀁺 Infirmary facility. If a detainee is sick or injured, a careful examination should be done to

ensure that hospitalization is required. Patients should not be informed of their discharge until

the last possible moment. A complete search of detainees and their personal effects is completed

upon admission and discharge from the hospital.

􀁺 Work details. Guards should maintain an adequate distance between details to preclude the

exchange of information between detainees.

Work Detail Security Requirements

6-114. Work details must have sufficient guards to ensure security and prevent escape. Guards must keep

a reasonable distance from the work detail and properly position themselves to provide the best observation

of the area and work detail. Authorized rest breaks by the guards should be taken separately and while

detainees are working.

Military Working Dogs

6-115. MWDs are trained for scouting, patrolling, and performing building and area searches. Properly

trained MWDs can prevent a detainee from escaping. Some MWDs have also been trained to track,

although this is not a required skill for all MWDs. The local MWD kennel master will know which dogs

have been trained to track.

WARNING

MWDs will not be used during any interrogation process.

Escape Prevention and Early Detection

6-116. Detainee escapes can be kept to a minimum through proper security precautions. These

precautions include—

􀁺 Conducting periodic, unannounced, and systematic searches of internment facility areas to detect

evidence of tunneling and to discover caches of food, clothing, weapons, maps, money, or other

valuables.

􀁺 Maintaining strict accountability for tools and equipment used by or accessible to detainees.

􀁺 Inspecting perimeter fencing daily to detect cut wire evidence or other weaknesses in the fence.

􀁺 Assessing lighting systems during hours of darkness to detect poorly lit areas along the

perimeter. Immediately replace any burned out or broken light bulbs.

􀁺 Conducting training, to include refresher training, to ensure that guard and security personnel are

thoroughly familiar with security precautions, techniques, and procedures.

􀁺 Searching vehicles and containers taken into or out of the internment facility.

􀁺 Closely supervising the disposition of unconsumed rations in the internment facility and on work

details to prevent the caching of food supplies.

6-117. The following measures will assist in the early detection of escape attempts:

􀁺 Conduct ISN counts and head counts on a regular and an unannounced basis.

􀁺 Conduct roll calls at least twice daily, preferably early in the morning and again before “lights

out.”

􀁺 Conduct other head counts independent of roll calls. Appropriate times for additional detainee

head counts might be immediately following a mass disturbance, the discovery of an open

tunnel, or the detection of a hole or break in the fence.

Chapter 6

6-34 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀁺 Conduct head counts at frequent intervals while on work details and en route to another

internment facility.

SUICIDE RISK

6-118. Military police may initially determine that certain detainees need to be placed on suicide watch

even before a behavioral assessment has been done.

6-119. If a TIF staff member determines that a detainee should be carefully observed to ensure his or her

safety, the staff member places the detainee in an observation cell adjacent to the control point if available.

Military police should search the detainee and remove all items that could be used in a suicide attempt (for

example, bed sheets). If the detainee makes suicidal gestures with articles of clothing, remove everything

from the cell except the detainee’s underwear. Ensure that the detainee is continuously monitored while in

the observation cell. Have a mental health team member evaluate the detainee before returning him/her to

the general population. TIF security personnel will log each time a mental health team member evaluates a

suicidal detainee.

6-120. If a TIF staff member has problems, concerns, or disagreements about suggestions for care of a

detainee made by a mental health team member, the staff member will contact the TIF commander to

discuss the matter. However, the military police will not simply disregard the recommendation of the

mental health team member.

6-121. If a TIF staff member feels that a detainee can be safely removed from a suicide watch status, the

staff member may make this recommendation to a supervisor. The supervisor will assess the

recommendation and situation and, if deemed appropriate, may recommend to the mental health team

member that the detainee be removed from suicide watch status. The mental health team member provides

the recommendation to the psychiatrist or psychologist for resolution. Under no circumstances will TIF

security personnel or other staff members remove a detainee from a suicide watch status without the

permission of a psychiatrist or psychologist. No other mental health team member has the authority to

remove a detainee from a suicide watch status. The psychiatrist or psychologist may interview the patient

personally or discontinue the watch based on the recommendation of a mental health team member.

SUICIDE RESPONSE

6-122. If a detainee seems to be undergoing a severe emotional crisis and a suicide attempt seems

imminent, notify a mental health team member. If a detainee appears suicidal and professional help has not

arrived, personnel should—

􀁺 Call for backup.

􀁺 Approach the detainee calmly and with concern. Do not panic.

􀁺 Ask how they can help.

􀁺 Listen carefully without challenging. Avoid arguing with the detainee.

􀁺 Physically prevent the detainee from self-harm if necessary.

6-123. If military police or other TIF staff members come upon a detainee who has hung himself or

herself—

􀁺 Immediately lift the detainee to relieve pressure on his or her neck, and support his or her head

when doing so.

􀁺 Immediately call for backup and notify emergency medical treatment personnel and mental

health team members.

􀁺 Cut the item by which the detainee is hanging. Cut it above or below the knot if possible, so that

the knot can be preserved as evidence.

􀁺 Provide first aid as necessary.

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-35

6-124. If a detainee has made a suicide attempt by another method, procedures will depend on the specific

suicide attempt. If the detainee—

􀁺 Has made a cutting attempt, try to control bleeding with direct pressure first. Call emergency

medical treatment personnel to further evaluate the detainee and determine if evacuation to a

medical treatment facility is required for treatment. After medical treatment has been rendered,

observe the detainee in the observation cell until a mental health evaluation can be

accomplished.

􀁺 Took an overdose of medication, immediately call emergency medical treatment personnel so

that proper care can be rendered once the security force has been notified. Notify the mental

health team that medical clearance has been granted.

Note. Immediately notify the mental health team regardless of the time of day, following any

suicide attempt by a detainee.

HUMAN INTELLIGENCE SUPPORT

6-125. At the TIF, HUMINT collectors conduct interrogation operations from within the interrogation

area. The JIDC or MI battalion is normally found within the boundaries of the TIF. When operating within

the TIF, HUMINT collectors are tactical control to the I/R battalion commander for the humane treatment,

evacuation, custody, and control (reception, processing, administration, internment, and safety) of

detainees; protection measures; and the operation of the internment facility. For HUMINT support at the

TIF, the JIDC commander is responsible for conducting interrogation operations (including the

prioritization of effort), and controlling the technical aspects of interrogation and other intelligence

operations. The intelligence staff maintains control over interrogation operations through technical

channels to ensure adherence to applicable laws and policies, ensure the proper use of doctrinal approaches

and techniques, and provide technical guidance for interrogation activities. Applicable laws and policies

include U.S. laws, the law of war, relevant international laws, relevant directives (including DODD

3115.09 and DODD 2310.01E), DODIs, execution orders, and FRAGOs. The C-2X and/or J-2X provide

technical direction and control to the JIDC. (See FM 2-22.3 for additional details on HUMINT operations

in conjunction with detainee operations.)

6-126. The tactical control relationship is geared primarily toward ensuring proper protection and base

defense and that the JIDC commander is responsible for conducting interrogation operations (including

prioritization of effort) and controlling interrogation and other intelligence operations through technical

channels.

Note. Under no circumstances will military police set the conditions for detainee interrogations.

Military police only provide information based on passive observation of detainees. Passive

information collection may include observing (during transport to a medical tent, during

recreation time) detainees.

MEDICAL OPERATIONS

6-127. Medical support at a TIF address medical care and sanitation requirements. Medical care may

include medical evaluations, routine treatment, detainee sick call, hunger strikes, preventive medicine,

inspections, and associated medical documentation. Sanitation requirements include disease prevention and

facility cleanliness, among others. (See appendix I.)

Medical and Dental Care

6-128. Commanders must consider the following when establishing medical care for the TIF (see

AR 190-8):

􀁺 Examinations must be provided for detainees from a credentialed health care provider each

month. The examiner records detainee weight on DA Form 2664-R. The Detainee Reporting

System also requires weight data from the medical community.

Chapter 6

6-36 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀁺 The general health of detainees, their nutrition, and their cleanliness are monitored during

inspections.

􀁺 Detainees are examined for contagious diseases, especially tuberculosis, lice, louse-borne

diseases, sexually transmitted diseases, and HIV.

􀁺 Medical treatment facilities must provide for immunization the isolation of detainees with

communicable diseases.

􀁺 Retained medical personnel and detainees with medical training are used to the fullest extent

possible when caring for sick and wounded detainees.

􀁺 Detainees requiring a higher level of care are transferred to military or civilian medical

installations where the required treatment is available. The United States will not evacuate

detainees out of country/theater for care that is not available in the theater.

􀁺 Military police escort detainees to medical facilities and remain with the until medical

examinations are complete.

6-129. Patient services for detainees at a TIF should include the following, as a minimum:

􀁺 Daily sick call.

􀁺 Biweekly diabetic clinic.

􀁺 A dental clinic.

􀁺 Medication.

􀁺 Wound care.

􀁺 Physical therapy.

􀁺 24-hour emergency room.

􀁺 Optometric services.

􀁺 Orthopedic services.

􀁺 Surgical facilities.

􀁺 Prosthesis clinic.

􀁺 Mental health clinic.

􀁺 Laboratory services.

Sanitation/Preventive Medicine

6-130. Detention facilities may serve as a breeding ground for pests and diseases. Sanitation standards

must be met to prevent these conditions and ensure the cleanliness of the facility. Unit field sanitation

teams, according to AR 40-5 and FM 4-25.12, are the first line of defense for ensuring that these standards

are properly maintained. The standards are as follows:

􀁺 Provide adequate space within housing units to prevent overcrowding.

􀁺 Provide sufficient showers and latrines for detainees, and ensure that showers and latrines are

cleaned and sanitized daily.

􀁺 Teach detainees working in the dining facility the rules of proper food sanitation, and ensure that

they are observed and practiced.

􀁺 Properly dispose of human waste to protect the health of detainees and U.S. armed forces

associated with the facility according to the guidelines established by preventive medicine.

􀁺 Provide sufficient potable water for drinking and food service purposes. At a minimum,

detainees should receive the same amount of water that is afforded U.S. military personnel.

􀁺 Provide sufficient water for bathing and laundry.

􀁺 Provide necessary materials for detainee personal hygiene.

􀁺 Train U.S. military personnel on the proper disposition of dining facility and personally

generated garbage so as not to breed insects and rodents that can contribute to health hazards.

􀁺 Institute measures against standing water within the facility.

􀁺 Conduct pest control activities as required.

􀁺 Conduct medical-, occupational-, and environmental-health surveillance.

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-37

STRATEGIC INTERNMENT FACILITY

6-131. A SIF is a facility, designated by the Secretary of Defense or a designee, with the capability to

further detain and/or exploit detainees who hold strategic intelligence or who pose a continuing threat to the

U.S. or U.S. interests. Detainees are normally noncompliant and may pose a high security risk to the United

States. A SIF will usually resemble a TIF with respect to the operating procedures implemented and stated

in the section above, but it is task-organized for a specific detainees.

LOCATION

6-132. The SIF is a long-term or semipermanent facility with the capability of holding detainees for an

extended period of time. The location of SIF will be depends on the orders and directives published from

the highest levels of the national government. A SIF is normally located outside a joint operations area

where combat and/or stability operations are ongoing. SIFs fall under the C2 of combatant commanders.

ADDITIONAL PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS

6-133. A SIF will normally have a higher mix of forces involved as compared to operations at a TIF. For

example, the Navy may completely run the hospital operations. Key organizational elements within a SIF

may include—

􀁺 Joint security group.

􀁺 Joint interrogation group.

􀁺 Detainee hospital.

􀁺 Joint logistics group.

􀁺 Joint interrogation operations group.

6-134. Special staff considerations may include—

􀁺 Joint visitor’s bureau.

􀁺 Chaplain.

􀁺 Inspector general.

􀁺 SJA.

􀁺 Public affairs support.

􀁺 Surgeon.

􀁺 Forensic psychologist.

􀁺 Forensic psychiatrist.

􀁺 Medical plans and operations officer.

􀁺 Environmental health officer.

6-135. Additional considerations at the SIF may also include—

􀁺 Religion. Detainees are allowed the freedom of worship, including attendance at services of

their respective faith held within the internment facility. Detainees are not entitled to privileged

communication with U.S. chaplains. However, commanders who do not wish to broach that

privileged communications status should not place U.S. chaplains in situations where that

privilege may be questioned. Retained chaplains and clergymen are permitted to devote their full

time to ministering members of their faith within the internment facility. The military police

commander may permit other ordained clergymen, theological students, or chaplains to conduct

services within the compound. U.S. military personnel (such as guards and staff) will not attend

services with detainees. However, guards should be present to ensure security and maintain

custody and control of detainees.

􀁺 Recreation. For detainees, their active participation in recreational activities will, in addition to

promoting general health and welfare, serve to alleviate the tensions and boredom of extended

detention. In addition to athletic contests, group entertainment may be provided in the forms of

concerts, plays, recorded music, and selected motion pictures.

Chapter 6

6-38 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀁺 Safety. A safety program for detainees is set up and administered in each internment facility.

ARs, circulars, and DA pamphlets are used as guides for establishing the safety program.

Records and reports used to support the detainee safety program are maintained separately from

those that support the Army Safety Program.

􀁺 Agriculture. Some detainees, depending on their category, may be allowed to raise vegetables

for their own use. Subsequently, commanders must be aware of resources, procedures, and HN

guidelines applicable to this program.

6-136. Article 5 tribunals and enemy combatant review boards are normally conducted at the SIF. These

formal processes assist commanders and personnel in DOD with determining whether to release or detain a

detainee.

HUMAN INTELLIGENCE SUPPORT

6-137. A joint interrogation group which may include uniformed DOD personnel and other government

agencies that may be involved in the collection of intelligence, will normally be located at the SIF, The

intelligence efforts at the SIF focus primarily on intelligence at the highest national security levels.

MEDICAL OPERATIONS

6-138. A detainee hospital with the capability to perform all levels of medical care is normally found at a

SIF. The detainee hospital may also include personnel who can provide basic medical care to psychological

and psychiatric experts.

SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS

6-139. Security measures will closely resemble those at a TIF, but may vary in certain aspects. These

differences include—

􀁺 Higher security level.

􀁺 Enhanced access/entry control.

􀁺 Higher risk level.

􀁺 Geographic location.

􀁺 Inter-theater transportation considerations.

􀁺 Increased media attention.

􀁺 Interagency and international visitation policies.

􀁺 Strategic level of interrogations.

6-140. Due to operation security concerns, only make public notification of a release or transfer in

consultation and coordination with the Office of the Secretary of Defense.

TRANSFERS OR RELEASES

6-141. Transfers or releases may be a result of reclassification or other situations requiring the movement

of detainees. The transfer of detainees from one facility to another is conducted under conditions

comparable to those for members of the U.S. armed forces when possible. Moreover, detainee release

procedures are similar to transfer procedures from one facility to another. The only difference is

coordination between HN assets and/or the protecting power (release to the ICRC). Security measures are

determined by the military police and can be influenced by the type of detainee being transferred or

released, the mode of transportation used, and other pertinent conditions. AR 190-8 prescribes the

procedures governing detainee transfers and releases. All proposed transfers and releases should be

reviewed by the legal advisor (at the Office of the Secretary of Defense level for SIF-related actions) to

ensure compliance with applicable laws and policies. A detainee may not be released to a nation or force if

it is known that the detainee will be subject to death, torture, or inhumane treatment based on the

individual’s detention by U.S. or multinational authorities. Due to operation security concerns, only make

public notification of a release and/or transfer in consultation and coordination with the Office of the

Secretary of Defense.

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-39

6-142. The facility commander who is transferring or releasing a detainee (see table 6-2) is responsible

for—

􀁺 Publishing a transfer or release order using the Detainee Reporting System, informing detainees

of their new postal addresses in time for them to notify their next of kin, and informing the

TDRC or NDRC of the transfer.

􀁺 Notifying the gaining facility or HN of impending detainee transfers or releases.

􀁺 Verifying the accuracy and completeness of the personnel records of each detainee and

providing the record, in a sealed envelope, to the military police accompanying the movement.

The TIF commander must ensure that a copy of detainee medical and personnel records is

maintained at the TIF when a transfer or release occurs.

􀁺 Verifying that detainees have authorized clothing and equipment in their possession.

􀁺 Segregating, out-briefing, performing a medical screening on, and administering conditional

release statements for detainees being released.

􀁺 Preparing the detainee’s impounded personal property for shipment or return as appropriate.

􀁺 Briefing the escort military police Soldiers concerning their duties and responsibilities, to

include procedures to be followed in case of an escape, death, or another emergency.

􀁺 Providing or arranging for rations, transportation, and transmission of appropriate notifications

according to prescribed procedures.

􀁺 Preparing paperwork in English and the HN language (if required) before transferring or

releasing detainees.

Table 6-2. Detainee transfer or release process from a TIF/SIF

Procedure Action

Control and

accountability

procedures

Maintain control and accountability of detainees until transferred to a

gaining facility or released to the designated protecting power.

Conduct a medical exam of detainees within 24 hours of their transfer or

release.

Provide detainees with enough personal medication to last throughout the

transfer or release.

Use a transfer or release order to maintain accountability. It must contain,

at a minimum, the following for each detainee:

􀂃 Name.

􀂃 Grade and/or status.

􀂃 ISN.

􀂃 Power served or nationality.

􀂃 Physical condition.

Use a transfer or release order as an official receipt of transfer or release.

It will become a permanent record to ensure that each detainee is

accounted for until final transfer or release.

Detainee record

procedures

Transfer copies of the detainee personnel, financial, and medical records.

Transfer records to the custody of the designated official receiving the

detainee.

Transmit digital copies, if available, of the detainee’s record to the gaining

location or HN/protecting power.

Keep copies of all records.

Detainee personal

property procedures

Transfer confiscated personal property that can be released to the gaining

facility, gaining HN, or protecting power.

Conduct an inventory and identify discrepancies.

Have detainees sign DA Form 4137 for their personal items.

Chapter 6

6-40 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

Table 6-2. Detainee transfer or release process from a TIF/SIF (continued)

Procedure Action

Completion of

transfer procedures Forward the manifest to the TDRC.

Transfer procedures

Ensure that the transferring TIF forwards official records and confiscated

property (which cannot be released) to the TDRC for final disposition once

the TDRC notifies them that the transfer or release is complete.

Legend:

DA Department of the Army

HN host nation

ISN internment serial number

TIF theater internment facility

TDRC theater detainee reporting center

Note. Each detainee can ship personal property that does not exceed 55 pounds. Chaplains or

detainees who have been serving as clergymen are permitted to transfer (at government expense)

an additional 110 pounds to cover communion sets, theological books, and other religious

material. If the detainee possesses personal property in excess of 55 pounds, have the detainee

select which personal items are going to be transferred. (See AR 190-8.)

6-143. The temporary transfer of detainees is authorized when the detainee population is beyond the

immediate capability of U.S. armed forces to manage. The CDO will develop measures to ensure that

transferred detainees are accounted for and treated humanely. Detainees captured or detained by other

branches of Service are turned over to the U.S. Army at receiving points designated by the joint force

commander. All inter-Service transfers should be affected as soon as possible after initial classification and

administrative processing have been accomplished.

6-144. Other informational requirements to consider when transferring or releasing detainees may

include—

􀁺 The capability of the police and prison organizations to properly maintain structurally sound

facilities and ensure the humane treatment of detainees.

􀁺 The status of organized crime within the area that may influence when and how detainees are

released (for detainee and escorting unit safety).

􀁺 The status of the national legal systems and their ability to properly receive detainee paperwork

and material properly.

CONSTRUCTION/MODERNIZATION OF PENAL FACILITIES

6-145. It is entirely possible over the course of operations for DHAs to evolve into long-term internment

facilities and, ultimately, transform into civil authority penal institutions. Great care should be taken during

planning stages to ensure that new construction is designed and built in such a way that internment facilities

can be converted into acceptable penal institutions. Military police with I/R expertise assist planners with

design requirements for long-term construction projects to ensure international acceptability and effective

and efficient security designs. (See appendix J.)

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS, TRAINING STANDARDS, AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT OF

CIVIL AUTHORITIES

6-146. Military police with I/R expertise are an integral part of the assessment and subsequent

development of training requirements necessary for preparing local nationals to perform civil penal system

functions. Training support packages and programs of instruction used to train I/R units and in-lieu-of units

Detainee Facilities

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 6-41

should be properly modified and refined to enable the trainers to conduct high-quality, standardized

training for the conduct of penal operations.

This page intentionally left blank.

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 7-1

Chapter 7

Confinement of U.S. Military Prisoners

Aside from the normal and continuing mission for confinement of U.S. military

prisoners at Fort Leavenworth and other permanent locations, there is a requirement

to be prepared for confinement outside established facilities. In a mature theater,

military police may be required to operate a field detention facility (FDF) and/or a

field confinement facility (FCF) to hold or confine U.S. military prisoners for short

terms. This short term may be as part of pretrial or posttrial confinement. Posttrial

confinement may include temporary custody until the prisoner is evacuated from the

theater to a permanent confinement facility or short-term sentences as determined by

the combatant commander. Military police leaders tasked with conducting U.S.

military prisoner operations must be familiar with the doctrine described in this

chapter, the policies outlined in AR 190-47, and the tasks described in Soldier

Training Publication (STP) 19-31E1-SM and STP 19-31E24-SM-TG. The U.S.

Army Corrections Command, a field-operating agency of the PMG, is responsible for

confinement/corrections policy development and operational implementation.

Additional questions about confinement of U.S. military prisoners should be

addressed to the U.S. Army Corrections Command. U.S. military prisoner operations

are a subelement of I/R operations and may need to be performed across the spectrum

of operations. Senior military police commanders are informed and prepared to

provide retention and subsequent battlefield confinement of U.S. military prisoners.

PMs at all echelons must be prepared to provide staff expertise to their respective

commanders to ensure adequate and proper confinement of U.S. military prisoners.

The same standards of humane treatment apply in this environment as in other areas

of I/R operations.

Note. The rights of U.S. military prisoners are outlined in AR 190-47 and DODD 1325.4.

U.S. BATTLEFIELD CONFINEMENT OPERATIONS PRINCIPLES

7-1. The FCF/FDF is an integral part of the U.S. military justice system that commanders use to help

maintain disciple, law, and order. The FCF/FDF provides a uniform system for incarcerating and providing

correctional services for those who have failed to adhere to legally established rules of discipline. When

conducting confinement operations for U.S. military prisoners, units—

􀁺 Foster a safe and secure environment while maintaining custody and control.

􀁺 Prepare prisoners for release, whether returning to duty or to a civilian status.

􀁺 Provide administrative services and limited counseling support.

􀁺 Ensure that prisoners are provided adequate access to the courts.

􀁺 Transfer U.S. military prisoners to Army Corrections System facilities as required.

PLANNING PROCESS FOR U.S. MILITARY PRISONERS

7-2. Military police plan U.S. military prisoner operations to meet the needs of the combatant

commander. The commander may decide to establish U.S. military prisoner facilities within the theater if

the—

􀁺 Projected or actual number of U.S. military prisoners exceeds the unit handling capability and

has the potential of interfering with the pace of military operations.

Chapter 7

7-2 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀁺 Distance from the theater to confinement facilities outside the continental United States

(OCONUS)/CONUS is too great, making the evacuation of prisoners impractical.

􀁺 Necessary transportation assets are not available to evacuate U.S. military prisoners quickly to

other confinement facilities.

􀁺 Length of military operations and the maturity of the theater enable the establishment of

confinement facilities within the theater.

􀁺 Establishment of a confinement facility does not interfere with the commander’s ability to meet

other operational needs.

7-3. The PM assumes an important role in keeping the combatant commander informed throughout the

planning of U.S. military prisoner operations. The PM coordinates closely with SJA, CA, HN authorities,

appropriate echelon coordinating staff (such as the assistant chief of staff, personnel [G-1] and G-2), and

major subordinate commands before recommending the establishment of U.S. military prisoner

confinement facilities within the theater of operations. During the planning process, the PM determines—

􀁺 Availability of confinement facilities.

􀁺 Location of an FCF in the theater.

􀁺 Availability of resources and sustainment support needed to construct and operate the

confinement facility.

􀁺 Availability of adequate and technically appropriate military police forces (I/R augmentation or

selective task organization may be required).

􀁺 Classification and type of prisoner to be interned (pretrial, posttrial, and/or inter-Service).

􀁺 Requirements for prisoner evacuation.

􀁺 Requirements of supported forces.

􀁺 Requirements that may impact the overall U.S. military prisoner operation.

BATTLEFIELD FACILITIES

7-4. There are two types of battlefield facilities—FDF and FCF. When the combatant commander makes

the decision to retain U.S. military prisoners in the theater, FDFs are possible as low as the BCT level,

while an FCF is typically established at theater level and is responsible for longer-term confinement before

the evacuation of U.S. military prisoner from theater. The evacuation of U.S. military prisoners from an

FDF to an FCF, or from an FCF to a permanent facility, is completed according to established guidelines

and available facilities.

FIELD DETENTION FACILITY

7-5. Military police use FDFs to detain prisoners placed in custody for a short term. FDFs are used to

hold prisoners in custody only until they can be tried and sentenced to confinement and evacuated from the

immediate area. When possible, prisoners awaiting trial remain in their units and not at an FDF. Only when

the legal requirements of Rules for Court-Martial 305k. Prisoners will be placed in pretrial confinement and

retained by military police. Rules for Court-Martial 305k requires probable cause belief that a court-martial

offense has been committed, that the prisoner committed it, and that a more severe form of restraint is

necessary to ensure that the prisoner will appear at pretrial proceedings or the trial or to prevent serious

criminal misconduct. PMs are responsible for the location, setup, and operation of FDFs.

7-6. When operating an FDF, military police sign for each prisoner using DD Form 2707 (Confinement

Order) and sign for each prisoner’s property using DA Form 4137. Policies and procedures on the care and

treatment of prisoners and the safeguarding of a prisoners’ personal effects apply to FDFs and FCFs. If

preexisting structures are available, use them as FDFs. If tents are used, they should not be smaller than the

general purpose, medium tent. Probable equipment and supplies required for the establishment of an FDF

include, but are not limited to—

􀁺 Barbed wire (roll and concertina).

􀁺 Fence posts.

􀁺 Gates and doors.

Confinement of U.S. Military Prisoners

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 7-3

􀁺 Floodlights and spotlights.

􀁺 Generator(s).

􀁺 Food service and cleaning equipment.

􀁺 Water cans and/or lister bags.

􀁺 First aid equipment and supplies.

􀁺 Clothing and bedding.

FIELD CONFINEMENT FACILITY

7-7. Military police may be required to establish an FCF in the theater to detain prisoners placed in

custody for a short term (pretrial, posttrial, or until transferred to another facility outside the theater). The

prisoner is transferred from an FDF to the FCF using DD Form 2708. DD Form 2707 (on which the

prisoner was signed for) and DA Form 4137 (on which the prisoner’s property was signed for) also

accompany the prisoner. The FCF may be a semipermanent or permanent facility that is better equipped

and resourced than an FDF. The respective unit commander and staff use the military decisionmaking

process to determine the specific tasks that must be performed to accomplish the mission. Some of these

tasks include—

􀁺 Selecting a facility location and constructing the facility.

􀁺 Determining processing, classification, and identification requirements.

􀁺 Providing clothing and meals.

􀁺 Providing medical care and sanitation facilities.

􀁺 Exercising discipline, control, and administration.

􀁺 Conducting emergency planning and investigations.

􀁺 Enforcing ROI and RUF.

􀁺 Providing transportation.

􀁺 Overseeing the transfer and disposition of U.S. military prisoners.

7-8. The location of the FCF depends on several factorssustainment assets (availability of

transportation, medical facilities), terrain and preexisting structures, enemy situation, existing LOCs,

battlefield layout, and mission variables. The PM must coordinate with engineers, SJA, HN authorities, and

coordinating staff before a site is selected. The FCF should be located away from perimeter fences, public

thoroughfares, gates, headquarters, troop areas, dense cover, and wooded areas.

7-9. The construction of the FCF depends on the availability of existing structures, work force, and

material. Preexisting facilities are used to the maximum extent possible. If preexisting facilities are not

available, the PM will coordinate with the engineer coordinator for the construction of a facility based on

existing designs in the Theater Construction Management System database. (See appendix J.)

PROCESSING, CLASSIFICATION, AND IDENTIFICATION

REQUIREMENTS

7-10. Processing, classification, and identification requirements for U.S. military prisoners are critical

when operating a confinement facility. Accurate documentation allows the classification and identification

process to run smoothly.

PROCESSING

7-11. . Each time the control of a U.S. military prisoner is transferred, the receiving organization

acknowledges receipt of the prisoner and his property using DD Form 2708 and DA Form 4137.

7-12. Prisoners begin their confinement by in-processing into the FCF. In-processing is typically

conducted by an I/R company prisoner operations section. Part of the in-processing procedure is to assist

the prisoners’ integration into the confinement environment. Newly confined prisoners are processed

according to guidelines to ensure that—

Chapter 7

7-4 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

􀁺 DD Form 2707 is accurate.

􀁺 Property is searched and segregated (authorized and unauthorized).

􀁺 Prisoners are strip-searched.

􀁺 Prisoners are issued the appropriate health and comfort supplies and complete a DD Form 504

(Request and Receipt for Health and Comfort Supplies).

􀁺 Prisoners are photographed and fingerprinted.

􀁺 All documentation is complete. If available, use the Army Corrections Information System

Centralized Operations Police Suite. (See AR 190-47.)

􀁺 Prisoners are informed of mail and visitation rights.

7-13. A medical officer examines each prisoner within 24 hours of confinement and completes

DD Form 503. Newly confined prisoners are segregated from other prisoners while they undergo initial

processing. Tattoos, scars, and identifying marks are noted on DD Form 2710 (Inmate Background

Summary). The prisoner’s personal property (such as clothing, money, official papers, and documents) is

examined.

7-14. Newly confined prisoners complete training that is designed to explain facility rules and regulations,

counseling procedures, UCMJ disciplinary authority and procedures, and work assignment procedures as

soon as possible. The rights of prisoners and the procedures governing the presentation of complaints and

grievances according to AR 20-1 are fully and clearly explained. Pretrial prisoners are carefully instructed

as to their status, rights, and privileges. They participate in the correctional orientation or treatment

program phases that are determined necessary by the facility commander to ensure custody and control,

employment, training, health, and welfare. Confined officers and NCOs do not exercise command or

supervisory authority over other individuals while confined, and they comply with the same facility rules

and regulations as other prisoners. They are not permitted special privileges that are normally associated

with their former rank.

CLASSIFICATION

7-15. U.S. military prisoners in an FCF are classified into two categoriespretrial and posttrial:

􀁺 Pretrial prisoners must be segregated from posttrial prisoners. Pretrial prisoners must be further

segregated, by gender, into the following categories: officers, NCOs, and enlisted. Pretrial

prisoners are individuals who are subject to trial by court-martial and have been ordered by

competent authority into pretrial confinement pending disposition of charges.

􀁺 Posttrial prisoners are individuals who are found guilty and sentenced to confinement. Posttrial

prisoners include in-transit prisoners who are evacuated to another facility and prisoners retained

at the FCF during short-term sentences.

IDENTIFICATION

7-16. Individual identification photographs are taken of all prisoners. The prisoner’s last name, first name,

and middle initial are placed on the first line of a name board, and the prisoner’s social security number is

placed on the second line. A prisoner registration number may be added on the third line. Two front and

two profile pictures are taken of the prisoner. Fingerprints are obtained according to AR 190-47.

CLOTHING, MEALS, AND DINING FACILITIES

7-17. One of the many challenges that military police commanders and leaders face when operating a

facility is ensuring that the basic treatment standards for U.S. military prisoners are met and sustained to

include, but not limited to—

􀁺 Proper clothing for all seasons and types of weather.

􀁺 Meals that are properly rationed and distributed.

7-18. Special security concerns are a factor for dining facilities. Military police who are guarding U.S.

military prisoners must always be vigilant in areas where prisoners congregate, such as a dining facility.

Confinement of U.S. Military Prisoners

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 7-5

7-19. Prior planning is critical to establishing a good system of supply needs and demands to ensure that

those requirements are fulfilled.

CLOTHING

7-20. Prisoners confined in an FCF wear the uniform of their respective military service. Certain items of

clothing (as prescribed in AR 700-84) and other articles (as determined by the facility commander) are

returned to the prisoner. Rank insignia is not worn at the place of confinement. The issue and expense of

clothing supplied to prisoners, except officers, is according to AR 700-84 and Common Table of

Allowance (CTA) 50-900. DA Form 3078 (Personal Clothing Request) is maintained for personnel with

less than 6 months of active duty service and personnel receiving clothing on an issue-in-kind basis.

Organizational clothing, within the allowances prescribed in CTA 50-900, may be provided to prisoners

according to AR 710-2. Prisoner clothing, except for officers on pay status, is laundered or dry cleaned

without charge. (See AR 210-130.) (Clothing and personal property is dispositioned according to

AR 190-47.)

MEALS

7-21. Prisoners are provided with wholesome and sufficient food prepared from the Army Master Menu.

They are normally supplied with the full complement of eating utensils. (The FCF commander must

approve the nonissue of eating utensils for security or other reasons. Prisoners in close confinement and

those with loss of privileges associated who have approved disciplinary action may be denied supplemental

rations described on the Army Master Menu.) Alternate meal control procedures may be authorized by the

FCF commander or a designated representative as a means to prevent staff and prisoner injury when a

prisoner may have tampered with food. These procedures require documentation on DA Form 3997 and the

concurrence of a medical officer. Meal control procedures will not exceed 7 days.

DINING FACILITIES

7-22. Dining facilities may be organic to the unit operating the FCF or set up through appropriate

contracting procedures. The FCF commander decides the best method for feeding the prisoners based on

the available dining facilities and logistical and HN support.

MEDICAL CARE AND SANITATION

7-23. Medical personnel supporting an FCF assist in providing medical and mental health care, referrals,

limited counseling, and social services. Medical officers, clinician nurses, or physician’s assistants perform

medical examinations to determine the fitness of newly confined prisoners and prisoners who have been

outside military control for more than 24 hours. These examinations are completed within 24 hours of a

prisoner’s initial arrival or return to confinement. Examinations normally take place at the FCF. Dental

services are provided, as required, for all prisoners. A medical officer, clinician nurse, or physician’s

assistant examines each prisoner in close confinement daily. Except in matters requiring the protection of

medical information, the facility commander is provided with medical observations and recommendations

concerning individual prisoner’s correctional treatment requirements.

7-24. Prisoners are tested for HIV and screened for tuberculosis within 3 duty days of their initial

confinement. The results of the HIV test and the tuberculosis screening are recorded on DD Form 503.

7-25. The medical commander or a designated representative (typically, a preventive medicine personal)

performs a monthly inspection of the FCF. This inspection ensures that the operation of the FCF is

consistent with accepted preventive medicine standards. The FCF commander is provided with a copy of

the inspection results at the time of the inspection. (Additional medical guidance is provided in

AR 190-47.)

7-26. The FCF commander must enforce high sanitation standards within the facility. Preventive medicine

personnel will provide direct oversight and support to field sanitation teams as necessary.

Chapter 7

7-6 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

7-27. All prisoners are required to bathe and follow basic personal hygiene practices while in custody to

prevent communicable diseases. The FCF commander must enforce high sanitation standards in FCFs

where prisoners are required to share common latrines and showers.

DISCIPLINE, CONTROL, AND ADMINISTRATION

7-28. Developing discipline, control, and administrative procedures for military police operating

confinement facilities is crucial to the success of U.S. military prisoner operations. Military police leaders

ensure that appropriate procedures, consistent with U.S. laws and policies, are in place to guide and direct

personnel operating those facilities. Such procedures ensure that prisoners are allowed the full range of

privileges afforded to persons with their status when the consistent application of facility standards is

applied.

DISCIPLINE

7-29. FCF commanders are authorized by public law and AR 190-47 to restrict the movement and actions

of prisoners, take other actions required to maintain control, protect the safety and welfare of prisoners and

other personnel, and ensure orderly FCF operation and administration.

Note. A prisoner is considered to be in an on-duty status except for periods of mandatory sleep

and meals and during reasonable periods of voluntary religious observation as determined by the

facility commander and in coordination with the facility chaplain. Therefore, a prisoner who, as

part of an administrative disciplinary action, has been determined undeserving of recreation time

privileges may be required to perform other duties during such time. Such performance of duties

is not considered a performance of extra duty. Privileges will be withheld from prisoners on an

individual basis, without regard to custody requirements or grade and only as an administrative

disciplinary measure authorized by AR 190-47. The attractiveness of living quarters and the type

or amount of material items that may be possessed by prisoners may differ by custody grade to

provide incentives for custody elevation. Prisoners are denied the privilege of rendering the

military salute. Pretrial prisoners salute when they are in an appropriate Service uniform.

7-30. The only authorized forms of administrative disciplinary action and punishment administered to

military prisoners are described in AR 190-47 and the UCMJ. Procedures, rules, regulations, living

conditions, and similar factors affecting discipline are constantly reviewed to determine disciplinary action.

Physical or mental punishments are strictly prohibited. Authorized administrative disciplinary actions

include—

􀁺 Written or oral reprimand or warning.

􀁺 Deprivation of one or more privileges. Visits may be denied or restricted as a disciplinary action

only when the offense involves violations of visitation privileges. Restrictions on mail will not

be imposed as a disciplinary measure.

􀁺 Extra duty on work projects that may not exceed 2 hours per day for 14 consecutive days. Extra

duty will not conflict with regular meals, sleeping hours, or attendance at regularly scheduled

religious services.

􀁺 Reduction of custody grade.

􀁺 Disciplinary segregation that does not exceed 60 consecutive days. Prisoners are told why they

are being placed in segregation and that they will be released when the segregation has served its

intended purpose. Segregated prisoners receive the same diet as prisoners who are not

segregated. Nonessential items, such as soft drinks and candy, in addition to the diet stipulated

by the Army Master Menu are not provided.

􀁺 Forfeiture of all or part of earned military good conduct time or extra good conduct time

according to AR 633-30 and DOD 1325.7. A forfeiture of good conduct time need not be

specified as to whether it is from good conduct time or extra good conduct time.

7-31. The FCF commander is authorized to administer punishment, he or she may delegate this authority to

a subordinate officer (captain or above) for minor punishments. The first field-grade commander in the

Confinement of U.S. Military Prisoners

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 7-7

chain of command imposes major punishment when delegated authority by the first general officer in the

chain of command. Prohibited punitive measures include, but are not limited to—

􀁺 Clipping a prisoner’s hair excessively close.

􀁺 Instituting the lockstep.

􀁺 Requiring silence at meals.

􀁺 Having prisoners break rocks.

􀁺 Using restraining straps and jackets, shackles, or hand or leg irons as punishment.

􀁺 Removing a prisoner’s underclothing or clothing and instituting other debasing practices.

􀁺 Flogging, branding, tattooing, or any other cruel or unusual punishment.

􀁺 Requiring strenuous physical activity or requiring a prisoner to hold a body position designed to

place undue stress on the body.

􀁺 Using hand or leg irons, belly chains, or similar means to create or give the appearance of a

chain gang.

WARNING

Prisoners will not be fastened to a fixed or stationary object

7-32. Prohibited security measures include, but are not limited to—

􀁺 Employing chemicals (except riot control agents).

􀁺 Employing machine guns, rifles, or automatic weapons at guard towers, except as a means to

protect the FCF from enemy or hostile fire. Selected marksmen, equipped with rifles, may be

used as part of a disorder plan when specifically authorized by the higher echelon commander

(other than the FCF commander).

􀁺 Using electrically charged fencing.

􀁺 Securing a prisoner to a fixed object. This is prohibited except in emergencies or when

specifically approved by the facility commander to prevent potential danger to FCF staff and/or

the outside community. Medical authorities should be consulted to assess the health risk to

prisoners.

􀁺 Using MWDs to guard prisoners.

Note. The FCF commander must follow additional guidance and procedures for disciplinary

measures as outlined in AR 190-47.

CONTROL

7-33. The FCF commander follows the custody and control guidelines outlined in AR 190-47. The facility

commander or a designated representative conducts physical counts of prisoners each day. The report

rendered by the inspecting officer includes verification of DD Form 506 (Daily Strength Record of

Prisoners). Physical counts will at a minimum include—

􀁺 Roll call or a similarly accurate accounting method at morning, noon, and evening formations.

􀁺 Head count immediately on the return of prisoners from work details.

􀁺 Bed checks between 2300 and 2400 and between 2400 and 0600.

7-34. The appropriate degree of custodial supervision for individual prisoners is based on a review of all

available records pertaining to the prisoner, including DD Form 2713, DD Form 2714, DODI 1325.7, and

the recommendations of correctional supervisors and professional services support personnel. Prisoners are

not assigned to a permanent custody grade based solely on the offenses for which they were confined.

Classification is to the minimum custody grade necessary and is consistent with sound security

requirements and DODI 1325.7. Custody grades include trustee and minimum, medium, and maximum

security. FCF commanders may subdivide these custody grades to facilitate additional security controls.

Chapter 7

7-8 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

ADMINISTRATION

7-35. The commander and staff of an I/R company or battalion will typically operate an FCF. The

following duties are performed in addition to the personnel and services requirements during processing:

􀁺 Shift supervisor. The shift supervisor keeps the FCF commander informed on matters that

affect the custody, control, and security of the FCF. The FCF commander must select a shift

supervisor who has direct supervision over correctional and custodial personnel within the FCF.

Shift supervisors ensure that rules, regulations, and SOPs are followed and enforced. They

directly supervise facility guards and are responsible for prisoner activities. They monitor

custody and control and security measures, ensure compliance with the scheduled calls, initiate

emergency control measures, and are responsible for the FCF DA Form 3997. Supervisory

personnel assigned to the FCF may also perform these duties.

􀁺 Facility guards. Facility guards work for the shift supervisor and are responsible for the

custody, control, and discipline of prisoners under their supervision. They supervise activities

according to the schedule of calls and supervise the execution of emergency action plans. They

conduct periodic inspections, searches, head counts, roll calls, and bed checks. Table 7-1 depicts

the duties that facility guards must perform.

7-36. The FCF commander ensures that a complete and current set of regulations governing corrections

and confinement facilities is available. These regulations include, but are not limited to—

􀁺 AR 15-130.

􀁺 AR 190-14.

􀁺 AR 190-47.

􀁺 AR 633-30.

􀁺 DODI 1325.7-M.

􀁺 DODI 7000.14-R.

􀁺 MCM.

􀁺 UCMJ.

Confinement of U.S. Military Prisoners

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 7-9

Table 7-1. Facility guards’ duties and actions

Duties Actions

Closeconfinement

Close-confinement Soldiers maintain custody and control of prisoners who are segregated from

the general population due to inprocessing, administrative reasons, or disciplinary reasons. They

ensure that activities are accomplished within the schedule of calls applicable to the

close-confinement area. When DD Form 509 is required, close-confinement Soldiers are

responsible for ensuring that 30-minute checks are conducted. Special-status prisoners are

checked every 15 minutes. Prisoners considered suicide risks are observed continuously.

Guards ensure that all required signatures for DD Form 509 are obtained on a daily basis.

Dining facility

Dining facility Soldiers are responsible for the custody and control of prisoners during mealtimes.

They ensure that the dining facility traffic plan is followed to prevent prisoner congestion at

high-traffic areas. Silverware is counted before and after the meal. Prisoners are searched before

leaving the dining facility.

Detail

supervisors

Detail supervisors maintain custody, control, and supervision of prisoners while on assigned

details. They ensure that work is completed and that safety precautions are observed. They

maintain strict accountability of equipment and tools. Detail supervisors assist with frisking and/or

strip-searching prisoners who are returning from details. They account for prisoners on details

according to the schedule of calls. They track the prisoners’ locations at all times while they are

on a detail.

Prisoner

escorts

Prisoner escorts provide custody and control while moving prisoners to and from designated

places. If required and authorized by the facility commander, each may be armed with a pistol. If

available, a guard company may perform these duties. If armed, escorts will be qualified with a

pistol and trained in the UOF; ROE; and firearms safety procedures for transporting prisoners by

land, air, and sea.

Main gate

and/or sally

port

Soldiers assigned to the main gate and/or sally port ensure that only authorized persons enter

the FCF, provide custody and control of prisoners, and inspect vehicles entering and leaving the

FCF. They provide security by inspecting packages, conducting inventories of items entering and

exiting the facility, and requiring noncustodial personnel to register on sign-in logs. A guard

company may perform these duties if available

Visitor room

Visitor room Soldiers are responsible for the custody and control of prisoners during visits

authorized by the FCF commander. They are to detect violations of rules and regulations,

improper behavior, and contraband delivery. They position themselves in an inconspicuous place

and observe the conversations rather than listen to them. Any identified infractions are reported

to the shift supervisor and may be grounds for termination of the visit.

Hospital

Hospital Soldiers provide custody and control while escorting prisoners to and from medical

appointments and during specified hospitalization. They ensure that rooms are clear of

contraband and prevent unauthorized communications with other individuals. A guard company

may perform these duties if available.

Tower watch

Soldiers assigned to duty in towers provide custody and control by observing specific sectors of

the perimeter. They Soldiers are briefed on the UOF and are qualified with the 12-gauge shotgun

and/or their assigned weapon. They ensure that contraband is not passed through the fence and

provide protection for Soldiers in the compound/enclosure.

Note. The facility commander may adjust the number and types of guards based on available personnel.

Legend:

DD Department of Defense

FCF field confinement facility

ROE rules of engagement

UOF use of force

7-37. The FCF commander must maintain a number of records and reports to facilitate administrative

operations. (See appendix G for a complete list of records and reports.)

7-38. A correctional treatment file is established within the first 72 hours of initial confinement and

maintained throughout a prisoner’s confinement period. If a prisoner is transferred, this file accompanies

Chapter 7

7-10 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

him or her to the next facility. AR 190-47 establishes the minimal requirements for the correctional

treatment file.

7-39. The FCF commander may have to consider sentence computations if the theater commander

determines that certain sentences will be served within the theater. This decision is based on the type of

operation and its projected duration. Sentence computation is conducted according to AR 633-30 and

DOD 1325.7-M. The FCF commander ensures that the personnel services NCO working in the personnel

staff officer is properly trained to do sentence computations. Incorrect computations will result in incorrect

release dates and can violate a prisoner’s legal rights. The rate of earnings for good conduct time is

calculated based on the prisoner’s length of confinement, to include any pretrial time. (See Table 7-2 for

information on good conduct time for prisoners who have been found guilty of an offense that occurred on

or after 1 October 2004.)

Table 7-2. Good conduct time

Sentence Good Conduct Time

<1 year 5 days for each month

>1 year to <3 years 6 days for each month

>3 years to <5 years 7 days for each month

>5 years to <10 years 8 days for each month

>10 years (excluding life) 10 days for each month

Note. If the term of confinement is reduced or increased,

time for good conduct is recomputed at the rate appropriate

to the new term of confinement.

Mail and Correspondence

7-40. The FCF staff records the inspection of each prisoner’s mail, correspondence, and authorized

correspondents on DD Form 499 (Prisoner’s Mail and Correspondence Record) . The mail and

correspondence guidance outlined in AR 190-47 applies to the battlefield confinement of U.S. military

prisoners.

Prisoner Personal Property and Funds

7-41. Prisoners in the FCF are allowed to place personal property that the FCF commander has not

authorized for personal retention in safekeeping. Prisoner personal property and funds guidance outlined in

AR 190-47 applies to the battlefield confinement of U.S. military prisoners.

Support Personnel

7-42. Support personnel organic to the unit operating the FCF are tasked with providing support to the

FCF. Special personnel (medical officer, chaplain, social service worker), may also be available to assist

with the administration of the facility. Support personnel assigned to an FCF are oriented and trained in the

procedures of custody and control. A formal training program is established that may include, but is not

limited to—

􀁺 Supervisory and interpersonal communication skills.

􀁺 Self-defense techniques.

􀁺 Use of force.

􀁺 Weapons qualifications. (See DA Pamphlet 350-38.)

􀁺 First aid.

􀁺 Emergency plans.

􀁺 FCF regulations.

􀁺 Riot control techniques.

Confinement of U.S. Military Prisoners

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 7-11

Supply Services

7-43. Supply functions for units operating the FCF are the same as in other military operations. However,

more emphasis is placed on security measures and accountability procedures that are necessary to prevent

certain supplies and equipment from falling into the hands of prisoners.

7-44. Weapons, ammunition, and emergency equipment (such as hand and leg irons) must be stored in

maximum-security, locked racks and cabinets. These racks and cabinets are then placed in a room that is

located away from prisoner areas.

7-45. The unit logistics officer ensures that a sufficient amount of general use and janitorial items are

available to keep the FCF sanitary and free of potential diseases. General-use items include mops, buckets,

brooms, toiletries, and office supplies. These items are issued under strict control procedures and on an

as-needed basis to prisoners and staff. Health and comfort items are issued to new prisoners during the

initial processing and regularly thereafter. Prisoners request additional supplies using DD Form 504.

Prisoners in a nonpay status receive these items free of charge. Basic health and comfort supplies include,

but are not limited to, safety razor, bath soap, toothbrush, toothpaste, and shoe polish.

7-46. Physical inventories are conducted at least monthly to reconcile and balance the records of the

previous inventory, supplies received, and supplies issued to prisoners. The FCF commander or a

designated representative verifies the inventory in writing.

EMERGENCY PLANNING AND INVESTIGATIONS

7-47. The FCF commander publishes formal plans for apprehending escaped prisoners, protecting and

preventing fires, evacuating the FCF (in CBRNE and regular scenarios), quelling prisoner riots and

disorders, evacuating mass casualties, quarantining U.S. military prisoners, and conducting special

confinement and U.S. military prisoner processing operations. These plans must form part of the unit SOP

and be tailored to the physical environment where the FCF is located. Emergency action plans are tested at

least every 6 months. Evacuation drills (such as fire drills) are conducted monthly. All tests of the

emergency action plans in the FCF are recorded on DA Form 3997. (See DODI 6055.6 and FM 5-415.) The

essential elements of these plans include—

􀁺 Providing notification by alarm and confirming the nature of the situation.

􀁺 Providing procedures for manning critical locations on the exterior of the FCF (control points,

escape routes, observation points, defensive positions).

􀁺 Providing procedures to secure the prisoner population during the execution of emergency action

plans.

􀁺 Instituting prisoner and cadre recall procedures and developing a means of organizing forces (for

example, search parties and riot control teams).

􀁺 Implementing procedures to terminate the emergency action plan and conducting follow-up

actions (submitting reports, conducting an investigation).

􀁺 Providing procedures for evacuating mass casualties and securing prisoners.

7-48. The FCF commander is responsible for organizing a reaction force that is trained in the use of force,

riot control formations, and other emergency actions. The size of the reaction force depends on available

personnel assets and the nature of the emergency.

7-49. Where appropriate or legally required, incidents of misconduct, breaches of discipline, or violations

of the UCMJ are investigated using the procedures established in AR 15-6. Before prisoners suspected or

accused of violations are interviewed, advised of their rights against self-incrimination under Article 31,

UCMJ, and told that any statement they make may be used as evidence against them in a criminal trial or in

a disciplinary and adjustment board proceeding. They are told that they have the right to counsel and to

have counsel present during questioning. Requests to consult with counsel will not automatically result in

the case being referred to a three-member board. If requested, arrangements are made for the prisoner to

meet with an attorney as soon as practical. Relevant witnesses, including those identified by U.S. military

prisoners, are interviewed as deemed appropriate by the investigator. Written, sworn statements are

Chapter 7

7-12 FM 3-39.40 12 February 2010

obtained when possible. The investigation is completed expeditiously, and a disciplinary report is submitted

to the FCF commander or a designated representative.

7-50. Upon receipt of the disciplinary and adjustment board report, the senior board member takes action

to reduce the report to a memorandum for record, refers the case for counseling and/or reprimand, or takes

other appropriate action. (Refer to AR 190-47 for further guidance on a disciplinary and adjustment board.)

RULES OF INTERACTION

7-51. The FCF commander must establish and enforce the ROI that allow for the humane treatment and

care of prisoners, regardless of the reason they are confined ROI include, but are not limited to—

􀁺 Being professional and serving as positive role models for prisoners.

􀁺 Being firm, fair, and decisive.

􀁺 Refraining from being too familiar or too belligerent with prisoners.

􀁺 Avoiding becoming emotionally or personally involved with prisoners.

􀁺 Not gambling, fraternizing, or engaging in any commercial activities with prisoners.

􀁺 Not playing favorites with any prisoners.

􀁺 Not giving gifts to prisoners or accepting gifts from them.

USE OF FORCE

7-52. Guidelines on the use of force are incorporated into orders, plans, SOPs, and instructions at FDFs

and FCFs. In all circumstances, employ only the minimum amount of force necessary. The use of firearms

or other means of deadly force is justified only under conditions of extreme necessity and as a last resort.

No person will use physical force against a prisoner except as necessary to defend themselves, prevent an

escape, prevent injury to persons or damage to property, quell a disturbance, move an unruly prisoner, or as

otherwise authorized in AR 190-47.

7-53. In the event of an imminent group or mass breakout from the FCF or another general disorder, it

should be made clear to prisoners that order will be restored, by force if necessary. If the situation permits,

a qualified senior NCO or the facility commander will attempt to reason with prisoners engaged in the

disorder before the application of force. If reasoning fails or if the existing situation does not permit

reasoning, a direct order will be given to prisoners to terminate the disorder. Before escalating beyond a

show of force, prisoners not involved in the disturbance may be given an opportunity to voluntarily

assemble in a controlled area away from the disturbance. (See appendix H.)

ESCAPE

7-54. Each guard is provided with a whistle or another suitable means of audible alarm. Using firearms to

prevent an escape is justified only when there is no other reasonable means to prevent escape. (See

AR 190-14.) In the event that a prisoner attempts to escape from the confines of the FCF, the guard takes

action according to the following priorities:

􀁺 Alerts other guard personnel of the attempted escape by blowing three short blasts on a whistle

or by sounding another suitable alarm signal.

􀁺 Orders the prisoner to halt three times in a loud voice.

􀁺 Fires only when the prisoner has passed all barriers of the FCF and is continuing the attempt to

escape.

7-55. The location of barriers is determined by the physical arrangement of the FCF. Normally, barriers

include fences or walls enclosing athletic, drill, recreational, and prisoner housing areas and administrative

buildings.

7-56. A guard does not fire on an escapee if the action of firing will endanger the lives of other persons.

When firing is necessary, the guard directs shots at the prisoner with the intent to disable rather than to kill.

Guidelines for the use of firearms by guards escorting prisoners outside the FCF are generally the same as

those for the use of firearms at the FCF. (See AR 190-47.)

Confinement of U.S. Military Prisoners

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 7-13

7-57. The FCF commander ensures that guards are trained to use the weapons with which they are armed.

All personnel are thoroughly trained on policies regarding the use of force and the provisions of AR 190-

14. Only 12-gauge shotguns with cylinder (unchoked) barrels are issued for use by FCF guards, and barrels

will not exceed 20 inches in length. Authorized ammunition for armed guards (perimeter and escort guards)

is Number 9 shot in trap loads of 2¾ drams equivalent of power and 1 ounces of shot. Tower guards may

use 00 buckshot ammunition.

7-58. Tower guards and escort guards are instructed that the shotgun will not be fired at a range of less

than 20 meters to prevent prisoner escapes. Such instructions will appear in prisoner guard training

programs and in special instructions prepared for guard personnel.

7-59. The M9 pistol and M16 and/or M4 rifles are used when prisoners are under escort. Machine guns and

submachine guns are not to guard U.S. military prisoners. Weapons are not taken inside controlled areas of

the FCF, except at the expressed direction of the FCF commander.

TRANSPORTATION

7-60. The FCF commander is responsible for prisoner transportation requirements, to include safety and

security once a prisoner is under the FCF commander’s direct custody. (See chapter 4 for more information

on transportation considerations.) The FCF commander must ensure that the guard and escort force is

thoroughly familiar with the RUF and the movement tasks outlined in STP 19-31E1-SM. The FCF

commander ensures that escort guards—

􀁺 Know the type of vehicle being used, departure time, number of prisoners and their status, the

number of assigned escorts, the type of weapons they are armed with, type of restraints used (if

applicable), and transfer procedures at the final destination.

􀁺 Know the actions to take in the event of a disorder or an escape attempt.

􀁺 Conduct a thorough vehicle search and ensure that items which could be used as weapons are

removed or secured.

􀁺 Do not handcuff two prisoners together if they are both at risk for escape.

􀁺 Do not handcuff prisoners to any part of a vehicle.

􀁺 Sign a DD Form 2708 for each prisoner escorted out of the FCF and frisk the prisoners before

loading them into the vehicle.

􀁺 Follow loading procedures based on the type of transport available.

􀁺 Know emergency, loading, unloading, latrine, and meal procedures.

TRANSFER AND DISPOSITION OF U.S. MILITARY PRISONERS

7-61. The FCF commander must be prepared to transfer U.S. military prisoners from their facilities to

other confinement facilities outside the theater or back to their units. Receiving units are responsible for the

movement of prisoners. Prisoners are only released from confinement with proper authorization. The FCF

commander coordinates with SJA and the next higher commander to determine release authority and

authenticate DD Form 2718 (Inmate’s Release Order). (Detailed guidance on the administrative and

operational processing required for prisoner transfer is outlined in AR 190-47.)

This page intentionally left blank.

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 8-1

Chapter 8

Rehabilitation of U.S. Military Prisoners and Detainees

The rehabilitation of U.S. military prisoners has long been practiced, but it has only

recently become a focus for detainees. Lessons learned have highlighted this critical

requirement, and military police have been actively involved in a complete

reengineering of apprehension, detention, and release procedures for detainees as a

result. These new detention procedures are based on rehabilitation and reeducation

programs for Islamic extremists developed in Singapore and Saudi Arabia and

incorporate lessons learned from Abu Ghraib and other recent and historical U.S.

involvement with detainee operations. The rehabilitation procedures also draw from

established policies and procedures for rehabilitation that are already effectively

employed for U.S. military prisoners. The rehabilitation of detainees plays a critical

role in counterinsurgency operations and benefits the overall counterinsurgency

strategy.

REHABILITATION

8-1. Issues of apprehension, incarceration, recidivism, and programs to curb violent behavior in released

persons is a long-studied subject by generations of scholars. Entire organizations are built around these

issues and take years of in-depth analysis to reach conclusions for policy application. This is further

complicated by the conditions in a combat zone.

8-2. Detention provides military police with an opportunity for interaction and positive influence on U.S.

military prisoners and detainees. Military police provide humane and even-handed treatment to prisoners

and detainees in their care. These persons are within the control of military police under circumstances that,

unchecked, could cause military police to regard them great animosity. It is the professionalism and

discipline of military police that facilitates impartial conduct toward prisoners and detainees and prevent

animosity from manifesting itself. This, in turn, sends a clear message of fairness and impartiality toward

the indigenous people. Military police internment operations in support of long-term stability operations,

particularly within the context of counterinsurgency, must be deliberately and professionally conducted

with an understanding of the impact of perception and subsequent negative information operations used by

the threat to discredit the U.S. military.

8-3. Detention or imprisonment can be a period of transitory idleness where the U.S. military prisoner or

detainee simply endures the period of his internment and contemplates the humiliation or perceived

injustice of his condition. Conversely, it can be one of the most productive and auspicious rehabilitative

measures that society can provide the individual and his respective society. Rehabilitative measures have

resulted in decreased recidivism and should begin the moment the individual is apprehended or captured

and fully implemented upon transfer to a fixed facility.

8-4. U.S. military prisoners and detainees are afforded selected privileges, such as sending and receiving

correspondence or employment opportunities for compensation. The presumption is that U.S. military

prisoners and detainees receive these benefits unless the commander determines that a modification of the

privileges is required by a violation of camp discipline or (in the case of CIs, unlawful enemy combatants

or U.S. military prisoners) for imperative reasons of security. Commanders and operation officers consult

with the local servicing SJA or legal advisor when determining whether to withhold the above stated

activities from any U.S. military prisoner or detainee.

Chapter 8

8-2 FM 3-10.40 12 February 2010

SECTION I – U.S. MILITARY PRISONERS

PROGRAMS

8-5. All prisoners (unless precluded because of disciplinary, medical, or other reasons determined

appropriate by the facility commander) engage in useful employment that is supplemented by appropriate

supervision, mental health programs, professional evaluation, education, training, and welfare activities.

Activities established and resources allocated to meet these requirements are not to be less arduous or more

generous than for military personnel who are not incarcerated.

CLASSIFICATION

8-6. Correctional evaluation and classification are based (at a minimum) on an individual prisoner’s

offense, attitude, aptitude, intelligence, personality, adaptation to incarceration, record of performance

before incarceration, and potential for further military service. (See DODI 1325.7.)

PLANS, POLICIES, AND PROCEDURES

8-7. The facility commander establishes an inmate classification plan that covers policies and procedures

for inmate classification. The plan specifies objectives and methods for achieving goals, to include

monitoring and evaluating the classification process. The plan is reviewed and updated annually. The

classification plan, at a minimum, contains and/or implements the following:

􀁺 Assessment of a prisoner’s adjustment to and progress of confinement.

􀁺 Assignment to a staff member/team to ensure supervision and personal contact.

􀁺 Review of prisoner’s classification at least annually.

􀁺 Criteria and procedures for determining and changing an inmate’s classification status, to

include at least one level of appeal.

􀁺 Notice to all prisoners 48 hours in advance to appear at their classification hearing and are given

notice before the hearing, unless the potential security of the facility or others is at serious risk.

􀁺 Opportunity for prisoners to request and receive authorization from the facility commander or

his designated representative to review the progress and classification status as noted on the DD

Form 2712 (Inmate Work and Training Evaluation).

􀁺 Risk assessment of the inmate.

Review Board

8-8. The facility commander establishes classification review boards that—

􀁺 Consider and make recommendations to the facility commander or a designated representative

regarding each prisoner’s correctional treatment program, including custody grade, quarters,

training, work, planned disposition, and special treatment.

􀁺 Review background information and consider cases of prisoners to determine their individual

correctional treatment program and initial assignment.

􀁺 Conduct special reviews when directed by the facility commander.

􀁺 Report findings, recommendations, and actions taken by the facility commander or a designee by

using the prisoner classification review and DD Form 2711-1 (Custody Reclassification).

􀁺 Divulge recommendations only to persons with a need to know.

8-9. Classification review boards consist of an E-8/general schedule (GS)-12 or above with two enlisted

members (E-6 or above). A GS-7 may be substituted for one of the NCO members. (See AR 190-47.)

DISPOSITION BOARDS

8-10. The facility commander establishes disposition boards to perform functions that include—

􀁺 Considering and making recommendations to the facility commander regarding clemency

actions and requests for parole.

􀁺 Conducting work per policies established in AR 190-47.

Rehabilitation of U.S. Military Prisoners and Detainees

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 8-3

􀁺 Following procedures established by the facility commander.

􀁺 Preparing a mental health report (documented by mental health personnel) for each prisoner

appearing before the board who is confined for murder, rape, aggravated assault, aggravated

arson, sexual offenses, child abuse, or an attempt to commit any of these offenses.

􀁺 Ensuring receipt of current recommendations by the disposition board and the facility

commander not earlier than 30 days in advance a prisoner’s maximum eligibility date for

consideration by the secretary of the Service concerned. Disposition evaluations and

recommendations being submitted for annual consideration will be forwarded 30 days in

advance of annual consideration dates. Minimum eligibility dates for consideration will be

determined per references cited in DODI 1325.7. The disposition board will consider prisoners

for restoration or reenlistment, clemency, and parole. The board will make a recommendation

regarding restoration or reenlistment only if the prisoner has applied for restoration or

reenlistment.

􀁺 Making recommendations regarding clemency for each prisoner requesting consideration.

Consideration for parole will be per AR 15-130 and chapter 8 of AR 190-47. Annual clemency

and parole review dates will occur per AR 15-130, except when an interim consideration for

parole or clemency is directed. When interim consideration occurs, a new annual review date

will be established as of the date of the interim consideration. When action on

restoration/reenlistment, clemency, or parole has been taken, the prisoner will be promptly

informed of the decision.

8-11. Disposition boards consist of an E-8/GS-10 or above with two enlisted members (E-6 or above). A

GS-7 may be substituted for one of the NCO members. When requested by the respective Service, a

member of the prisoner’s Service will be a board member. If a member of the Navy or Coast Guard is not

available, a Marine will usually sit as a board member. (See AR 190-47 for more information on

disposition boards.)

COUNSELING

8-12. Counseling is a continuous process, that often involves every member of the staff and cadre. While

various counseling programs may be available, no prisoner is guaranteed participation in any specific

counseling or treatment program.

8-13. Army Corrections System facilities establish prisoner counseling programs that are commensurate

with staffing levels and the policies set forth in AR 190-47. Counseling is available in all facilities for

immediate problem solving and crisis intervention. Army Corrections System regional facilities and the

U.S. disciplinary barracks provide the following counseling/treatment programs:

􀁺 Chemical abuse counseling.

􀁺 Anger management counseling.

􀁺 Stress management training.

􀁺 Adjunct therapy programs such as Alcoholics Anonymous and Narcotics Anonymous.

􀁺 Impact of crimes on victims training.

􀁺 Other programs consistent with staffing, professional support, and prisoner needs.

8-14. Regional corrections facilities will rely primarily on those counseling/treatment programs available

to all Soldiers. Installations unable to provide basic regional counseling services will request a waiver from

the OPMG.

EMPLOYMENT

8-15. Another element of the correctional program involves employing U.S. military prisoners. (See

AR 190-47 for more information on U.S. military prisoner employment.) Several considerations involved

with employment include—

􀁺 Nature of work. Prisoners are employed in maintenance and support activities that provide

work of a useful, constructive nature that is consistent with their custody grade, physical and

Chapter 8

8-4 FM 3-10.40 12 February 2010

mental condition, behavior, confining offense, sentence status, previous training, individual

correctional requirements, and installation or facility needs.

􀁺 Coordination of work projects. Close coordination between the facility commander and the

garrison commander or equivalent is maintained to establish worthwhile work projects for the

employment of prisoners. Approval for, and assignment of, prisoners to work on projects are the

responsibilities of the facility commander.

􀁺 Employment activities. Prisoners may be employed in the manufacturing and processing of

equipment, clothing, and other useful products and supplies for DOD activities or other federal

agencies; in agricultural programs; manufacturing; or the preparation of items to meet

institutional or installation needs.

􀁺 Vicinity of work. Prisoners cannot work away from the installation or subinstallation on which

the facility is located, except as part of an approved work release program, or upon the facility

commander’s approval.

􀁺 Length of workday. When not engaged in prescribed training or counseling, prisoners are

required to perform a full day of useful, constructive work. In general, prisoners are employed

through a standard 40-hour workweek. Supervisors may determine that failure to complete 40

hours was due to factors outside the control of the prisoner, such as weather, sickness, and so on.

This restriction is not intended to limit the authority of commanders to direct extra work during

emergencies, to prevent the assignment of prisoners to details that normally encompass

weekends, or to prevent prisoners from volunteering for extra work.

Work Restrictions

8-16. Commanders are aware of the following restrictions while employing military prisoners:

􀁺 A pretrial prisoner will not be assigned work details with posttrial prisoners.

􀁺 Prisoners will not perform the following work detail:

􀂄 Attend children.

􀂄 Exercise dogs (except as part of authorized duties on properly established and recognized

work details).

􀂄 Clean and polish others’ shoes (except in shoe repair and shoe shine projects operated by an

Army Corrections System facility).

􀂄 Perform laundry work (except in the installation or Army Corrections System facility

laundry).

􀂄 Act as cooks or serve meals in individual quarters.

􀂄 Cultivate or maintain private lawns or gardens.

􀂄 Make beds or perform orderly or housekeeping duties in government or privately owned

quarters.

􀁺 Prisoners will not perform labor that results in financial gain to prisoners or other individuals,

except as specifically authorized by the garrison or Army Corrections System facility

commander.

􀁺 Prisoners will not be given work assignments that require the handling of, or access to, personnel

records, classified information, drugs, narcotics, intoxicants, arms, ammunition, explosives,

money, or institutional keys.

􀁺 Prisoners will not have access to automation equipment unless approved by the Army

Corrections System facility commander and properly supervised.

􀁺 Prisoners are required to perform useful work to the same extent as Soldiers who are available

for general troop duty. However, they will not be used on work such as police details, area

maintenance, janitorial duties, or kitchen police within unit areas. Such work projects may be

performed in direct support of the Army Corrections System facility and other installation

functions when approved by the garrison commander or equivalent.

􀁺 Prisoners will not be placed in any position where the discharge of duties may reasonably be

expected to involve the exercise of authority over other prisoners. However, skilled prisoners

Rehabilitation of U.S. Military Prisoners and Detainees

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 8-5

may be used as assistant instructors to help other prisoners with academic work and vocational

education or training.

Note. Prisoners may work in exchanges, clubs, or other service-regulated activities on a military

installation, provided such employment does not violate the prohibited practices listed above.

Compensation

8-17. Prisoners in a nonpay may be compensated for demonstrating excellence in work, as follows:

􀁺 Appropriated funds. When authorized by public law or an AR, appropriated funds available to

the Army Corrections System facility may be used to pay prisoners for work performed. When

pay is authorized, the Deputy of the Army PM will issue a specific pay-for-work policy.

􀁺 Good conduct time. Good conduct time is accorded each prisoner serving a sentence(s)

imposed by a court-martial or other military tribunal for a definite terms of confinement.

Prisoners who are serving a life sentence will not receive good conduct time. Good conduct time

is credited monthly with a deduction from the term of sentence(s) beginning with the day that the

sentence begins. Military services may elect to calculate an anticipated release date at the

beginning of a prisoner’s sentence to confinement based on the regular good conduct time that

could be earned for the entire period of the sentence A parole/mandatory supervised release

violator who is returned to confinement earns good conduct time at the rate applicable to the

sentence in effect at the time of violation of parole/mandatory supervised release. Good conduct

time will be credited according to AR 633-30 and at the rates described below:

􀂄 Five days for each month of the sentence if the sentence is less than 1 year.

􀂄 Six days for each month of the sentence if the sentence is at least 1 year but less than 3

years.

􀂄 Seven days for each month of the sentence if the sentence is at least 3 years, but less than 5

years.

􀂄 Eight days for each month of the sentence if the sentence is at least 5 years but less than 10

years.

􀂄 Ten days for each month of the sentence, if the sentence is 10 years or more. All sentence

computations will follow DODI 1325.7M except for inmates adjudged before 1 January

2005. Sentences are computed by according to AR 633-30 and DOD 1325.7M.

􀁺 Earned-time abatement. Facility commanders can grant earned time as an additional incentive

to prisoners who demonstrate excellence in work, educational, and or vocational training

pursuits. The facility commander designates jobs in writing for which earned time is granted.

Facility commanders require work supervisors to report the prisoner’s conduct and work

performance at least quarterly, and these work evaluations are used to award earned time.

Prisoners enrolled in the earned-time program who receive poor evaluations or disciplinary

measures that prohibit them from working are not awarded earned time. (See AR 190-47 for

earned-time computation.)

VOCATIONAL TRAINING AND EDUCATION

8-18. Organized vocational training and academic classes will be conducted at Army Corrections System

facilities when resources are available. Facility commanders should ensure that vocational training

programs are integrated with academic programs and are relevant to the vocational needs of prisoners and

to employment opportunities in the community, such as—

􀁺 Vocational training. Vocational training includes the training in trades, industry, business, and

other vocations designed to assist prisoners in pursuing employment in private industry upon

release. Vocational training and supporting academic instruction may include—

􀂄 Practical work or vocational training projects under the supervision of a trained instructor or

a skilled employee of the DOD. The work/training is organized and operated per applicable

educational, military, or industrial standards and should be designed as self-sustaining.

Such programs may provide for practical and classroom instruction.

Chapter 8

8-6 FM 3-10.40 12 February 2010

􀂄 Maintenance details using skilled supervision and modern equipment available on the

installation. Detailed training objectives are developed when a maintenance detail is as

designated as a vocational training position. Related military or civilian correspondence

course participation to supplement the work experience will be permitted.

􀂄 Individual vocational/academic counseling closely correlated with work placement

opportunities upon the prisoner’s release.

􀁺 Academic vocational programs. Prisoners may be permitted to pursue other nonmilitary

correspondence courses at no expense to the Army. They may also be required to participate in

formal, vocational training classes and correspondence courses at Army expense.

􀁺 Apprenticeship Training Program. The Apprenticeship Training Program (in coordination

with the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, and craft labor unions)

may be established at Army Corrections System facilities.

􀁺 Textbook and teaching aids. When applicable, Army publications may be used. When

appropriate and available, textbooks, job instruction sheets, industry standard textbooks, and

teaching aids/devices may be furnished by the Army Corrections System facility.

􀁺 Vocational training funds. Appropriated funds may be used to pay for vocational training

programs per AR 190-47 and may be supplemented with the use of nonappropriated funds per

suitable nonappropriated fund regulations.

ACADEMIC INSTRUCTION

8-19. Another element of the correctional program involves providing instruction to U.S. military

prisoners. Considerations involved with instruction include—

􀁺 Program establishment. Facility commanders establish academic programs which ensure that

eligible prisoners are afforded the opportunity to participate. Upon availability of resources,

community facilities, and local businesses, the program may contain the following:

􀂄 Educational philosophy and goals.

􀂄 Communication skills.

􀂄 General education.

􀂄 Basic academic skills.

􀂄 General education diploma preparation.

􀂄 Special education.

􀂄 Vocational education.

􀂄 Postsecondary education.

􀂄 Other educational programs as dictated by the needs of the prison population.

􀁺 Educational counseling. As an integral part of the initial assignment procedure, each prisoner is

counseled with respect to educational opportunities/needs. A definitive education and career plan

to meet personal needs is established, and every practicable opportunity to complete it is

provided.

􀁺 Prisoner instructors. The facility commander may approve the use of qualified prisoner

instructors when qualified military or civilian personnel are not available. In addition to full-time

personnel, part-time services of qualified instructors recruited from the surrounding community,

such as high school teachers and college professors, are used when possible.

􀁺 Testing. Educational testing, diagnosis, and appraisal of factual information concerning the

prisoners’ academic and vocational education is conducted as an essential part of planning

academic and vocational training programs during in-processing, including the following:

􀂄 Prisoners are given educational achievement tests and tests to determine their educational

level and mechanical aptitudes. In addition, a brief presentation of educational and

vocational opportunities is given to each new prisoner. On the basis of resources available, a

training program that is suited for each particular prisoner is recommended.

Rehabilitation of U.S. Military Prisoners and Detainees

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 8-7

􀂄 Physical handicaps discovered as a result of medical examinations and their bearing on

training are considered in formulating a prisoner’s academic training program.

􀂄 The proposed training recommendations are included in the prisoner’s admission summary

and brief statements on testing and interviewing results.

􀁺 Academic files. The facility maintains an academic file on each prisoner, to include

achievement test results, interview sheets, and school records.

WELFARE ACTIVITIES

8-20. Commanders establish welfare activities as part of confinement this as follows:

􀁺 Facility commanders establish policies and procedures and implement a comprehensive

recreational program that includes leisure activities and outdoor exercise. The program will

describe policies and procedures for the selection, training, and use of inmates as recreation

program assistants.

􀁺 Welfare activities include provisions for reading material and physical recreation facilities.

Prisoners are authorized to retain the following welfare items in their possession, with

reasonable restrictions as to quantities and sizes as directed by the facility commander:

􀂄 Bibles, prayer books, and religious pamphlets and scriptures appropriate to the prisoner’s

faith as recognized by the Office of the Chief of Chaplains.

􀂄 Textbooks and appropriate military and vocational training manuals.

􀂄 Books and magazines approved by the facility commander or a designee.

􀂄 Personal letters and photographs.

􀂄 Official and personal documents.

􀂄 Writing materials. Facility commanders may, for good cause, designate the type of writing

instrument, such as a ballpoint pen or pencil.

􀂄 Library services, to include a reference section, MCM, and other legal resources.

􀂄 Prisoner recreation programs may include sporting events, hobby shops, radio, television,

indoor games, motion pictures, videocassettes, creative writing, painting, and other

appropriate activities. (See AR 215-1.)

􀁺 Free admission motion picture or videocassette service may be provided to Army confinement

and correctional facilities.

􀁺 American Red Cross assistance is requested from the American Red Cross representative serving

the host installation.

􀁺 Religious services are provided to prisoners. Prisoners are allowed to worship according to their

faith, subject to the security and safety of their confinement as highlighted in AR 190-47 and

AR 600-20.

SECTION II – DETAINEES

PROGRAMS

8-21. The strategic importance of operations in fixed I/R facilities should not be underestimated.

Information operations, continued support of multinational allies, U.S. popular opinion, and international

scrutiny are influenced by events and processes or procedures that occur within fixed I/R facilities. The

nature of field detention generally means that actual rehabilitation programs will not be conducted at levels

below the TIF. Rehabilitation programs within fixed facilities and the associated internment process have

strategic and international importance with long-term effects that influence policy and procedural decisions.

8-22. The complexity of TIF operations associated with long-term rehabilitation begins with the

identification and assessment of who is being detained within the fixed I/R facilities. This assessment starts

at the POC by conventional and special operations forces and continues throughout the internment of those

detained, up to and through the reconciliation process. The former doctrinal segregation of officers,

enlisted, civilians, and females now extends to ethnic groups, tribes, behaviors, religious sects, juveniles,

Chapter 8

8-8 FM 3-10.40 12 February 2010

and other categories. An inaccurate assessment can have immediate and significant effects that could result

in injury or death to detainees, contribute to insurgency ideals, and cause major custody and control

problems within the fixed I/R facilities.

8-23. The numbers and categories of detainees have increased the complexity of operations in fixed I/R

facilities and the design of and required services to support and sustain the facilities. Fixed I/R facility

complexity mirrors major civilian prison operations and must be resourced and treated as such to address

many of the custody, control, and sustainment challenges associated with operating fixed I/R facilities.

8-24. Throughout the custody process, the methods used to identify and segregate insurgents and those

susceptible to their recruiting efforts are important. Interrogators and investigators should realize the

operational advantages that can be gained through reengaging detainees and continuously assessing the

information available within the fixed I/R facility. The development of enduring processes that exploit

information gleaned from the population inside the facility is critical to the safety and security of the

facility cadre and detainees, and can provide information actionable intelligence to support ongoing

operations outside the facility. This source of intelligence can be especially relevant in support of a

counterinsurgency effort.

8-25. U.S. forces conducting detention operations must balance several requirements for fair and humane

treatment with security and protection efforts within the facility. Cultural considerations may further

complicate the conduct of operations and how personnel interact with detainees. The following factors are

considered when implementing detention policy:

􀁺 Consistency. Punishments and rewards should be meted out equitably. If a detainee receives a

punishment for a certain offense, every similar offender should receive the same punishment.

􀁺 Discipline. Strict discipline is required of detainees and detention personnel. Detainees will

exploit contradictions, discrepancies, and double standards if they believe that detention

personnel are not held to the standards established for them.

􀁺 Respect and dignity. Soldiers and guards should ensure that every aspect of their job is done

with the preservation of dignity in mind.

􀂄 Autonomy. Decisions that do not have to be made by detention staff should be delegated to

a detainee. These situations will be severely limited in a detention setting. However, when a

detainee is anticipating the loss of all freedoms, token or fabricated opportunities for

empowerment will go a long way in maintaining a level of dignity and self worth that is

critical to maintaining order and, ultimately, rehabilitating detainees.

􀂄 Religious tolerance. Religious services are provided to detainees. They are allowed to

worship according to their faith, subject to the security and safety of their confinement.

􀁺 Transparency.

􀂄 Manage expectations. Detainees should know exactly what is expected of them at all times,

and know what is expected of the detention personnel.

􀂄 Formal charges. It is imperative that apprehended detainees are provided a degree of

transparency regarding the purpose for their apprehension.

􀂄 Promises. Do not make promises that cannot be kept. Do not break promises that have been

made. Negotiate alternate courses if the position requires a modification to a previous

commitment.

􀁺 Visitation. Detainee visitation provides an excellent opportunity to propagate a favorable

message about U.S. and multinational forces. These measures mitigate the anxiety surrounding a

detainee’s detention, and their vast social networks will hear of the care afforded to them.

8-26. Beyond these general guidelines, a number of specific policies or approaches to the detention process

will increase opportunities to exploit relevant cultural factors. The detention facilities should take

advantage of the fact that they have a population of mostly military-aged men in a controlled environment.

This is an excellent opportunity to address and reverse some of the factors that contribute to criminal

behavior, antisocial activity, or support to indigenous insurgency efforts within or outside the facility.

8-27. Detention facility commanders and detention cadre should ensure that detainee schedules are rigid,

predictable, and filled with educational, life skills, and vocational instruction. Account for time for

Rehabilitation of U.S. Military Prisoners and Detainees

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 8-9

interrogations (when required), counseling, and recreation. Typically, schedules should not allow for naps

or extended periods of idleness. Individuals thrive on having a purpose, status, mission, relevance, dignity,

importance, and honor and on being honored. It is imperative that the source of the fulfillment of those

needs transition, at least in part, to education and occupation. There are several areas to consider in

executing a holistic rehabilitation program, to include—

􀁺 Education, training, and self-development.

􀂄 Evaluation and assessment. Factors such as detainee literacy, education, geographical

origin, vocational skills, professional skills, military experience, construction skills, and

management experience should be considered.

􀂄 Academic education. After separating detainees by literacy, detainees can receive

instruction on a broad range of subjects, with a curriculum coordinated with the HN.

Beyond basic education for the younger or poorly educated detainees, the curriculum may

also include HN politics, HN constitution, and the structure of the HN government. Other

worthwhile periods of instruction may include money management, job applications, basic

computer skills, basic communication skills, hygiene, first aid, reporting crimes and

suspicious activity reporting, and community familiarization and awareness.

􀂄 Vocational, occupational, and professional training. As a result of the initial assessment

and evaluation, the detainee may be enrolled in a vocational track. The track should mirror

the local industry to ensure that skills developed in detention are relevant upon detainee

release. The detention facility commander may approve the use of local community or

skilled detainees to teach these skills.

􀂄 Religious discussion. Religious discussion programs may be made available upon approval

of the detention facility commander.

􀁺 Teaming. Detainees may break up into small groups or teams. This will allow detainees the

opportunity for social development, integration, and exposure to the perspectives of others.

These teams should be a cross-sectarian mix; represent the spectrum of ages, experience, and

education; and be balanced to meet the needs of the detention system and contribute to order and

civility. The team will be the detention facility’s unit and do everything together. The team

leader may serve as the liaison with detention staff and convey fellow detainees’ sentiments.

􀁺 Recreation. Detention facility commanders establish policies and procedures and implement a

comprehensive recreational program that includes leisure activities and outdoor exercise. One

example of this may be organized soccer matches to allow physical activity and team building

for detainees.

􀁺 Leadership visibility. Senior leader should make frequent appearances. The display of concern

for order and control will resonate among the facility because detainees will know that order is

being maintained at the highest levels and that the guards are being supervised appropriately.

􀁺 Detention support personnel. Aside from traditional functions that need to be performed in a

detention setting, several support functions should be considered to facilitate the successful

functioning of the system and to drastically improve the detention system’s image and ability to

gather useful information. These additional support positions (to include counselors, detainee

advocates/liaisons, and reintegration facilitators) may be provided by HN personnel.

􀁺 Information operations. Robust information operations, to include police engagement

strategies, may be implemented within, and associated with, the detention system. These

operations should target the detainees, detention staff, local community, and society at large.

􀁺 Sponsorship program. The system of vouching for others’ credibility and character is a

long-established system in most societies. These unofficial contracts may not be legally binding,

but they do have some significance to the parties. Sponsors may be one of the justice system’s

proxy parole officers, monitoring the released detainee and ensuring that he or she is honoring

the terms of release.

􀁺 Community centers. If programs similar to those outlined above are implemented in the HN

penal system, it may be necessary to establish community centers that offer the same services.

These centers will provide the released detainee a venue where he or she can continue the

education and training he or she was receiving. Community centers will also allow services

Chapter 8

8-10 FM 3-10.40 12 February 2010

(such as literacy, adult education, life skills, vocational skills, and computer skills) to everyone

in the community, rather than being limited to just to those who were incarcerated.

􀁺 Separation of detention from imprisonment. The ultimate objective of stability operations is

the transition of operations to HN control under the rule of law. As this transition matures, the

population within detention facilities will change from detainees who are held as combatants,

CIs, or RP to facilities that hold those who are truly criminals. Every effort must be made to

maintain the physical separation of detainees (which may be detained for other than criminal

activity), accused criminals who have not been tried and convicted in the courts, and criminals

who have been sentenced subsequent to court proceedings within the government legal system.

8-28. Circumstances may warrant the preclusion or compromise of some of the above considerations;

however, the above guidelines will facilitate positive perceptions, cooperation, and assistance.

REHABILITATION PROGRAMS

8-29. Rehabilitation programs are not mandatory, but they should be encouraged for detainees who are

assessed to be appropriate candidates for rehabilitation. Rehabilitation programs should be constructed

based on the specific needs of detainees and the environment into which they will be released. In some OEs

the detainees may be almost totally illiterate, requiring extensive baseline academic training to increase

literacy. Other populations may be very literate, but live within environments that are economically

challenged, requiring vocational training or education to develop skills that can result in economic

prosperity for individuals and the HN. There are any number of environmental considerations and

combinations of factors that must be weighed when developing a relevant rehabilitation program.

EVALUATION AND ASSESSMENT

8-30. Throughout capture, processing, and orientation to the detention system, each detainee should be

carefully evaluated. This evaluation is used to place the detainee appropriately within specific rehabilitation

programs. Factors such as literacy, education, geographical origin, vocational skills, professional skills,

military experience, construction skills, and management experience are considered. Religious affiliation

should only be used in the context of appropriate placement. Detention and prison environments may serve

as optimal arenas to remove sectarian biases and the pervasive sense of sect-based quotas. The assessment

of detainees’ backgrounds allows the detention staff to use resources properly, mitigating the burden on the

detention staff and state.

8-31. Some detained personnel, specifically during stability operations, may be detained for criminal

activity that is deemed a threat to U.S. assets or to HN or multinational partners. Though the crimes they

are alleged to have committed should not be a consideration in their treatment, the assessment of these

factors may help to strategize the appropriate placement of detainees. A detainee may be a combatant who

meets all criteria under the Geneva Conventions as an EPW and may benefit from some level of job

training that is consistent with rehabilitation programs. While EPWs may not require rehabilitation in the

strictest sense, training them with a skill that they can apply upon release may provide them with

nonmilitary-related opportunities that can contribute to their economies and support their families upon

release. Further, these programs keep them actively engaged in a constructive activity making them less

likely to cause disruptions within the facility. All of these things must be considered when evaluating and

assessing requirements.

VOCATIONAL TRAINING AND EDUCATION

8-32. While a strong liberal arts education may be considered the foundation of a rehabilitation process, a

vocational education is generally the core of a successful rehabilitation process. Vocational training

potentially provides the skills for immediate employment and economic viability for a detainee upon

reintegration into the population. After initial assessment and evaluation, detainees may be enrolled in a

vocational track. These tracks should mirror the local industry so that the skills developed in detention are

relevant upon release. The initial evaluation and assessment considers the detainee’s prior work history,

occupational interests, occupational aptitudes, and employment opportunities offered in his or her

community. It also provides for occupations that are personally meaningful to the detainee, while

Rehabilitation of U.S. Military Prisoners and Detainees

12 February 2010 FM 3-39.40 8-11

supporting the detainee’s academic and resocialization needs. Following the initial evaluation and

assessment, the detention staff compiles a list of tracks that are consistent with the detainee’s abilities and

interests. The detainee is given the opportunity to choose his/her preference from that list. This process is

important to the overall rehabilitation strategy because the opportunity to make choices provides an

opportunity for detainees to exercise a level of autonomy. Introducing the ability to make choices regarding

their future allows for the preservation of dignity and control in a relatively powerless environment.

8-33. Local businesses are typically consulted to determine what skills are in demand, and vetted members

of the local community may be used to teach these skills at the detention facility. This allows the detainees

to learn a skill as it is practiced in the community and also establishes points of contact within the industry.

The proactive enlistment of community involvement is very beneficial to the detainee’s reintegration,

allowing acceptance and reintegration to begin before the detainee is released. Strong community

involvement and support also provides potential employers with a pool of skilled laborers in which they

have established a relationship. Detainees may possess skills of their own that can be exploited to instruct

other detainees. With the wise use of resources and the incorporation of vocational training in the

rehabilitation system, detainees can become some of the most useful and potentially productive members of

society. Vocational and professional training may be made available for—

􀁺 Management.

􀁺 Fireman.

􀁺 Entrepreneurship.

􀁺 Medical specialties.

􀁺 Construction specialties.

8-34. Coordination with the local HN business community can provide opportunities for work programs in

which the detainees can gain hands-on experience in their chosen vocation. These opportunities depend on

the local economic environment and the economy’s ability to absorb the workforce. These work programs

must be carefully controlled, and participants (detainee and sponsoring business) must be evaluated for

security risks.

8-35. Transition programs may be integrated for detainees who have received release documentation and

are awaiting reintegration by the appropriate HN authority. This provides for the continuing education of

the detainee to reinforce structure and self-improvement, increasing the probability for success when they

are integrated back into society.

ACADEMIC INSTRUCTION

8-36. A facility may require the implementation of educational programs that are geared to benefit

detainees—coupled with other rehabilitation efforts outlined in the following paragraphs. The detention

facility is not only dedicated to sustaining good order and discipline, but also attempts to better individual

detainees in preparing for future reintegration into society.

8-37. The TIF reconciliation center is responsible for ensuring that each program of instruction has the

potential to provide a substantial impact on detainees participating in the programs. Rehabilitation

programs are self-improvement programs where each willing detainee has the opportunity to better himself

or herself and achieve program outcomes. These programs are critical for reintegration into the population.

Self-improvement programs (literacy, life skills) offered by the TIF reconciliation center and coupled with

additional programs (vocational, information operations, economic programs) that support the civilian

population and economy can achieve a substantial level of success.

8-38. Educational programs developed and offered by the TIF reconciliation center should be based on the

literacy rate of detainees within the facility. Illiterate detainees are separated from those who are literate,

and the curriculum is devised accordingly. The educational programs supporting higher learning skills

should be approved by the HN and monitored for proper curriculum development that is consistent with, at

a minimum, HN educational standards. These services may need to be designed to teach a person who had

little or no educational background before internment.

8-39. The lack of basic reading, writing, and math skills may be a major contributing factor to why a high

number of illiterate males participate in combatant or illegal activities. The diminished opportunity to

Chapter 8

8-12 FM 3-10.40 12 February 2010

obtain profitable employment needed to support families may cause some to support criminal or insurgent

elements for employment. The lack of education can be a major contributor, causing moderate males to

turn to combatant, criminal, or insurgent activities for monetary reasons, even though they do not believe in

or personally support the activities or cause. Moderate detainees who participated in combatant, criminal,

or insurgent acts because of little or no opportunity to provide for their families, may be discouraged from

rejoining combat, criminal, or insurgent organizations through education programs and the subsequent

opportunities that education provides.

8-40. The TIF reconciliation center may focus on elementary education if detainees possess only

rudimentary education skills. Detainees attending these classes may have no formal education experiences

and may be illiterate. Illiteracy can lead to desperation that fuels adverse motivations in otherwise moderate

detainees. Detainees participating in rehabilitation programs may be scheduled to attend school for a

predetermined period and be tested at the end of the period to measure their comprehension. If a detainee

meets program standards, that individual receives credit for the program; if the detainee does not pass

program standards (as set by the TIF reconciliation center and HN), the individual does not receive credit.

The educational programs may be taught by HN teachers who are employed by the TIF reconciliation

center services. Some program teachers may be detainees or RP with specific skills. Teachers develop

educational programs based on detainee constraints, time available, and security requirements.

8-41. Religious discussion groups may also be offered to detainees as a program to educate them on

specific aspects of their religion. The program should be taught by vetted religious leaders of the same

religious affiliation as the detainees. The program educates detainees on the nationally accepted teachings

of their religion as viewed by the HN society. Duri